diff options
| -rw-r--r-- | .gitattributes | 3 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | 13578-0.txt | 1651 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | 13578-h/13578-h.htm | 1943 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | 13578-h/images/361-1.png | bin | 0 -> 48875 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 13578-h/images/361-2.png | bin | 0 -> 60522 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | LICENSE.txt | 11 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | README.md | 2 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | old/13578-8.txt | 2045 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | old/13578-8.zip | bin | 0 -> 38695 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | old/13578-h.zip | bin | 0 -> 151054 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | old/13578-h/13578-h.htm | 2346 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | old/13578-h/images/361-1.png | bin | 0 -> 48875 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | old/13578-h/images/361-2.png | bin | 0 -> 60522 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | old/13578.txt | 2045 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | old/13578.zip | bin | 0 -> 38693 bytes |
15 files changed, 10046 insertions, 0 deletions
diff --git a/.gitattributes b/.gitattributes new file mode 100644 index 0000000..6833f05 --- /dev/null +++ b/.gitattributes @@ -0,0 +1,3 @@ +* text=auto +*.txt text +*.md text diff --git a/13578-0.txt b/13578-0.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..2d8ed17 --- /dev/null +++ b/13578-0.txt @@ -0,0 +1,1651 @@ +*** START OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK 13578 *** + +Note: Project Gutenberg also has an HTML version of this + file which includes the original illustration. + See 13578-h.htm or 13578-h.zip: + (http://www.ibiblio.org/gutenberg/dirs/1/3/5/7/13578/13578-h/13578-h.htm) + or + (http://www.ibiblio.org/gutenberg/dirs/1/3/5/7/13578/13578-h.zip) + + + + +THE MIRROR OF LITERATURE, AMUSEMENT, AND INSTRUCTION + +VOL. XIII, NO. 361.] SUPPLEMENTARY NUMBER. [PRICE 2d. + + + + * * * * * + + + + +THE NATURALIST + + +[Illustration: THE TALIPOT TREE.] + +[Illustration: THE GLOWWORM.] + +[Illustration: THE DEATHWATCH MAGNIFIED.] + + + * * * * * + + + + +THE NATURALIST. + +_See the Engravings._ + + +A delightful volume, of title almost synonymous with this division of +the MIRROR, has just been published. It is entitled _The Journal of a +Naturalist_,[1] with the very appropriate motto of + + ----Plants, trees, and stones, we note, + Birds, insects, beasts, and many rural things. + + +The author in his preface, says, "Many years have now passed away since +we were presented with that very interesting and amusing book, the +'Natural History of Selborne;' nor do I recollect any publication at +all resembling it having since appeared."[2] He then acknowledges the +impression which this book left on his mind; and its having given rise +to the present work, to which, in our humble opinion, it is a worthy +companion. + +Our "Naturalist" resides in a village upon a very ancient road, +connecting Bristol and Gloucester, in a limestone district, numbering +among its picturesque beauties, the broad estuary of the Severn, the +mountains of Glamorgan, Monmouth, and Brecon, and their peaceful vales +and cheerful cottages; Thornbury, with its fine cathedral-like church +and castle, the red cliffs of the Severn, and numberless antiquities +of our ancestors--as roads, encampments, aggera, watch-hills, coins, +lances, and other relics of those warlike times. Labour and healthful +enjoyment reign in this district: for it is neither torn up for its +mineral wealth, nor are its natural beauties annihilated, or the habits +of its population corrupted by speculation or avarice. A portrait of +"a worthy peasant," introduced by our author, reminds us of + + ----A bold peasantry, their country's pride, + When once destroyed, can never be supplied. + + +A passage quoted by the late Mr. Canning, in one of his finest speeches; +and we often contrast this vigorous outline of the people of "merry +England" with her artificial state of after times. Next are a page or +two of agricultural chemistry (_analysis of soils_) unfettered with +technicals; double the space of what may strictly be called rural +economy, (_grass lands_) succeed; next the culture and history of +the potato, and some new observations on "_the Teazle_." + +Several pages on _trees_ possess great interest, as do those on +_flowers_. + +We regret we have room but for a few heads--the _maple_--the +_Naturalist's Autumnal Walk_--the _Economy of Animals_, especially +of _Birds_: we must pass them over to elucidate our engraving of + + +THE GLOWWORM. + +That pretty sparkler of our summer evenings, so often made the +ploughboy's prize, the only brilliant that glitters in the rustic's hat, +the glowworm, (_lampyris noctiluca_,) is not found in such numbers +with us, as in many other places, where these signal tapers glimmer upon +every grassy bank; yet, in some seasons, we have a reasonable sprinkling +of them. Every body probably knows, that the male glowworm is a winged, +erratic animal, yet may not have seen him. He has ever been a scarce +creature to me, meeting perhaps with one or two in a year; and, when +found, always a subject of admiration. Most creatures have their eyes +so placed, as to be enabled to see about them; or, as Hook says of the +house-fly, to be "circumspect animals;" but this male glowworm has a +contrivance, by which any upward or side vision is prevented. Viewed +when at rest, no portion of his eyes is visible, but the head is +margined with a horny band, or plate, being a character of one of the +genera of the order _coleoptera_, under which the eyes are situate. +This prevents all upward vision; and blinds, or winkers, are so fixed +at the sides of his eyes, as greatly to impede the view of all lateral +objects. _See Figures_. The chief end of this creature in his +nightly peregrinations is to seek his mate, always beneath him on the +earth; and hence this apparatus appears designed to facilitate his +search, confining his view entirely to what is before or below him. The +first serves to direct his flight, the other presents the object of his +pursuit: and as we commonly, and with advantage, place our hand over the +brow, to obstruct the rays of light falling from above, which enables us +to see clearer an object on the ground, so must the projecting hood of +this creature converge the visual rays to a point beneath. + +Glowworms emit light only for a short period in the year; and I have but +partially observed it after the middle of July. I have collected many of +these pretty creatures on a bank before my house, into which they retire +during the winter, to shine out again when revived by the summer's +warmth; but in this latter season I have frequently missed certain of +my little protegés, and have reason to apprehend, that they formed the +banquet of a toad, that frequented the same situation. + +Observing above, that the glowworm does not emit light after the 14th of +July, I mean thereby that clear, steady light, which has rendered this +creature so remarkable to all persons; for I have repeatedly noticed, +deep in the herbage, a faint evanescent light proceeding from these +creatures, even as late as August and September. This was particularly +manifested September the 28th, 1826. The evening was warm and dewy, and +we observed on the house-bank multitudes of these small evanescent +sparks in the grass. The light displayed was very different from that +which they exhibit in warm summer months. Instead of the permanent green +glow, that illumines all the blades of the surrounding herbage, it was a +pale transient spot, visible for a moment or two, and then so speedily +hidden, that we were obliged, in order to capture the creature, to +employ the light of a candle. The number of them, and their actions, +creeping away from our sight, contrary to that half lifeless dulness +observed in summer, suggested the idea, that the whole body had availed +themselves of this warm, moist evening, to migrate to their winter +station. A single spark or so was to be seen some evenings after this, +but no such large moving parties were discovered again. If we conclude, +that the summer light of the glowworm is displayed as a signal taper, +the appearance of this autumnal light can have no such object in view, +nor can we rationally assign any use of it to the creature itself, +unless, indeed, it serves as a point of union in these supposed +migrations, like the leading call in the flight of night-moving birds. +The activity and numbers of these insects, in the above-mentioned +evening, enabled me to observe the frequent presence and disappearance +of the light of an individual, which did not seem to be the result of +will, but produced by situation. During the time the insect crawled +along the ground, or upon the fine grass, the glow was hidden; but on +its mounting any little blade, or sprig of moss, it turned round and +presented the luminous caudal spot, which, on its falling or regaining +its level, was hidden again. + +A summary of the peculiarities of the year 1825, very appropriately +concludes the volume, from which we may be tempted to make future +extracts. + + +THE TALIPOT TREE, + +The first of our Engravings is a species of palm, a native of Ceylon, +and is one of the most magnificent wonders of the vegetable kingdom. The +leaf is circular, terminating in the most beautiful rays, and folding up +into plaits like a fan, which, in figure, it nearly resembles. + +This leaf is used in the maritime provinces of Ceylon as a mark of +distinction, each person being allowed to have a certain number of these +leaves, folded up as fans, carried with him by his servants; and also in +the Kandian country, in the shape of a round, flat umbrella on a long +stick. The talipot leaves are likewise used by the common people to +shelter themselves from the rain, _one leaf affording sufficient +shelter for seven or eight persons_. It is also used in making tents. + +In 1818, Sir Alexander Johnston gave to Sir Joseph Banks a very fine +specimen of a tent made of their leaves, large enough to hold a party of +ten persons at table. + +All the books of importance in Pali and Cingalese, relative to the +religion of Buddhoo, in Ceylon, are written on lamina of these leaves, +with either a brass or an iron style. There are some of these books in +Sir A. Johnston's collections, which are supposed to be from 500 to 600 +years old, and which are still very perfect. In the museum of the +Asiatic Society, there is a complete copy of the Pali book, called the +_Pansyapanas Iatakah_, written on 1,172 laminae of the finest +description of this sort of palm leaf. Large as the dimensions of the +talipot leaf may appear, it is exceeded in size by the _troolie_ of +Surinam, which extends on the ground, and has frequently been known to +attain the width of three feet, and the length of thirty. + +Our Engraving is copied from the _Gardener's Magazine_, where it is +reduced from the Transactions of the Asiatic Society. + + + +THE DEATHWATCH MAGNIFIED. + +Although the present may be a late hour to dissipate the faith placed in +signs and tokens, we are persuaded that a more intimate knowledge of +this insect will not prove uninteresting to our readers.[3] + +The name _death watch_ was evidently derived from the importance +attached to the beatings of the insect, which, by superstitious people, +were formerly supposed to prognosticate death to some one of the family +in whose house it was heard. The natural size of the insect is about a +quarter of an inch in length, of a dark brown colour, spotted, with +transparent wings under the _vagina_, or sheath, a huge cap or +helmet on the head, and two _antennae_, or feelers, from beneath +the eyes. + +It is chiefly in the advanced period of spring that these insects +commence their noise; and which is the call or signal by which they are +mutually attracted to each other, and may be considered as analogous to +the call of birds. This noise does not arise from their voice, but from +the insect beating on hard substances, with the shield or fore part of +its head. The general number of successive distinct strokes is from 7 to +9 or 11. These are given in pretty quick succession, and are repeated at +uncertain intervals; and in old houses, where the insects are numerous, +they may be heard, if the weather be warm, almost every hour in the day. +The noise exactly resembles that made by beating moderately hard with +the finger on a table. Mr. Stackhouse carefully observed its manner of +beating. He says, the insect raises itself upon its hinder legs, and +with the body somewhat inclined, beats its head with great force and +agility against the place on which it stands. + +This insect, which is the _real death-watch_ of the vulgar, must +not be confounded with another minuter insect, which makes a ticking +noise like a watch; but instead of beating at intervals, it continues +its noise for a considerable time without intermission. This latter +belongs to a very different tribe. It is usually found in old wood, +decayed furniture, neglected books, &c.; and both the male and the +female have the power of making this ticking noise, in order to attract +each other. The Rev. Mr. Derham seems to have been the first naturalist +who examined and described this species; and he says that during the +month of July, in one particular summer, they scarcely ever ceased to +beat either in day or night. The eggs are generally hatched about the +beginning of March: many of them live through the winter; but during +that time, to avoid the frost, they bury themselves deep in dust. + +Mr. T. Carpenter (of whose paper in _Gill's Repository_ we have +already availed ourselves) tells us that these insects are excellent +anatomists: in order to render them useful in making some delicate +dissections for his microscope, Mr. Carpenter placed a few of the +insects within a pill-box, with the heads of three dead flies. He found +some time afterwards, that they had cleared the interior of some of the +eyes completely from all the blood-vessels, leaving the lenses in the +cornea beautifully transparent. + + * * * * * + + +BIRDS' NESTS. + + +The structure of the nests of birds affords, perhaps, one of the most +agreeable lessons in Natural History. + +Among the most curious nests of our _English_ birds may be named +that of the _Wren_, the _long-tailed Titmouse_, the _Thrush_, +the _Goldfinch_, the _Chaffinch_, the _Magpie_, and the _House +Sparrow_; to these may also be added the _Swallow's_, the _Martin's_, +the _Wood Pigeon's_, and the _Wood-Pecker's_. Of the nests of _Rooks_, +it may be sufficient to observe, that they are often found to the number +of six, or even more in a cluster. _Crows'_ nests are always +solitary; they are similar in structure to those of the rook. + +Among the nests of Foreign birds, that of the _Taylor Bird_ +deserves especial mention; the bird itself is a diminutive one, being +little more than three inches long; it is an inhabitant of India. The +nest is sometimes constructed of two leaves, one of them dead; the +latter is fixed to the living one as it hangs upon the tree, by sewing +both together in the manner of a pouch or purse; it is open at the top, +and the cavity is filled with fine down; and, being suspended from the +branch, the birds are secure from the depredations of snakes and +monkeys, to which they might otherwise fall a prey. + +In Dr. Latham's collection is a specimen of the taylor bird's nest, +composed of a single large leaf, of a fibrous rough, texture, about six +inches long independent of the stalk, five inches and a half in breadth, +and ending in a point. The sides of this leaf are drawn together so as +to meet within three-quarters of an inch; within is the nest, about four +inches deep and two broad, opening at the top; the bottom of the leaf +is drawn upwards, to assist in the support of it. The interior nest is +composed of white down, with here and there a feather and a small +portion of white down intermixed. + +Another nest of this bird has also been described as composed of several +leaves, like those of some kind of hazel sewed together; the inner nest +formed of dry bents, fibres, and hairs, suspended from a tree. It is, +therefore, probable that this bird, as well as some others, varies the +structure of its nest as occasion and the materials may require. These +singular works are performed by the bird's using his bill instead of a +needle, and vegetable fibres for thread. + +The _Rufous Bee-eater_, or _Merops Rufus_, constructs also a +very singular nest. This bird is a native of Buenos Ayres; the nest is +built generally on the naked great branch of a tree, sometimes on the +windows of houses, a fence, or a projecting beam of a high house or +other building; it is composed of earth, in the form of a baker's oven, +and is often built in the short space of two days, both birds being +engaged in its construction; it is six inches in diameter, and one +thick; a division is within, beginning at the entrance, and carried +circularly, so that the eggs are deposited in the inner chamber, on a +bed of grass. The swallow and other birds often attempt to obtain +possession of this nest, but are generally repulsed by the owners. + +Many of the _Orioles'_ nests are also deserving notice. The +_black and yellow Oriole_, inhabiting South America, has a pendent +nest, shaped like an alembic; it is affixed to the extreme branches of +trees; sometimes, it is said, so many as four hundred nests are found +hanging on the same tree. + +The _Philippine_ and _Pensile Grosbeak_ make also very curious nests. + +In concluding this account of the nests of birds, I may notice here the +nest of the _Hirundo esculenta_, or _Esculent Swallow_, an inhabitant +of China and the Islands of the Indian Ocean. The nest consists of a +gelatinous substance, in shape resembling an apple cut down the middle. +The nests are found in great numbers together, and are by the luxurious +Asiatics made into broths, and otherwise cooked, and are esteemed one of +the greatest dainties of the table; they are also occasionally used for +glue.--_Jennings's Ornithologia_. + + + [1] We are pleased therefore to commence our Supplementary Sheet + with such a volume as the present, which we have reserved for + this purpose. The feelings which it must engender in the reader + will be doubly grateful in these troublous times of strong + political excitement: they enjoin "peace on earth, and goodwill + towards men." the Divine antidote to the storms of conflicting + interests and passions, and the balm which heals the thorny + wounds of the world, that cross every path and tear the finest + sympathies of our nature. It adds, moreover, a pleasant variety + to the contents of our sheet, and alternates with the + vicissitudes of enterprise, in the progress of infant liberty + in the New World, as in the Memoirs of the patriot _Miller_;--the + daring and recklessness of crime, as in the vivid sketch of + _First and Last_;--the picturesque country and ceremonies of + Arabia and its religious people, as drawn by _Burckhardt_;--and + the architectural embellishment of the Metropolis, as shown in + _Britton's Picture of London_. + + [2] In the MIRROR, dated March 1, 1828, we noticed "Gilbert White's + Natural History of Selborne, is one of the most delightful + household books in our language, and we are surprised at the + rarity of such works." The publication of the _Journal of a + Naturalist_, early in March, 1829, is "a coincidence." + + [3] Philosophers and wits have written on this subject. Sir Thomas + Brown, who wrote a book of _Vulgar Errors_, remarks with great + seriousness that the man "who could eradicate this error from the + minds of the people, might prevent the fearful passions of the + heart, and many cold sweats taking place in grandmothers and + nurses"--Swift lets fly the shafts of satire in these lines.-- + + A woodworm + That lies in old wood, like a hare in her form; + With teeth, or with claws, it will bite, or will scratch; + And chambermaids christen this worm a death-watch; + Because, like a watch, it always cries click; + Then woe be to those in the house who are sick; + For sure as a gun they will give up the ghost + If the maggat cries click when it scratches the post. + + Gay, too, in a _pastoral dirge_, says, + + The wether's bell, + Before the drooping flock, toll'd forth her knell; + The solemn deathwatch click'd the hour she died. + + + + + * * * * * + + + + +FINE ARTS + + * * * * * + + +METROPOLITAN IMPROVEMENTS. + +_Abridged from the "Introduction" to Britton's Picture of London, 26th +edition, just published._ + + +_The year_ 1825 will ever be memorable in the annals of the +metropolis; for more novel improvements, changes, and events occurred in +that one year than during any other corresponding period. _Schemes_ +for the formation of new _Companies_--the vast speculations arising +out of them, tending to the aggrandizement of a few persons, and to the +ruin of others, with the utilities of some, and the futilities and +impositions of many,--may also be said to belong to this year. + +Let us, however, take a brief review of the real improvements and useful +novelties that have been progressing, or have commenced in London since +that singular and eventful era. Commencing at the court, or west end, we +will take an imaginary tour to the east, adverting to such new buildings +as are calculated to arrest the attention of the stranger in our +progress. Without remarking on the general improvements of the age, we +shall find enough to engross our attention in the particular objects +before us. The most noted, or conspicuous of these are:--1. The New +Palace, with the adjoining Park and Gardens. 2. A Terrace, Street, and +Public Buildings on the site of Carlton House. 3. Belgrave Square, and +the adjoining Squares and Streets. 4. The Entrance Lodges and Bridge +in Hyde Park, with the improvements in the Roads and Walks of the same. +5. The Regent's Park, with its Terraces, Villas, Public Buildings, +Zoological Gardens, and Colosseum. 6. The London University. 7. The +British Museum. 8. The Post Office. 9. London Bridge, and its Vicinity. +10. St. Katherine's Docks. 11. The New Buildings and Alterations +connected with the Houses of Parliament, the Ministerial Offices, and +others, at Charing Cross. All these rank among the novelties and +embellished features of London; and whilst the design and execution of +so many public works manifest the increasing taste, or luxury of the +age, they employ and give encouragement to numerous artists, artisans, +and tradesmen. + +Of _the Royal Palace_, suffice it to remark, in this place, that it +is a large pile of building,--has been carried on with great rapidity of +execution,--its whole exterior is stone, many parts of which are adorned +with sculptured statues, basso-relievo, and other ornaments,--that a +highly-decorated triumphal arch, composed of fine white, marble, is +to be raised, at a short distance from the centre of the principal +front--and that the interior is to be splendidly adorned with marble, +scagliola, and other rich materials; whilst the galleries, armoury, +chapel, state-rooms, &c. are to display the most gorgeous ornaments of +the cabinet-maker, upholsterer, decorative painter, and other artisans. + +_The Park_, in front of this palace, which had continued for nearly +a century in one state of formal, tasteless insipidity, has been laid +out as a large pleasure-garden, interspersed with lawn, clusters of +shrubs and flowers, winding walks, varied surface, and a lake, whose +margin is made to wind with every inequality of surface, spreading +occasionally into a broad expanse, and then contracting to a narrow arm. +In the midst of the larger spaces are islands, covered with aquatic +trees and shrubs. + +_The Gardens_, or _Pleasure Grounds_, belonging to the Palace, +partake of the same character; but are adorned with shrubs, plants, and +flowers of a more choice description. A large piece of water is likewise +formed in the midst of these Gardens. + +_Belgrave Square, and Vicinity_. Immediately to the west of the +boundary-wall of the royal gardens is a tract of ground, which, in 1824, +was open fields, intersected by mud-banks, and partly occupied by a few +sheds, and inhabited by the lowest characters of society. In 1829, the +same land, consisting of about 140 acres, is nearly covered with houses +of the largest size, surrounding spacious squares, or skirting wide and +handsome streets. Of all the extraordinary works carried into effect by +London gentlemen and tradesmen, we may fairly adduce this as a +pre-eminent example. In the space of about four years, the houses +surrounding one large square, called Belgrave, have been erected, some +of them finished and occupied, and several others, of nearly equal +dimensions and value, completed. + +The most prominent feature of this district is _Belgrave Square_, +which includes within the front walls of the houses an area of about ten +acres, the centre of which, enclosed by lofty and handsome railing, is +laid out as a pleasure garden. The whole of the houses are large, lofty, +and spacious, with stuccoed fronts, porches, balustraded balconies; +and those in the centre of each side are decorated with columns, or +three-quarter columns, vases on the parapet, &c. + +Of _Eaton Square_, one portion only is built at present: as laid +out, planted, and railed in, it is intended to occupy an area of about +fourteen acres, and will be bounded by four rows of houses on the north +side, and the like number on the south side, having the king's private +road extending east and west through the centre. It measures 600 yards +long by 120 yards wide, between the houses. At the eastern extremity is +a new church, built from the designs of Henry Hakewill, Esq. + +To the north of this district, at Hyde Park Corner, is a large new +edifice appropriated to _St. George's Hospital_. It is a commodious +and handsome building, from the designs of R. Smirke, Esq. Near it, and +forming an entrance lodge to the Palace Gardens, is a bold, large, and +highly-decorated archway, built from the designs of Decimus Burton, Esq. +Opposite is a screen of columns, with three entrance archways, a lodge, +&c. constituting an architectural entrance to Hyde Park. Three other +lodges, with gates, by Mr. Burton, form so many other entrances to the +Park from the east and north--_Apsley House_, the town mansion of +the Duke of Wellington, at the south-east angle of Hyde Park, is +rebuilding from the designs of Messrs. B. and C. Wyatt, and will form a +handsome object at this entrance to the metropolis. + +The Earl of Grosvenor has set a most laudable example to our opulent +nobility, in the new wing to his mansion in Grosvenor Street, as a +gallery for his valuable pictures. It is a handsome and imposing design, +and does honour to the architect, Mr Cundy. + +The new _Club Houses_ in St. James's Street, especially that near +the southern end, present imposing fronts; and it may be added, that +most of the other Club Houses have contributed very much to adorn their +respective situations, and to impart a strictly architectural character +to our street buildings. + +The site of Carlton House, and its gardens, is occupied by a wide +street, by a lofty terrace overlooking the Park, by club houses, &c. Two +of the latter terminate Waterloo Place, and are appropriated to "_the +United Service_," and "_the Athenaeum_;" the first built from +the designs of Mr. Nash, and the latter from those of Mr. D. Burton. + +From Charing Cross to Exeter 'Change an amazing improvement has +commenced. All the houses on the north side of the Strand are taking +down, and others raising, farther back, by which the street will be much +widened, and the new buildings will assume better faces, if not better +accommodation, for the tradesmen who occupy them. That museum of sheds, +stalls, and filth, _Covent Garden_, is also to be cleared and +cleansed, and respectable ranges of shops and warerooms are to be +erected. + +It is now confidently said, that "_the King's College of London_" +is to be attached to the eastern side of Somerset House; and that Mr. +Smirke is commissioned to make a design for the building. + +In the _Regent's Park_ a new Terrace and other buildings, are in +progress; the great Colosseum is nearly finished, and the _Zoological +Gardens_ have excited unusual popularity. No less than 130,000 +visiters have been admitted to view the gardens and the vivarium within +the year 1828. + +On the east side of the Park is a mass of buildings appropriated to +_St. Katherine's Hospital_, consisting of a chapel in the centre, +with a group of dwellings on each side, and a detached mansion for the +master. South of this is a series of buildings, called _Cumberland +Terrace_, raised from the designs of Mr. Nash, which is abundantly +adorned with columns, arches, statues, and basso-relievo. + +The _Colosseum_, in the same Park, is a building of great +dimensions, and novel appropriation, and therefore calculated to excite +very popular attention. Near this is the _Diorama_, an edifice of +singular construction, destined for the public display of two pictures. +A new line of communication from this Park to Pall Mall has been +completed within the last few years, by a wide and handsome road called +_Regent Street_. + +_London University_--The situation of the first University founded +in this immense city is most peculiarly favourable, being equally +removed from the busy and confined part of the metropolis, and from the +fashionable and idle; whilst it is not inconveniently remote from either +extremity. The building was commenced on the 30th of April, 1827, when +the Duke of Sussex laid the first stone, in the presence of a large +concourse of noblemen and gentlemen. The design is by William Wilkins, +Esq., R.A., who has evinced in the principal elevation and general +character of the edifice considerable taste and science. When completed, +it is intended to consist of a central part, and two wings projecting at +right angles from the extremities of the former. The first portion only +of this is at present finished. It extends from north to south 430 feet, +with a depth, from east to west, including the two semicircular +theatres, of about 200 feet. The elevation is at once classical and +chaste, having a bold and rich portico in the centre, elevated on a +plinth, to the height of the first story (19 feet,) and is approached +by numerous steps, which are arranged to produce a fine effect. Twelve +Corinthian columns support a flattened pediment, in the tympanum of +which is to be a composition in basso-relievo, analogous to science and +literature. Behind this pediment is a cupola, finished by a lantern +light, in imitation of a peripteral temple, crowning and ornamenting a +grand octagonal vestibule, or saloon. North of this is the museum of +natural history, 118 feet by 50, and 23 feet in height, opening to +the museum of anatomy, which latter communicates with two rooms for +professors, and to one of the large theatres, or lecture-rooms. East of +the vestibule is a large hall, and to the south is the great library, +corresponding in size, &c. with the museum of natural history; the +small library; rooms for the librarian, for apparatus, and also another +large theatre. The ground-floor consists of rooms for lectures, the +Professor's offices, laboratory, museum, a spacious cloister 213 feet +by 24; rooms for the anatomical school, &c. In the basement are other +apartments for the anatomical schools, for the chemical laboratory, +the students' common room, kitchen, stewards' room, refreshment rooms, +housekeeper's room, vaults, &c. + +At the _British Museum_ a new room, to contain the late king's +library, has been built and fitted up from the designs of Mr. R. Smirke. +It is the largest apartment in this country, its measurement being 300 +feet in length, by 30 feet in width, and 30 feet high, + +The _St. Katherine's Docks_, recently formed near the Tower, will +increase this species of accommodation, and be a great improvement to a +district where reform and alteration are much required. By a statement +published by the Committee in October, 1828, it appears that "the first +stone was laid 3rd of May, 1827," and that a grand ceremony was exhibited +on the 25th of October, 1828, of opening the Docks. On that occasion, +nine vessels, of from 516 to 343 tons burden, entered the docks to load +and discharge their freights. Above 1,200 houses, warehouses, &c. were +purchased and taken down, to make room for the new works. Accommodation +is provided for the stowage of 210,000 tons of merchandize; and, from +the improved construction of the warehouses, these goods will be always +housed under cover. The fixed capital for completing this great +commercial undertaking is 1,352,752_l_. + +_A Collier Dock_, on a large scale, has been projected to be +excavated and formed in the Isle of Dogs, near Blackwall for which +Mr. George Rennie has made plans and estimates. + +The _New London Bridge_, now nearly completed, is a work of great +magnitude, science, and novelty. Its erection, in our times, and +following the recent finishing of the bridges of Waterloo and Southwark, +is a memorable event in the annals of London. + +The projected _Tunnel under the Thames_ is not only a novel object +in this part of London, but, should it ever be accomplished, it will be +a wonderful triumph of human talents over seeming impossibilities. + +Although so many useful and even important improvements have been +recently effected in the metropolis, there are yet many things left +undone that ought to be done, and others proceeding in a manner that +will neither be creditable nor beneficial. The widening and opening of +_New Streets_ from Pall Mall to the British Museum; from that +national repository to Waterloo Bridge, skirting the two theatres;--from +the Strand to Lincoln's Inn Fields, and thence to Holborn; and again +to Covent Garden;--from Charing Cross to Somerset House;--from Oxford +Road to Bloomsbury Square and Holborn;--from Blackfriars' Bridge to +Clerkenwell, removing and clearing away that nuisance in a public +thoroughfare, Fleet Market;--from Moorfields to the Bank, and thence +obliquely to Southwark Bridge;--widening and opening the area around +St. Paul's Cathedral,--are all calculated to be very beneficial to +the public. Other essential alterations are still required; and the +legislature, as well as all public-spirited individuals, should +co-operate to promote them. The formation of open, respectable quays, +terraces, and streets, on the banks of our fine river, is an event +greatly to be desired. + +The vastly-increasing population of London, has occasioned a great +augmentation of _Churches_ and _Chapels_, both for congregations +of the establishment, and for dissenters. In consequence of urgent, and +argumentative appeals by some truly pious and benevolent Christians, the +legislature has granted a large sum for the purpose of aiding parochial +committees, to build new churches or enlarge their old ones. + +The _New Post Office_, in St. Martin's-le-Grand, is fast +approaching conclusion, and will constitute one of the most imposing +public buildings of the city. Preparatory to the re-erection of the +whole of the _Blue Coat School_, or _Christ's Hospital_, in +Newgate Street, a spacious and handsome Hall has been erected, from the +designs of Mr. Shaw. + +A _new Chapel_, of novel design, being of an amphitheatrical form, +has been recently completed, from the designs of _W. Brooks_, +architect. It is seated near the Catholic Chapel, in Finsbury Circus. + + * * * * * + + + + +THE SKETCH-BOOK. + + * * * * * + +THE FIRST AND LAST CRIME. + +[_Blackwood's Magazine_ for the current month contains a sketchy +article under this title, which displays much of the breadth and vigour +of one of Maga's contributors. Our extract is in the form of the +confession of a reckless, daring spirit, who being imprisoned for +murder, commits suicide. The early developement of his bad passions is +admirably drawn, and altogether this is one of the most powerfully +written papers that we have lately met with.] + + +I was the youngest child of three; but before I had attained my tenth +year, I was an only one. I had always been the favourite of both my +parents, and now I was their idol. They hung upon my existence, as a +shipwrecked mariner clings to the last floating fragment of the gallant +bark that bore him; they lived, but while they held by me, in the rough +tossings of the ocean of life. I was not slow to discover my value in +their estimation, or to exercise, in its fullest extent, the capricious +tyranny of conscious power. Almost the earliest impression which my +ripening mind received, was a regal immunity from error--I could _do +no wrong_. + +My education was not neglected. Alas! the only use I have ever made of +what I acquired, has been to gild my vices when acted, or refine upon +the manner of acting them while in contemplation. I look back, at this +moment, to the period of my life I am describing, as prosperous men +recall the day-spring of their fortunes. _They_, from the proud +eminence on which they stand, trace, step by step, in retrospective +view, the paths by which they ascended; and _I_, looking through +the dark vista of my by-gone years, behold the fatal series of crimes +and follies that stained their progress, stretching to my boyhood. The +gay and frolic _irregularities_, as they were gently termed, of +that untamed age, were the turbid source of the waters of misery in +which I am now engulphed, I was a lawless planet, running at will; and +the orbit I described laid waste more than one fair region of peace and +happiness. + +My father had a brother, his elder by many years; a man of stern and +rigid character, as I then considered him; but, as I would now call him, +of upright, firm, and honourable principle. He loved my father, but did +not love his weakness; and the display of it, in his indulgence towards +me, was the cause of many a serious, if not sometimes angry, debate +between them. Well do I remember (for it rankled like poison in my +swelling heart) a declaration he once made in my presence. It was a +fine autumnal evening, and he was seated with my father and mother in +a balcony, which opened from the library-window upon a spacious lawn. +I entered the room, and advanced towards them, unconscious, of course, +that their conversation had been about me; but my uncle looking at me +with a severe expression of countenance, and at the same time addressing +his brother, exclaimed, "Well, James, neither you nor I may live to see +it; but if the grace of God, or his own better reflection, as he grows +older, do not work a change in this young squire, a duel, Jack Ketch, +or a razor, will work his exit some day or other." + +My father smiled--I saw my mother wipe away a tear--at that moment +I could have struck my uncle dead. I muttered a few words--I knew not +what, and left the room. Boy as I was, (for I had barely completed +my seventeenth year,) I felt all the vindictive passions of manhood +kindling within me. It seemed as if a sentence had been passed upon +me, the more terrible, because a secret voice whispered to me, it was +prophetic! _That impression never forsook me!_ + +I questioned my father haughtily, a few days afterwards, as to the +reasons of his brother for thus speaking of me; and I even dared to +insinuate, that, had he felt what a father should, he would have +resented the indignity. He answered me (I write it with shame and +contrition) most mildly, most affectionately. The gentle being--I see +him now, as he tenderly took my hand--apologized to me--to me! who ought +to have stood trembling in _his_ presence! I followed up my blow. +With cold, but subtle malignity. I played off my revenge towards my +uncle, through the idolatry of my father's love towards myself. I +barbarously gave him a choice of misery; for I disdainfully replied, +that he must henceforth determine, whether he would lose a brother or +a son, as _I_ had determined to remain no longer under his roof, +unless I had the assurance that I should never again see my uncle there. +He looked at me. My God! what a look it was! so full of meek sorrow +and appalling obedience! Without uttering a word, he sat down to his +writing-table. The tears fell upon his paper; but they did not blot out +a few bitter words addressed to his brother, which severed for ever in +this world two noble hearts; cast, indeed, in different moulds, but +which kindred blood had cemented, in the close bonds of fraternal love, +for more than forty years. + +This was my _first_ revenge. But was I satisfied? No! + +It was only a few months afterwards, that chance threw in my way a +daughter of my uncle's. I met her at the house of a common friend, who +knew and deplored the unhappy schism which prevailed between the two +brothers. He was equally attached to both, and I believe pleased himself +with the idea, that an occasional intercourse between the younger +branches of the families, might, some day or other, bring about a +reconciliation between the heads. My cousin Harriet was a year older +than myself. She was in her nineteenth, I in my eighteenth year. I loved +her. Yes; the _first_ feeling that glowed within my bosom was that +of love. She was beautiful--fascinating--accomplished--amiable--and +I loved her. It was not long before I was satisfied. I had kindled a +reciprocal passion in her breast. The mute eloquence of her look and +manner was only the harbinger of that same thrilling eloquence, which +fell from her tongue when I won the declaration of her affection. + +Her father knew we met at this friend's house; but whether he was told, +or whether he penetrated, the secret of our attachment, I never learned. +I only know, that, at the very moment when separation was madness, his +mandate went forth, prohibiting all farther intercourse between us, and +that it was obeyed. Not by me; for I was incapable of submission: but by +my gentle Harriet, who thought _herself_ incapable of disobeying. +We met no more where we had been wont to meet; and my young heart's +spring of happiness seemed for ever withered. + +But here again, I began to reflect, my path was crossed--my hopes were +blighted--by my uncle. I heard, too, that his tongue had been free with +my name; that the blistering censure of his austere virtue had fallen +upon my actions. I writhed under the contumely. My wounded spirit was +insatiate for vengeance. I meditated, deeply, how I could inflict it, so +as to strike the blow where he was most vulnerable. I did not brood long +over my dark purpose. The love I still bore his daughter, was _now_ +mingled with the hatred I bore towards himself; and I exulted in the +thought, that I should perhaps be able to gratify, at one and the same +moment, two of the fiercest passions of my nature--lust and revenge! + +I SUCCEEDED! + +In these two words let me shroud a tale of horror. Harriet was my +victim! Ask not how. _I_ triumphed! _She_ fell! An angel might +have fallen as she did, and lost no purity. But her stainless heart was +too proud in virtue to palter and equivocate with circumstances. She +never rose from what she deemed her bridal bed. And ere twenty summers +had fanned her cheek, the grave-worm banqueted upon its loveliness. + +This was my _first_ crime. The recollection of it is engraven upon +my memory by an awful catastrophe. The night wind that sung _her_ +funeral dirge, howled with dismal fury through the burning ruins of my +paternal mansion. Yes! that very night, as if it were in mercy to them, +my father and my mother both perished in the flames which reduced +the house itself to cinders. They were seen at the windows of their +bedchamber, shrieking for aid; but before any could be procured, the +flooring gave way, and they sunk at once into the yawning furnace that +roared beneath. Their remains, when afterwards dug out, were a few +shovelsfull of blackened ashes; except my father's right hand, which was +found clasped in that of my mother, and both unconsumed. I followed +these sad relics to the sepulchre. But with the tears I shed, there was +blended a feeble consolation at the thought they had died before they +knew the fate of Harriet; and a frightful joy, that another pang was +added to the wretchedness of my uncle. + +I can well remember what a feeling of loneliness and desolation now took +possession of me. Time, however, rolled on; and I grew callous, if not +reconciled. I could not disguise from myself that the more select +circles of society were closed against me; or, if I found my way into +them, some blushing whisper was quickly circulated, which created a +solitude around me. + +It was during this period, and while I was squandering thousands to +achieve the conquest of shadows, that I succeeded in fixing an intimacy +with a family equal to my own in station, and superior to it in fortune. +The eldest daughter was an heiress of large expectations, and my +proposals of marriage were favourably received. I might almost say that +Matilda was mine; when one day I received a letter from her father, +peremptorily forbidding my visits. I was thunderstruck. I hastened to +the house, and demanded an explanation. It was given in few words. _I +was referred to my uncle for any information I required_. + +This blow struck me down. I had run through my patrimonial estate; but +hoped, by my marriage with Matilda, to repair my shattered fortune. +Three weeks after it was known that the match was broken off, I was +a prisoner for debt in the King's Bench! I breathed no curses upon +the cause of this sudden reverse of fortune, but--I swore revenge, in +silence; and I kept my oath. I languished away six months, a captive +debtor; and then, taking the benefit of the act, I walked forth a +beggar, to prey upon the world at large! I had studied, during that +time, in an admirable school, where I found professors in every art by +which fools are gulled, and knaves foiled with their own weapons. I was +an apt scholar, and returned to the bosom of society, an adept in the +science of _polished depredation_. Translate this into the language +of the Old Bailey, and I became a swindler by profession. Like the +eagle, however, I was a bird of prey that soared into the highest +regions, and rarely stooped to strike the meaner tribes of my species. I +had not lost, with the trappings of my birth, the manners and address of +the sphere in which I had moved; and these were now my stock in trade +for carrying on my new vocation. + +Among the children of misfortune with whom I associated in prison, was +Charles Fitzroy; a bankrupt in every thing but exhaustless invention, +and unconquerable perseverance. Give him the free use of his limbs, and +with matchless dexterity he would make the contributions of the morning +furnish out the riotous expenses of the evening. It was his boast, that +he would breakfast with an empty pocket, and dine with a purse that +should defray the carouse of a dozen friends. And I have known him +fulfil his boast, with a heart as light, too, as became a man who thus +made the credulous fools of the world his bankers. + +I was needy, desperate, and an outcast; and I linked my destiny with +Fitzroy's. He had my confidence; such confidence as confederates in +knavery can bestow. When he obtained his liberty, which he did shortly +after my own was accomplished, he introduced me to his companions; men +who, like himself, lived by plundering the unwary, and who looked up to +him as their _Magnus Apollo_. I was soon initiated in all their +mysteries; and played my part to admiration at the gaming-table, on the +race course, and in the ring. + +Fitzroy was master of the secret that festered near my heart; the +increased and increasing hatred towards my uncle. I regarded him as +my evil genius; for not only had he thwarted me in two of the dearest +objects of my life; but his prediction of my boyhood had clung to me +like a poisoned garment. I could not shake it off; and now, more than +ever, it seemed accomplishing itself with rapid strides. It made me mad +when I reflected upon the polluted channels through which _my_ +precarious means flowed, and thought of the luxurious enjoyments which +_his_ opulence commanded. It was true, I had dashed his cup with +bitterness; but it was no less true, that it still flowed with sweets, +while mine was brimming with gall. Fitzroy would often talk to me upon +this subject, and devise schemes for a successful inroad upon his purse. +At length a plan was matured between us, in which I could not appear, +but which Fitzroy, and a picked few of our associates, undertook to +execute. + +My uncle had always been passionately fond of the course, and prided +himself upon his stud of racers. He betted largely, and was generally +fortunate, probably because he selected his men with a wary eye. +The race course, then, was the arena chosen for the enterprise; but +admirable as were the projected plans, and skilfully as they were +executed, such was his luck, or so profound were his calculations, that +they failed _five_ successive seasons. Fitzroy, however, was one of +those men who, when satisfied that what they engage in ought to succeed, +according to the means employed, only derive fresh vigour from every +fresh defeat. He played his game a _sixth_ time, and won. The same +day that saw my uncle rise with thousands, saw him seek his pillow at +night, a frantic beggar! He was too proud a man, too honourable, I will +add, not to throw down his last guinea, in satisfaction of such demands. +He never suspected villany in the business. He paid his losses, +therefore; and in less than a week afterwards, an inquest sat upon his +body, which was found at the bottom of his own fish pond. + +I had my share of this infernal plunder; but so ravenous had been +my appetite for revenge, that not one pang of remorse disturbed the +riotous enjoyments in which it was lavished. On the contrary, the very +consciousness that it _was_ my uncle's money I squandered, gave a +zest to every excess, and seemed to appease the gnawing passions which +had so long tormented me. In two or three years, however, boundless +extravagance, and the gaming-table, stripped me of my last shilling. +It was in one of the frenzied moments of this profligate reverse of +fortune, that I committed the crime for which, if to-morrow dawned +upon me, I should be publicly arraigned. + +Fitzroy had been fortunate the whole night. I had thrown with constant +bad luck. He had pocketed some hundreds; I had lost more than I could +pay. I asked him for a temporary loan of fifty pounds, to make good what +I owed, and stake the small remaining sum for the chance of retrieving +all. He refused me. It was the first time he had ever done so. But he +not _only_ refused me, he taunted me with sarcastic reproofs for my +folly, and muttered something about the uselessness of assisting a man +who, if he had thousands, would scatter them like dust. He should have +chosen a fitter moment to exhort me, than when I was galled by my +losses, and by his denial of my request. I was heated with wine too; and +half mad with despair, half mad with drink, I sprang upon him, tore him +to the earth, and before the by-standers could interfere to separate us, +I had buried a knife, which I snatched from a table near me, up to the +handle in his heart! He screamed--convulsively grappled me by the +throat---and expired! His death-gripe was so fierce and powerful, that I +believe had we been alone, his murderer would have been found strangled +by his side. It was with difficulty that the horror-struck witnesses of +this bloody scene could force open his clenched hands time enough to let +me breathe. + +I have done! I remember, as if it were but yesterday, the silent +response which my heart made, when my uncle pronounced that withering +sentence on me. "No!" was my indignant exclamation; "I may deserve a +hundred public deaths; but if I know myself, I would never undergo +one!--NOR WILL I." When that which I have written shall be read--other +hopes and fears--other punishments, perchance, than man can awaken or +inflict--will await me. My _first_ crime--my _first_ revenge, +and my _last_, I have recorded; my _last_ crime others must +tell, when they speak of the murderer and SUICIDE, + + JAMES MORLEY. + +There is little doubt that scarcely a moment intervened between his +writing his name, and placing the pistol to his heart; for when he was +discovered, the pen was lying on the paper, as if it had been laid down +only for an instant. + + * * * * * + + + + +RETROSPECTIVE GLEANINGS. + + * * * * * + + +REGAL TABLET. + +(_Concluded from page 166._) + + +CHARLES II. + +restored 29th May, 1669, ended 6th Feb. 1685. + +_Popes_. + +Alexander VII., 1655. +Clement IX., 1667. +Clement X., 1670. +Innocent XI., 1676. + +_Emperor of Germany_. + +Leopold I., 1658. + +_France_. + +Louis XIV., 1643. + +_Spain_. + +Philip IV., 1620. +Charles II., 1665. + +_Portugal_. + +Alonzo VI., 1656. +Pedro II., 1683. + +_Denmark_ + +Frederic III., 1648. +Christian V., 1670. + +_Sweden_. + +Charles XI., 1660. + + * * * * * + +JAMES II. + +began his reign 6th Feb. 1685, abdicated 13th Feb. 1689. + +Contemporaries all as in the last reign. + + * * * * * + +WILLIAM AND MARY + +began their reign 13th Feb. 1689, ended 8th March, 1702. + +_Popes_. + +Innocent XI., 1676. +Alexander VIII., 1689. +Innocent XII., 1691. +Clement XI., 1700. + +_Emperor of Germany_. + +Leopold I., 1658. + +_France_. + +Louis XIV., 1643. + +_Spain_. + +Charles II., 1665. +Philip V., 1700. + +_Portugal_. + +Pedro II., 1683. + +_Denmark_. + +Christian V., 1670. +Frederic IV., 1699. + +_Sweden_. + +Charles XI., 1660. +Charles XII., 1697. + +_Prussia_. + +Frederic I., 1701. + + * * * * * + +ANNE + +began her reign 8th March, 1702, ended 1st Aug. 1714. + +_Popes_. + +Clement XI., 1700. + +_Emperors of Germany_. + +Leopold I., 1658. +Joseph I., 1705. +Charles VI., 1711. + +_France_. + +Louis XIV., 1643. + +_Spain_. + +Philip V., 1700. + +_Portugal_. + +Pedro II., 1683. +John V., 1706. + +_Denmark_. + +Frederic IV., 1699. + +_Sweden_. + +Charles XII. 1697. + +_Prussia_. + +Frederic I., 1701. +Frederic William I., 1713. + + * * * * * + +The Illustrious House of Brunswick. + +GEORGE I. + +began his reign 1st Aug. 1714, ended 11th June, 1727. + +_Popes_. + +Clement XI., 1700. +Innocent XIII., 1721. +Benedict XIII., 1723. + +_Emperor of Germany_. + +Charles VI., 1711. + +_Russia_. + +Peter I., 1724. +Catherine I., 1725. +Peter II., 1727. + +_France_. + +Louis XIV., 1643. +Louis XV., 1715. + +_Spain_. + +Philip V., 1700. + +_Portugal_. + +John V., 1706. + +_Denmark_. + +Frederic IV., 1699. + +_Sweden_. + +Charles XII. 1697. +Ulrica, 1718. +Frederic, 1720. + +_Prussia_. + +Frederic William I., 1713. + + * * * * * + +GEORGE II. + +began his reign 11th June, 1727, ended 25th Oct. 1760. + +_Popes_. + +Benedict XIII., 1723. +Clement XII., 1730. +Benedict XIV., 1740. +Clement XIII., 1758. + +_Emperors of Germany_. + +Charles VI., 1711. +Charles VII., 1740. +Francis I., 1745. + +_Russia_. + +Peter II., 1727. +Anne., 1730. +John V., 1740. +Elizabeth, 1741. + +_France_. + +Louis XV., 1715. + +_Spain_. + +Philip V., 1700. +Ferdinand, 1746. +Charles III., 1759. + +_Portugal_. + +John V., 1706. +Joseph, 1750. + +_Denmark_. + +Frederic IV., 1699. +Christian VI. 1730. +Frederic V., 1746. + +_Sweden_. + +Frederic, 1720. +Adolphus, 1751. + +_Prussia_. + +Frederic William, I, 1713. +Frederic II., 1740. + + * * * * * + +GEORGE III. + +began his reign 25th Oct. 1760, ended 29th Jan. 1820. + +_Popes_. + +Clement XIII., 1758. +Clement XIV., 1769. +Pius VI., 1775. +Pius VII., 1800. + +_Emperors of Germany_. + +Francis I., 1745. +Joseph II., 1765. +Francis II., 1792.[4] + +_Austria_. + +Francis I., 1806. + +_Turkey_. + +Mustapha III., 1757. +Achmed, 1774. +Selim III., 1789. +Mahamud VI., 1808. + +_Portugal_. + +Joseph, 1750. +Mary and Peter III., 1777. +Mary (alone), 1786. +John, 1816. + +_Russia_. + +Elizabeth, 1741. +Peter III., 1762. +Catharine II., 1762. +Paul I., 1796. +Alexander, 1801. + +_Prussia_. + +Frederic the Great, 1740. +Frederic William II., 1786. + +_France_. + +Louis XV., 1715. +Louis XVI., 1774. +Louis XVII. 1793. +Bonaparte, 1799. +Louis XVIII., 1814. + +_Spain_. + +Charles III., 1759. +Charles IV., 1788. +Ferdinand VII., 1808. + +_Denmark_. + +Frederic V., 1746. +Christian VII., 1766. +Matilda, 1772. +Frederic VI. 1808. + +_Sweden_. + +Adolphus Frederic, 1751. +Gustavus III., 1771. +Gustavus IV., 1792. +Charles XIII., 1809. +Charles XIV., (Bernadotte), 1818. + +_Holland_. + +William V. (Stadtholder), 1757. +William, Prince of Orange, 1815. + +_Prussia_. + +Frederic William III., 1797. + +_Poland_. + +Stanislaus II. 1764. + +_Naples and Sicily_. + +Frederic IV. 1759. +Joseph Napoleon, 1806. +Joachim Napoleon, 1809. +King of Naples restored, 1815. + +_Etruria_. + +Francis, 1730. +Leopold, 1765. +Ferdinand III., 1790. +Louis I., 1801. +Louis II. 1802. + +_Sardinia_. + +Charles Emanuel III. 1730. +Victor Amadeus, 1773. +Emanuel V., 1802. + + * * * * * + +GEORGE IV. + +ascended 29th Jan. 1820, whom GOD preserve. + +Contemporaries at the commencement of his reign the same as at the death +of his late majesty. + +JACOBUS. + + [4] Francis II. of Germany abdicated 1806, and took the title of + Emperor of Austria. + + + * * * * * + + + + +THE SELECTOR, + +AND + +LITERARY NOTICES OF + +_NEW WORKS_. + + * * * * * + +MOUNT ARAFAT, AND THE PILGRIMAGE +TO MEKKA. + + +Every traditionary and topographical particular of this hallowed spot, +and the picturesque ceremonies by which it is consecrated, must be +acceptable to the Christian reader; and this conviction has induced us +to abridge the following from that portion of _Burckhardt's Travels_ +which describes the _Hadj_, or _pilgrimage_ to Mekka. + +At sunrise on the 9th of Zul Hadj, every pilgrim issued from his tent, +to walk over the plains, and take a view of the busy crowds assembled +there. Long streets of tents, fitted up as bazars, furnished all kinds +of provisions. The Syrian and Egyptian cavalry were exercised by their +chiefs early in the morning, while thousands of camels were seen feeding +upon the dry shrubs of the plain all round the camp. I walked to Mount +Arafat, to enjoy from its summit a more distinct view of the whole. +This granite hill, which is also called _Djebel er' Rahme_, or the +Mountain of Mercy, rises on the north-east side of the plain, close to +the mountains which encompass it, but separated from them by a rocky +valley; it is about a mile, or a mile and a half in circuit; its sides +are sloping, and its summit is nearly two hundred feet above the level +of the plain. On the eastern side broad stone steps lead up to the top, +and a broad unpaved path, on the western, over rude masses of granite, +with which its declivity is covered. After mounting about forty steps, +we find a spot a little on the left, called Modaa Seydna Adam, or the +place of prayer of our Lord Adam, where, it is related, that the father +of mankind used to stand while praying; for here it was, according to +Mohammedan tradition, that the angel Gabriel first instructed Adam how +to adore his Creator. A marble slab, bearing an inscription in modern +characters, is fixed in the side of the mountain. On reaching about the +sixtieth step, we come to a small paved platform to our right, on a +level spot of the hill, where the preacher stands who admonishes the +pilgrims on the afternoon of this day, as I shall hereafter mention. +Thus high, the steps are so broad and easy that a horse or camel may +ascend; but higher up they become more steep and uneven. On the summit, +the place is shown where Mohammed used to take his station during the +Hadj; a small chapel formerly stood over it; but this was destroyed by +the Wahabys: here the pilgrims usually pray two rikats, in salutation +of Arafat. The steps and the summit are covered with handkerchiefs to +receive their pious gifts, and each family of the Mekkawys or Bedouins +of the tribe of Koreysh, in whose territory Arafat lies, has its +particular spot assigned to it for this purpose. The summit commands a +very extensive and singular prospect. I brought my compass to take a +circle of bearings; but the crowd was so great that I could not use it. +Towards the western extremity of the plain are seen Bir Bazan and the +Aalameyn; somewhat nearer, southwards, the mosque called Djama Nimre, +or Djama Seydna Ibrahim; and on the south-east, a small house where the +Sherif used to lodge during the pilgrimage. From thence an elevated +rocky ground in the plain extends towards Arafat. On the eastern side +of the mountain, and close to its foot, are the ruins of a small mosque, +built on rocky ground, called Djama el Szakhrat, where Mohammed was +accustomed to pray, and where the pilgrims make four prostrations in +memory of the prophet. Several large reservoirs lined with stone are +dispersed over the plain; two or three are close to the foot of Arafat, +and there are some near the house of the Sherifs: they are filled from +the same fine aqueduct which supplies Mekka, and the head of which is +about one hour and a half distant, in the eastern mountains. The canal +is left open here for the convenience of pilgrims, and is conducted +round the three sides of the mountains, passing by Modaa Seydna Adam.[5] + +From the summit of Arafat, I counted about three thousand tents +dispersed over the plain, of which two-thirds belonged to the two Hadj +caravans, and to the suite and soldiers of Mohammed Aly; the rest to the +Arabs of the Sherif, the Bedouin hadjys, and the people of Mekka and +Djidda. These assembled multitudes were for the greater number, like +myself, without tents. The two caravans were encamped without much +order, each party of pilgrims or soldiers having pitched its tents in +large circles or _dowars_, in the midst of which many of their +camels were reposing. The plain contained, dispersed in different parts, +from twenty to twenty-five thousand camels, twelve thousand of which +belonged to the Syrian Hadj, and from five to six thousand to the +Egyptian; besides about three thousand, purchased by Mohammed Aly from +the Bedouins in the Syrian Deserts, and brought to Mekka with the Hadj, +to convey the pilgrims to this place, previously to being used for the +transport of army-provisions to Tayf. + +The Syrian Hadj was encamped on the south and south-west side of the +mountain; the Egyptian on the south-east. Around the house of the +Sherif, Yahya himself was encamped with his Bedouin troops, and in its +neighbourhood were all the Hedjaz people. Here it was that the two Yemen +caravans used formerly to take their station. Mohammed Aly, and Soleyman +Pasha of Damascus, as well as several of their officers, had very +handsome tents; but the most magnificent of all was that of the wife of +Mohammed Aly, the mother of Tousoun Pasha and Ibrahim Pasha, who had +lately arrived from Cairo for the Hadj, with a truly royal equipage, +five hundred camels being necessary to transport her baggage from Djidda +to Mekka. Her tent was in fact an encampment consisting of a dozen tents +of different sizes, inhabited by her women; the whole enclosed by a wall +of linen cloth, eight hundred paces in circuit, the single entrance to +which was guarded by eunuchs in splendid dresses. Around this enclosure +were pitched the tents of the men who formed her numerous suite. The +beautiful embroidery on the exterior of this linen palace, with the +various colours displayed in every part of it, constituted an object +which reminded me of some descriptions in the Arabian Tales of the +Thousand and One Nights. Among the rich equipages of the other hadjys, +or of the Mekka people, none were so conspicuous as that belonging +to the family of Djeylany, the merchant, whose tents, pitched in a +semicircle, rivalled in beauty those of the two pashas, and far exceeded +those of Sherif Yahya. In other parts of the East, a merchant would +as soon think of buying a rope for his own neck, as of displaying his +wealth in the presence of a pasha; but Djeylany has not yet laid aside +the customs which the Mekkawys learned under their old government, +particularly that of Sherif Ghaleb, who seldom exercised extortion upon +single individuals; and they now rely on the promises of Mohammed Aly, +that he will respect their property. + +During the whole morning, there were repeated discharges of the +artillery which both pashas had brought with them. A few pilgrims +had taken up their quarters on Djebel Arafat itself, where some small +cavern, or impending block of granite, afforded them shelter from the +sun. It is a belief generally entertained in the East, and strengthened +by many boasting hadjys on their return home, that all the pilgrims, on +this day, encamp upon Mount Arafat; and that the mountain possesses the +miraculous property of expansion, so as to admit an indefinite number of +the faithful upon its summit. The law ordains that the _wakfe_, or +position of the Hadj, should be on Djebel Arafat; but it wisely provides +against any impossibility, by declaring that the plain in the immediate +neighbourhood of the mountain may be regarded as comprised under the +term "mountain," or Djebel Arafat. + +I estimated the number of persons assembled here at about seventy +thousand. The camp was from three to four miles long, and between one +and two in breadth. There is, perhaps, no spot on earth where, in so +small a place, such a diversity of languages are heard; I reckoned about +forty, and I have no doubt that there were many more. It appeared to me +as if I were here placed in a holy temple of travellers only; and never +did I at any time feel a more ardent wish to be able to penetrate once +into the inmost recesses of the countries of many of those persons +whom I now saw before me, fondly imagining that I might have no more +difficulty in reaching their homes, than what they had experienced in +their journey to this spot. + + * * * * * + +The time of Aszer (or about three o'clock, P.M.) approached, when that +ceremony of the Hadj takes place, for which the whole assembly had come +hither. The pilgrims now pressed forward towards the mountain of Arafat, +and covered its sides from top to bottom. At the precise time of Aszer, +the preacher took his stand upon the platform on the mountain, and began +to address the multitude. This sermon, which lasts till sun-set, +constitutes the holy ceremony of the Hadj called Khotbet el Wakfe; and +no pilgrim, although he may have visited all the holy places of Mekka, +is entitled to the name of hadjy, unless he has been present on this +occasion. As Aszer approached, therefore, all the tents were struck, +every thing was packed up, the caravans began to load, and the pilgrims +belonging to them mounted their camels, and crowded round the mountain, +to be within sight of the preacher, which is sufficient, as the greater +part of the multitude is necessarily too distant to hear him. The two +pashas, with their whole cavalry drawn up in two squadrons behind them, +took their post in the rear of the deep lines of camels of the hadjys, +to which those of the people of the Hedjaz were also joined; and here +they waited in solemn and respectful silence the conclusion of the +sermon. Further removed from the preacher, was the Sherif Yahya, with +his small body of soldiers, distinguished by several green standards +carried before him. The two Mahmals, or holy camels, which carry on +their back the high structure that serves as the banner of their +respective caravans, made way with difficulty through the ranks of +camels that encircled the southern and eastern sides of the hill, +opposite to the preacher, and took their station, surrounded by their +guards, directly under the platform in front of him.[6] + +The preacher, or Khatyb, who is usually the Kadhy of Mekka, was mounted +upon a finely caparisoned camel, which had been led up the steps; it +being traditionally said that Mohammed was always seated when he here +addressed his followers, a practice in which he was imitated by all +the Khalifes who came to the Hadj, and who from hence addressed their +subjects in person. The Turkish gentleman of Constantinople, however, +unused to camel-riding, could not keep his seat so well as the hardy +Bedouin prophet; and the camel becoming unruly, he was soon obliged to +alight from it. He read his sermon from a book in Arabic, which he held +in his hands. At intervals of every four or five minutes he paused, and +stretched forth his arms to implore blessings from above; while the +assembled multitudes around and before him waved the skirts of their +ihrams over their heads, and rent the air with shouts of "Lebeyk, +Allahuma Lebeyk," (i.e. Here we are, at thy commands, O God!) During +the wavings of the ihrams, the side of the mountain, thickly crowded +as it was by the people in their white garments, had the appearance +of a cataract of water; while the green umbrellas, with which several +thousand hadjys, sitting on their camels below, were provided, bore some +resemblance to a verdant plain.--During his sermon, which lasted almost +three hours, the Kadhy was seen constantly to wipe his eyes with a +handkerchief; for the law enjoins the Khatyb or preacher to be moved +with feeling and compunction; and adds that, whenever tears appear on +his face, it is a sign that the Almighty enlightens him, and is ready +to listen to his prayers. + +At length the sun began to descend behind the western mountains; upon +which the Kadhy, having shut his book, received a last greeting of +"Lebeyk;" and the crowds rushed down the mountain, in order to quit +Arafat. It is thought meritorious to accelerate the pace on this +occasion; and many persons make it a complete race, called by the Arabs, +_Ad' dafa min Arafat_. In former times, when the strength of the +Syrian and Egyptian caravans happened to be nearly balanced, bloody +affrays took place here almost every year between them, each party +endeavouring to outrun and to carry its _mahmal_ in advance of the +other. The same happened when the _mahmals_ approached the platform +at the commencement of the sermon; and two hundred lives have on some +occasions been lost in supporting what was thought the honour of the +respective caravans. At present the power of Mohammed Aly preponderates, +and the Syrian hadjys display great humility. The united caravans and +the whole mass of pilgrims now moved forward over the plain; every +tent had been previously packed up, to be ready for the occasion. The +pilgrims pressed through the Aalameyn, which they must repass on their +return; and night came on before they reached the defile called El +Mazoumeyn. Innumerable torches were now lighted, twenty-four being +carried before each pasha; and the sparks of fire from them flew far +over the plain. There were continual discharges of artillery; the +soldiers fired their muskets; the martial bands of both the pashas +played; sky-rockets were thrown as well by the pashas' officers, as +by many private pilgrims; while the Hadj passed at a quick pace in +the greatest disorder, amidst a deafening clamour, through the pass of +Mazoumeyn, leading towards Mezdelfe, where all alighted, after a two +hours' march. No order was observed here in encamping; and every one lay +down on the spot that first presented itself, no tents being pitched +except those of the pashas and their suites; before which was an +illumination of lamps in the form of high arches, which continued to +blaze the whole night, while the firing of the artillery was kept up +without intermission. + + [5] At the close of the sixteenth century, according to Kotobeddyn, + the whole plain of Arafat was cultivated. + + [6] The Mahmal (an exact representation of which is given by D'Ohsson) + is a high, hollow, wooden frame, in the form of a cone, with a + pyramidal top, covered with a fine silk brocade adorned with + ostrich feathers, and having a small book of prayers and charms + placed in the midst of it, wrapped up in a piece of silk. (My + description is taken from the Egyptian Mahmal.) When on the road, + it serves as a holy banner to the caravan; and on the return of + the Egyptian caravan, the book of prayers is exposed in the mosque + El Hassaneyn, at Cairo, where men and women of the lower classes + go to kiss it and obtain a blessing by rubbing their foreheads + upon it. No copy of the Koran, nor any thing but the book of + prayers, is placed in the Cairo Mahmal. I believe the custom to + have arisen in the battle-banner of the Bedouins, called Merkeb + and Otfe, which I have mentioned in my remarks on the Bedouins, + and which resemble the Mahmal, inasmuch as they are high wooden + frames placed upon camels. + + + * * * * * + + +SOUTH AMERICAN MANNERS + +_From the Memoirs of General Miller, Second Edition._ + + +In the Pampas, where a scarcity of food is unknown to the poorest, that +calculating avarice which, in its fears for to-morrow, would look with +apathy on the wants of the stranger, can have but a limited sway. Kind +offices are, therefore more freely and disinterestedly conferred than +in less abundant regions. In addition to this, the dearth of society +in a thinly-sprinkled population renders the presence of a traveller +on their isolated _haciendas_ a source of gratification. If his +appearance afford no ground for mistrust, and if his manners are not +disagreeable, his being a stranger is a sufficient passport to a kind +and hearty welcome. Whether he be rich or poor is not a subject of +inquiry, and makes no difference in the reception. + +The South Americans are gay, and fond of dancing, music, and singing. +There are few, whether wealthy or otherwise, who are not proficients in +one or other of these accomplishments. In the warmer latitudes, people +carry on not only their usual occupations, but their amusements, chiefly +in the open air; and as singing constitutes one of the principal sources +of the latter, the continued exercise of the voice harmonizes and +strengthens it. Perhaps no opera, in Europe, could afford, to a natural +and unsophisticated ear, so rich a treat as that which may be enjoyed in +Cuzco, Arequipa, and other cities, where the ancient Peruvian airs are +sung in the rich and melodious tones of the natives. + +The South Americans possess great intellectual quickness, and a +retentive memory. The following may be cited as an extraordinary +instance of the latter faculty. An old man, a native of La Pax, in Upper +Peru, and of unmixed Indian blood, who kept an inn at Curicavi, between +Valparaiso and Santiago, could repeat nearly the whole of Robertson's +"History of Charles the Fifth," and was better acquainted with the +History of England than most Englishmen. He spoke of Queen Boadicea, and +was as familiar with the history of the civil wars between the houses +of York and Lancaster as if they had occurred in his country, and in +his own times. He had been brought up by the Jesuits. He had made two +voyages to Canton, and was known by the name of "the emperor of China," +in consequence frequently of amusing his guests with long stories about +the _celestial empire_. + +The Peruvians have great natural talents for painting and sculpture. +They generally produce striking likenesses, but being uninstructed in +the principles of these arts, their pictures have no other merit. There +is, however, a female figure, done in 1711, by a native of Quito, which +is considered as one of the finest paintings in a very good collection +belonging to Mynheer Vandermarlin, of Brussels. + + * * * * * + + +ORATORIOS. + + +The first oratorio performed in London, was at the Lincoln's Inn Fields +Theatre, in 1732. On June 10, in the same year, the serenata of _Acis +and Galatea_ was performed at the Italian Opera House, in English, by +Italian performers, with scenery representing a rural prospect, with +rocks, groves, fountains, and grottoes; amongst which were disposed a +chorus of nymphs and shepherds, with dresses and "every other decoration +suited to the subject."--_Companion to the Theatres_. + + * * * * * + +Printed and Published by J. LIMBIRD, 143, Strand, (near Somerset +House,) London; sold by ERNEST FLEISCHER, 626, New Market, Leipsic; +and by all Newsmen and Booksellers. + +*** END OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK 13578 *** diff --git a/13578-h/13578-h.htm b/13578-h/13578-h.htm new file mode 100644 index 0000000..520b95d --- /dev/null +++ b/13578-h/13578-h.htm @@ -0,0 +1,1943 @@ +<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Transitional//EN" +"http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-transitional.dtd"> +<html> +<head> +<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8" /> +<title>The Project Gutenberg eBook of The Mirror of Literature, Amusement, and Instruction, Vol. 13, No. 361, Supplementary Issue (1829), by Various</title> + <style type="text/css"> + <!-- + body {margin-left: 10%; margin-right: 10%;} + p {text-align: justify;} + blockquote {text-align: justify;} + h1,h2,h3,h4,h5,h6 {text-align: center;} + pre {font-size: 0.7em;} + hr {text-align: center; width: 50%;} + html>body hr {margin-right: 25%; margin-left: 25%; width: 50%;} + hr.full {width: 100%;} + html>body hr.full {margin-right: 0%; margin-left: 0%; width: 100%;} + .note, .footnote {margin-left: 10%; margin-right: 10%; font-size: 0.9em;} + span.pagenum {position: absolute; left: 1%; right: 91%; font-size: 8pt;} + .poem {margin-left:10%; margin-right:10%; margin-bottom: 1em; text-align: left;} + .poem .stanza {margin: 1em 0em 1em 0em;} + .poem p {margin: 0; padding-left: 3em; text-indent: -3em;} + .poem p.i2 {margin-left: 1em;} + .poem p.i4 {margin-left: 2em;} + .poem p.i6 {margin-left: 3em;} + .poem p.i8 {margin-left: 4em;} + .figure {padding: 1em; margin: 0; text-align: center; font-size: 0.8em; margin: auto;} + .figure img {border: none;} + a:link {color:#0000ff; + text-decoration:none} + link {color:#0000ff; + text-decoration:none} + a:visited {color:#0000ff; + text-decoration:none} + a:hover {color:#ff0000} + --> + </style> +</head> +<body> +<div>*** START OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK 13578 ***</div> +<h1>The Project Gutenberg eBook, The Mirror of Literature, Amusement, and +Instruction, Vol. 13, No. 361, Supplementary Issue (1829), by Various</h1> + <hr class="full" /> + <span class="pagenum"><a id="page177" name="page177"></a>[pg 177]</span> + <h1>THE MIRROR<br /> + OF<br /> + LITERATURE, AMUSEMENT, AND INSTRUCTION.</h1> + <hr class="full" /> + <table width="100%" summary="Banner"> + <tr> + <td align="left"><b>VOL. XIII, NO. 361 (1829)]</b></td> + <td align="center"><b>SUPPLEMENTARY NUMBER.</b></td> + <td align="right"><b>[PRICE 2d.</b></td> + </tr> + </table> + <hr class="full" /> +<h3> + THE NATURALIST +</h3> +<div class="figure" style="width: 100%;"> +<a href="images/361-1.png"><img width="100%" src="images/361-1.png" +alt="The Talipot Tree. The Glowworm." /></a> +</div> +<div class="figure" style="width: 100%;"> +<a href="images/361-2.png"><img width="100%" src="images/361-2.png" +alt="The Deathwatch Magnified." /></a> +</div> +<p> +<span class="pagenum"><a id="page178" name="page178"></a>[pg 178]</span> +</p> +<h2> + THE NATURALIST. +</h2> +<center> +<i>See the Engravings.</i> +</center> +<p> +A delightful volume, of title almost synonymous with this division of +the MIRROR, has just been published. It is entitled <i>The Journal of a +Naturalist</i>,<a id="footnotetag1" name="footnotetag1"></a><a href="#footnote1"><sup>1</sup></a> with the very appropriate motto of +</p> +<div class="poem"><div class="stanza"> + <p> ——Plants, trees, and stones, we note,</p> + <p> Birds, insects, beasts, and many rural things.</p> +</div></div> +<p> +The author in his preface, says, "Many years have now passed away since +we were presented with that very interesting and amusing book, the +'Natural History of Selborne;' nor do I recollect any publication at +all resembling it having since appeared."<a id="footnotetag2" name="footnotetag2"></a><a href="#footnote2"><sup>2</sup></a> He then acknowledges the +impression which this book left on his mind; and its having given rise +to the present work, to which, in our humble opinion, it is a worthy +companion. +</p> +<p> +Our "Naturalist" resides in a village upon a very ancient road, +connecting Bristol and Gloucester, in a limestone district, numbering +among its picturesque beauties, the broad estuary of the Severn, the +mountains of Glamorgan, Monmouth, and Brecon, and their peaceful vales +and cheerful cottages; Thornbury, with its fine cathedral-like church +and castle, the red cliffs of the Severn, and numberless antiquities +of our ancestors—as roads, encampments, aggera, watch-hills, coins, +lances, and other relics of those warlike times. Labour and healthful +enjoyment reign in this district: for it is neither torn up for its +mineral wealth, nor are its natural beauties annihilated, or the habits +of its population corrupted by speculation or avarice. A portrait of +"a worthy peasant," introduced by our author, reminds us of +</p> +<div class="poem"><div class="stanza"> + <p> ——A bold peasantry, their country's pride,</p> + <p> When once destroyed, can never be supplied.</p> +</div></div> +<p> +A passage quoted by the late Mr. Canning, in one of his finest speeches; +and we often contrast this vigorous outline of the people of "merry +England" with her artificial state of after times. Next are a page or +two of agricultural chemistry (<i>analysis of soils</i>) unfettered with +technicals; double the space of what may strictly be called rural +economy, (<i>grass lands</i>) succeed; next the culture and history of +the potato, and some new observations on "<i>the Teazle</i>." +</p> +<p> +Several pages on <i>trees</i> possess great interest, as do those on +<i>flowers</i>. +</p> +<p> +We regret we have room but for a few heads—the <i>maple</i>—the +<i>Naturalist's Autumnal Walk</i>—the <i>Economy of Animals</i>, especially +of <i>Birds</i>: we must pass them over to elucidate our engraving of +</p> +<h3> + THE GLOWWORM. +</h3> +<p> +That pretty sparkler of our summer evenings, so often made the +ploughboy's prize, the only brilliant that glitters in the rustic's hat, +the glowworm, (<i>lampyris noctiluca</i>,) is not found in such numbers +with us, as in many other places, where these signal tapers glimmer upon +every grassy bank; yet, in some seasons, we have a reasonable sprinkling +of them. Every body probably knows, that the male glowworm is a winged, +erratic animal, yet may not have seen him. He has ever been a scarce +creature to me, meeting perhaps with one or two in a year; and, when +found, always a subject of admiration. Most creatures have their eyes +so placed, as to be enabled to see about them; or, as Hook says of the +house-fly, to be "circumspect animals;" but this male glowworm has a +contrivance, by which any upward or side vision is prevented. Viewed +when at rest, no portion of his eyes is visible, but the head is +margined with a horny band, or plate, being a character of one of the +genera of the order <i>coleoptera</i>, under which the eyes are situate. +This prevents all upward vision; and blinds, or winkers, are so fixed +at the sides of his eyes, as greatly to impede the view of all lateral +objects. <i>See Figures</i>. The chief end of this creature in his +nightly peregrinations is to seek his mate, always beneath him on the +earth; and hence this apparatus appears designed to facilitate his +search, confining his view entirely to what is before or below him. The +first serves to direct his flight, the other presents the object of his +pursuit: and as we commonly, and with advantage, place our hand over the +brow, to obstruct the rays of light falling from above, which enables us +to see clearer an +<span class="pagenum"><a id="page179" name="page179"></a>[pg 179]</span> +object on the ground, so must the projecting hood of +this creature converge the visual rays to a point beneath. +</p> +<p> +Glowworms emit light only for a short period in the year; and I have but +partially observed it after the middle of July. I have collected many of +these pretty creatures on a bank before my house, into which they retire +during the winter, to shine out again when revived by the summer's +warmth; but in this latter season I have frequently missed certain of +my little protegés, and have reason to apprehend, that they formed the +banquet of a toad, that frequented the same situation. +</p> +<p> +Observing above, that the glowworm does not emit light after the 14th of +July, I mean thereby that clear, steady light, which has rendered this +creature so remarkable to all persons; for I have repeatedly noticed, +deep in the herbage, a faint evanescent light proceeding from these +creatures, even as late as August and September. This was particularly +manifested September the 28th, 1826. The evening was warm and dewy, and +we observed on the house-bank multitudes of these small evanescent +sparks in the grass. The light displayed was very different from that +which they exhibit in warm summer months. Instead of the permanent green +glow, that illumines all the blades of the surrounding herbage, it was a +pale transient spot, visible for a moment or two, and then so speedily +hidden, that we were obliged, in order to capture the creature, to +employ the light of a candle. The number of them, and their actions, +creeping away from our sight, contrary to that half lifeless dulness +observed in summer, suggested the idea, that the whole body had availed +themselves of this warm, moist evening, to migrate to their winter +station. A single spark or so was to be seen some evenings after this, +but no such large moving parties were discovered again. If we conclude, +that the summer light of the glowworm is displayed as a signal taper, +the appearance of this autumnal light can have no such object in view, +nor can we rationally assign any use of it to the creature itself, +unless, indeed, it serves as a point of union in these supposed +migrations, like the leading call in the flight of night-moving birds. +The activity and numbers of these insects, in the above-mentioned +evening, enabled me to observe the frequent presence and disappearance +of the light of an individual, which did not seem to be the result of +will, but produced by situation. During the time the insect crawled +along the ground, or upon the fine grass, the glow was hidden; but on +its mounting any little blade, or sprig of moss, it turned round and +presented the luminous caudal spot, which, on its falling or regaining +its level, was hidden again. +</p> +<p> +A summary of the peculiarities of the year 1825, very appropriately +concludes the volume, from which we may be tempted to make future +extracts. +</p> +<h3> + THE TALIPOT TREE, +</h3> +<p> +The first of our Engravings is a species of palm, a native of Ceylon, +and is one of the most magnificent wonders of the vegetable kingdom. The +leaf is circular, terminating in the most beautiful rays, and folding up +into plaits like a fan, which, in figure, it nearly resembles. +</p> +<p> +This leaf is used in the maritime provinces of Ceylon as a mark of +distinction, each person being allowed to have a certain number of these +leaves, folded up as fans, carried with him by his servants; and also in +the Kandian country, in the shape of a round, flat umbrella on a long +stick. The talipot leaves are likewise used by the common people to +shelter themselves from the rain, <i>one leaf affording sufficient +shelter for seven or eight persons</i>. It is also used in making tents. +</p> +<p> +In 1818, Sir Alexander Johnston gave to Sir Joseph Banks a very fine +specimen of a tent made of their leaves, large enough to hold a party of +ten persons at table. +</p> +<p> +All the books of importance in Pali and Cingalese, relative to the +religion of Buddhoo, in Ceylon, are written on lamina of these leaves, +with either a brass or an iron style. There are some of these books in +Sir A. Johnston's collections, which are supposed to be from 500 to 600 +years old, and which are still very perfect. In the museum of the +Asiatic Society, there is a complete copy of the Pali book, called the +<i>Pansyapanas Iatakah</i>, written on 1,172 laminae of the finest +description of this sort of palm leaf. Large as the dimensions of the +talipot leaf may appear, it is exceeded in size by the <i>troolie</i> of +Surinam, which extends on the ground, and has frequently been known to +attain the width of three feet, and the length of thirty. +</p> +<p> +Our Engraving is copied from the <i>Gardener's Magazine</i>, where it is +reduced from the Transactions of the Asiatic Society. +</p> +<h3> + THE DEATHWATCH MAGNIFIED. +</h3> +<p> +Although the present may be a late hour to dissipate the faith placed in +signs and tokens, we are persuaded that a more intimate knowledge of +this insect will not prove uninteresting to our readers.<a id="footnotetag3" name="footnotetag3"></a><a href="#footnote3"><sup>3</sup></a> +</p> +<p> +<span class="pagenum"><a id="page180" name="page180"></a>[pg 180]</span> +</p> +<p> +The name <i>death watch</i> was evidently derived from the importance +attached to the beatings of the insect, which, by superstitious people, +were formerly supposed to prognosticate death to some one of the family +in whose house it was heard. The natural size of the insect is about a +quarter of an inch in length, of a dark brown colour, spotted, with +transparent wings under the <i>vagina</i>, or sheath, a huge cap or +helmet on the head, and two <i>antennae</i>, or feelers, from beneath +the eyes. +</p> +<p> +It is chiefly in the advanced period of spring that these insects +commence their noise; and which is the call or signal by which they are +mutually attracted to each other, and may be considered as analogous to +the call of birds. This noise does not arise from their voice, but from +the insect beating on hard substances, with the shield or fore part of +its head. The general number of successive distinct strokes is from 7 to +9 or 11. These are given in pretty quick succession, and are repeated at +uncertain intervals; and in old houses, where the insects are numerous, +they may be heard, if the weather be warm, almost every hour in the day. +The noise exactly resembles that made by beating moderately hard with +the finger on a table. Mr. Stackhouse carefully observed its manner of +beating. He says, the insect raises itself upon its hinder legs, and +with the body somewhat inclined, beats its head with great force and +agility against the place on which it stands. +</p> +<p> +This insect, which is the <i>real death-watch</i> of the vulgar, must +not be confounded with another minuter insect, which makes a ticking +noise like a watch; but instead of beating at intervals, it continues +its noise for a considerable time without intermission. This latter +belongs to a very different tribe. It is usually found in old wood, +decayed furniture, neglected books, &c.; and both the male and the +female have the power of making this ticking noise, in order to attract +each other. The Rev. Mr. Derham seems to have been the first naturalist +who examined and described this species; and he says that during the +month of July, in one particular summer, they scarcely ever ceased to +beat either in day or night. The eggs are generally hatched about the +beginning of March: many of them live through the winter; but during +that time, to avoid the frost, they bury themselves deep in dust. +</p> +<p> +Mr. T. Carpenter (of whose paper in <i>Gill's Repository</i> we have +already availed ourselves) tells us that these insects are excellent +anatomists: in order to render them useful in making some delicate +dissections for his microscope, Mr. Carpenter placed a few of the +insects within a pill-box, with the heads of three dead flies. He found +some time afterwards, that they had cleared the interior of some of the +eyes completely from all the blood-vessels, leaving the lenses in the +cornea beautifully transparent. +</p> +<hr /> +<h3> + BIRDS' NESTS. +</h3> +<p> +The structure of the nests of birds affords, perhaps, one of the most +agreeable lessons in Natural History. +</p> +<p> +Among the most curious nests of our <i>English</i> birds may be named +that of the <i>Wren</i>, the <i>long-tailed Titmouse</i>, the <i>Thrush</i>, +the <i>Goldfinch</i>, the <i>Chaffinch</i>, the <i>Magpie</i>, and the <i>House +Sparrow</i>; to these may also be added the <i>Swallow's</i>, the <i>Martin's</i>, +the <i>Wood Pigeon's</i>, and the <i>Wood-Pecker's</i>. Of the nests of <i>Rooks</i>, +it may be sufficient to observe, that they are often found to the number +of six, or even more in a cluster. <i>Crows'</i> nests are always +solitary; they are similar in structure to those of the rook. +</p> +<p> +Among the nests of Foreign birds, that of the <i>Taylor Bird</i> +deserves especial mention; the bird itself is a diminutive one, being +little more than three inches long; it is an inhabitant of India. The +nest is sometimes constructed of two leaves, one of them dead; the +latter is fixed to the living one as it hangs upon the tree, by sewing +both together in the manner of a pouch or purse; it is open at the top, +and the cavity is filled with fine down; and, being suspended from the +branch, the birds are secure from the depredations of snakes and +monkeys, to which they might otherwise fall a prey. +</p> +<p> +In Dr. Latham's collection is a specimen of the taylor bird's nest, +composed of a single large leaf, of a fibrous rough, texture, about six +inches long independent of the stalk, five inches and a half in breadth, +and ending in a point. The +<span class="pagenum"><a id="page181" name="page181"></a>[pg 181]</span> +sides of this leaf are drawn together so as +to meet within three-quarters of an inch; within is the nest, about four +inches deep and two broad, opening at the top; the bottom of the leaf +is drawn upwards, to assist in the support of it. The interior nest is +composed of white down, with here and there a feather and a small +portion of white down intermixed. +</p> +<p> +Another nest of this bird has also been described as composed of several +leaves, like those of some kind of hazel sewed together; the inner nest +formed of dry bents, fibres, and hairs, suspended from a tree. It is, +therefore, probable that this bird, as well as some others, varies the +structure of its nest as occasion and the materials may require. These +singular works are performed by the bird's using his bill instead of a +needle, and vegetable fibres for thread. +</p> +<p> +The <i>Rufous Bee-eater</i>, or <i>Merops Rufus</i>, constructs also a +very singular nest. This bird is a native of Buenos Ayres; the nest is +built generally on the naked great branch of a tree, sometimes on the +windows of houses, a fence, or a projecting beam of a high house or +other building; it is composed of earth, in the form of a baker's oven, +and is often built in the short space of two days, both birds being +engaged in its construction; it is six inches in diameter, and one +thick; a division is within, beginning at the entrance, and carried +circularly, so that the eggs are deposited in the inner chamber, on a +bed of grass. The swallow and other birds often attempt to obtain +possession of this nest, but are generally repulsed by the owners. +</p> +<p> +Many of the <i>Orioles'</i> nests are also deserving notice. The +<i>black and yellow Oriole</i>, inhabiting South America, has a pendent +nest, shaped like an alembic; it is affixed to the extreme branches of +trees; sometimes, it is said, so many as four hundred nests are found +hanging on the same tree. +</p> +<p> +The <i>Philippine</i> and <i>Pensile Grosbeak</i> make also very curious nests. +</p> +<p> +In concluding this account of the nests of birds, I may notice here the +nest of the <i>Hirundo esculenta</i>, or <i>Esculent Swallow</i>, an inhabitant +of China and the Islands of the Indian Ocean. The nest consists of a +gelatinous substance, in shape resembling an apple cut down the middle. +The nests are found in great numbers together, and are by the luxurious +Asiatics made into broths, and otherwise cooked, and are esteemed one of +the greatest dainties of the table; they are also occasionally used for +glue.—<i>Jennings's Ornithologia</i>. +</p> +<hr class="full" /> +<h2> + FINE ARTS +</h2> +<hr /> +<h3> + METROPOLITAN IMPROVEMENTS. +</h3> +<center> +<i>Abridged from the "Introduction" to Britton's Picture of London, 26th +edition, just published.</i> +</center> +<p> +<i>The year</i> 1825 will ever be memorable in the annals of the +metropolis; for more novel improvements, changes, and events occurred in +that one year than during any other corresponding period. <i>Schemes</i> +for the formation of new <i>Companies</i>—the vast speculations arising +out of them, tending to the aggrandizement of a few persons, and to the +ruin of others, with the utilities of some, and the futilities and +impositions of many,—may also be said to belong to this year. +</p> +<p> +Let us, however, take a brief review of the real improvements and useful +novelties that have been progressing, or have commenced in London since +that singular and eventful era. Commencing at the court, or west end, we +will take an imaginary tour to the east, adverting to such new buildings +as are calculated to arrest the attention of the stranger in our +progress. Without remarking on the general improvements of the age, we +shall find enough to engross our attention in the particular objects +before us. The most noted, or conspicuous of these are:—1. The New +Palace, with the adjoining Park and Gardens. 2. A Terrace, Street, and +Public Buildings on the site of Carlton House. 3. Belgrave Square, and +the adjoining Squares and Streets. 4. The Entrance Lodges and Bridge +in Hyde Park, with the improvements in the Roads and Walks of the same. +5. The Regent's Park, with its Terraces, Villas, Public Buildings, +Zoological Gardens, and Colosseum. 6. The London University. 7. The +British Museum. 8. The Post Office. 9. London Bridge, and its Vicinity. +10. St. Katherine's Docks. 11. The New Buildings and Alterations +connected with the Houses of Parliament, the Ministerial Offices, and +others, at Charing Cross. All these rank among the novelties and +embellished features of London; and whilst the design and execution of +so many public works manifest the increasing taste, or luxury of the +age, they employ and give encouragement to numerous artists, artisans, +and tradesmen. +</p> +<p> +Of <i>the Royal Palace</i>, suffice it to remark, in this place, that it +is a large pile of building,—has been carried on with great rapidity of +execution,—its whole exterior is stone, many parts of which are +<span class="pagenum"><a id="page182" name="page182"></a>[pg 182]</span> +adorned +with sculptured statues, basso-relievo, and other ornaments,—that a +highly-decorated triumphal arch, composed of fine white, marble, is +to be raised, at a short distance from the centre of the principal +front—and that the interior is to be splendidly adorned with marble, +scagliola, and other rich materials; whilst the galleries, armoury, +chapel, state-rooms, &c. are to display the most gorgeous ornaments of +the cabinet-maker, upholsterer, decorative painter, and other artisans. +</p> +<p> +<i>The Park</i>, in front of this palace, which had continued for nearly +a century in one state of formal, tasteless insipidity, has been laid +out as a large pleasure-garden, interspersed with lawn, clusters of +shrubs and flowers, winding walks, varied surface, and a lake, whose +margin is made to wind with every inequality of surface, spreading +occasionally into a broad expanse, and then contracting to a narrow arm. +In the midst of the larger spaces are islands, covered with aquatic +trees and shrubs. +</p> +<p> +<i>The Gardens</i>, or <i>Pleasure Grounds</i>, belonging to the Palace, +partake of the same character; but are adorned with shrubs, plants, and +flowers of a more choice description. A large piece of water is likewise +formed in the midst of these Gardens. +</p> +<p> +<i>Belgrave Square, and Vicinity</i>. Immediately to the west of the +boundary-wall of the royal gardens is a tract of ground, which, in 1824, +was open fields, intersected by mud-banks, and partly occupied by a few +sheds, and inhabited by the lowest characters of society. In 1829, the +same land, consisting of about 140 acres, is nearly covered with houses +of the largest size, surrounding spacious squares, or skirting wide and +handsome streets. Of all the extraordinary works carried into effect by +London gentlemen and tradesmen, we may fairly adduce this as a +pre-eminent example. In the space of about four years, the houses +surrounding one large square, called Belgrave, have been erected, some +of them finished and occupied, and several others, of nearly equal +dimensions and value, completed. +</p> +<p> +The most prominent feature of this district is <i>Belgrave Square</i>, +which includes within the front walls of the houses an area of about ten +acres, the centre of which, enclosed by lofty and handsome railing, is +laid out as a pleasure garden. The whole of the houses are large, lofty, +and spacious, with stuccoed fronts, porches, balustraded balconies; +and those in the centre of each side are decorated with columns, or +three-quarter columns, vases on the parapet, &c. +</p> +<p> +Of <i>Eaton Square</i>, one portion only is built at present: as laid +out, planted, and railed in, it is intended to occupy an area of about +fourteen acres, and will be bounded by four rows of houses on the north +side, and the like number on the south side, having the king's private +road extending east and west through the centre. It measures 600 yards +long by 120 yards wide, between the houses. At the eastern extremity is +a new church, built from the designs of Henry Hakewill, Esq. +</p> +<p> +To the north of this district, at Hyde Park Corner, is a large new +edifice appropriated to <i>St. George's Hospital</i>. It is a commodious +and handsome building, from the designs of R. Smirke, Esq. Near it, and +forming an entrance lodge to the Palace Gardens, is a bold, large, and +highly-decorated archway, built from the designs of Decimus Burton, Esq. +Opposite is a screen of columns, with three entrance archways, a lodge, +&c. constituting an architectural entrance to Hyde Park. Three other +lodges, with gates, by Mr. Burton, form so many other entrances to the +Park from the east and north—<i>Apsley House</i>, the town mansion of +the Duke of Wellington, at the south-east angle of Hyde Park, is +rebuilding from the designs of Messrs. B. and C. Wyatt, and will form a +handsome object at this entrance to the metropolis. +</p> +<p> +The Earl of Grosvenor has set a most laudable example to our opulent +nobility, in the new wing to his mansion in Grosvenor Street, as a +gallery for his valuable pictures. It is a handsome and imposing design, +and does honour to the architect, Mr Cundy. +</p> +<p> +The new <i>Club Houses</i> in St. James's Street, especially that near +the southern end, present imposing fronts; and it may be added, that +most of the other Club Houses have contributed very much to adorn their +respective situations, and to impart a strictly architectural character +to our street buildings. +</p> +<p> +The site of Carlton House, and its gardens, is occupied by a wide +street, by a lofty terrace overlooking the Park, by club houses, &c. Two +of the latter terminate Waterloo Place, and are appropriated to "<i>the +United Service</i>," and "<i>the Athenaeum</i>;" the first built from +the designs of Mr. Nash, and the latter from those of Mr. D. Burton. +</p> +<p> +From Charing Cross to Exeter 'Change an amazing improvement has +commenced. All the houses on the north side of the Strand are taking +down, and others raising, farther back, by which the street will be much +widened, and the new buildings will assume better faces, if not better +accommodation, for the tradesmen +<span class="pagenum"><a id="page183" name="page183"></a>[pg 183]</span> +who occupy them. That museum of sheds, +stalls, and filth, <i>Covent Garden</i>, is also to be cleared and +cleansed, and respectable ranges of shops and warerooms are to be +erected. +</p> +<p> +It is now confidently said, that "<i>the King's College of London</i>" +is to be attached to the eastern side of Somerset House; and that Mr. +Smirke is commissioned to make a design for the building. +</p> +<p> +In the <i>Regent's Park</i> a new Terrace and other buildings, are in +progress; the great Colosseum is nearly finished, and the <i>Zoological +Gardens</i> have excited unusual popularity. No less than 130,000 +visiters have been admitted to view the gardens and the vivarium within +the year 1828. +</p> +<p> +On the east side of the Park is a mass of buildings appropriated to +<i>St. Katherine's Hospital</i>, consisting of a chapel in the centre, +with a group of dwellings on each side, and a detached mansion for the +master. South of this is a series of buildings, called <i>Cumberland +Terrace</i>, raised from the designs of Mr. Nash, which is abundantly +adorned with columns, arches, statues, and basso-relievo. +</p> +<p> +The <i>Colosseum</i>, in the same Park, is a building of great +dimensions, and novel appropriation, and therefore calculated to excite +very popular attention. Near this is the <i>Diorama</i>, an edifice of +singular construction, destined for the public display of two pictures. +A new line of communication from this Park to Pall Mall has been +completed within the last few years, by a wide and handsome road called +<i>Regent Street</i>. +</p> +<p> +<i>London University</i>—The situation of the first University founded +in this immense city is most peculiarly favourable, being equally +removed from the busy and confined part of the metropolis, and from the +fashionable and idle; whilst it is not inconveniently remote from either +extremity. The building was commenced on the 30th of April, 1827, when +the Duke of Sussex laid the first stone, in the presence of a large +concourse of noblemen and gentlemen. The design is by William Wilkins, +Esq., R.A., who has evinced in the principal elevation and general +character of the edifice considerable taste and science. When completed, +it is intended to consist of a central part, and two wings projecting at +right angles from the extremities of the former. The first portion only +of this is at present finished. It extends from north to south 430 feet, +with a depth, from east to west, including the two semicircular +theatres, of about 200 feet. The elevation is at once classical and +chaste, having a bold and rich portico in the centre, elevated on a +plinth, to the height of the first story (19 feet,) and is approached +by numerous steps, which are arranged to produce a fine effect. Twelve +Corinthian columns support a flattened pediment, in the tympanum of +which is to be a composition in basso-relievo, analogous to science and +literature. Behind this pediment is a cupola, finished by a lantern +light, in imitation of a peripteral temple, crowning and ornamenting a +grand octagonal vestibule, or saloon. North of this is the museum of +natural history, 118 feet by 50, and 23 feet in height, opening to +the museum of anatomy, which latter communicates with two rooms for +professors, and to one of the large theatres, or lecture-rooms. East of +the vestibule is a large hall, and to the south is the great library, +corresponding in size, &c. with the museum of natural history; the +small library; rooms for the librarian, for apparatus, and also another +large theatre. The ground-floor consists of rooms for lectures, the +Professor's offices, laboratory, museum, a spacious cloister 213 feet +by 24; rooms for the anatomical school, &c. In the basement are other +apartments for the anatomical schools, for the chemical laboratory, +the students' common room, kitchen, stewards' room, refreshment rooms, +housekeeper's room, vaults, &c. +</p> +<p> +At the <i>British Museum</i> a new room, to contain the late king's +library, has been built and fitted up from the designs of Mr. R. Smirke. +It is the largest apartment in this country, its measurement being 300 +feet in length, by 30 feet in width, and 30 feet high, +</p> +<p> +The <i>St. Katherine's Docks</i>, recently formed near the Tower, will +increase this species of accommodation, and be a great improvement to a +district where reform and alteration are much required. By a statement +published by the Committee in October, 1828, it appears that "the first +stone was laid 3rd of May, 1827," and that a grand ceremony was exhibited +on the 25th of October, 1828, of opening the Docks. On that occasion, +nine vessels, of from 516 to 343 tons burden, entered the docks to load +and discharge their freights. Above 1,200 houses, warehouses, &c. were +purchased and taken down, to make room for the new works. Accommodation +is provided for the stowage of 210,000 tons of merchandize; and, from +the improved construction of the warehouses, these goods will be always +housed under cover. The fixed capital for completing this great +commercial undertaking is 1,352,752<i>l</i>. +</p> +<p> +<i>A Collier Dock</i>, on a large scale, has been projected to be +excavated and formed in the Isle of Dogs, near Blackwall +<span class="pagenum"><a id="page184" name="page184"></a>[pg 184]</span> +for which +Mr. George Rennie has made plans and estimates. +</p> +<p> +The <i>New London Bridge</i>, now nearly completed, is a work of great +magnitude, science, and novelty. Its erection, in our times, and +following the recent finishing of the bridges of Waterloo and Southwark, +is a memorable event in the annals of London. +</p> +<p> +The projected <i>Tunnel under the Thames</i> is not only a novel object +in this part of London, but, should it ever be accomplished, it will be +a wonderful triumph of human talents over seeming impossibilities. +</p> +<p> +Although so many useful and even important improvements have been +recently effected in the metropolis, there are yet many things left +undone that ought to be done, and others proceeding in a manner that +will neither be creditable nor beneficial. The widening and opening of +<i>New Streets</i> from Pall Mall to the British Museum; from that +national repository to Waterloo Bridge, skirting the two theatres;—from +the Strand to Lincoln's Inn Fields, and thence to Holborn; and again +to Covent Garden;—from Charing Cross to Somerset House;—from Oxford +Road to Bloomsbury Square and Holborn;—from Blackfriars' Bridge to +Clerkenwell, removing and clearing away that nuisance in a public +thoroughfare, Fleet Market;—from Moorfields to the Bank, and thence +obliquely to Southwark Bridge;—widening and opening the area around +St. Paul's Cathedral,—are all calculated to be very beneficial to +the public. Other essential alterations are still required; and the +legislature, as well as all public-spirited individuals, should +co-operate to promote them. The formation of open, respectable quays, +terraces, and streets, on the banks of our fine river, is an event +greatly to be desired. +</p> +<p> +The vastly-increasing population of London, has occasioned a great +augmentation of <i>Churches</i> and <i>Chapels</i>, both for congregations +of the establishment, and for dissenters. In consequence of urgent, and +argumentative appeals by some truly pious and benevolent Christians, the +legislature has granted a large sum for the purpose of aiding parochial +committees, to build new churches or enlarge their old ones. +</p> +<p> +The <i>New Post Office</i>, in St. Martin's-le-Grand, is fast +approaching conclusion, and will constitute one of the most imposing +public buildings of the city. Preparatory to the re-erection of the +whole of the <i>Blue Coat School</i>, or <i>Christ's Hospital</i>, in +Newgate Street, a spacious and handsome Hall has been erected, from the +designs of Mr. Shaw. +</p> +<p> +A <i>new Chapel</i>, of novel design, being of an amphitheatrical form, +has been recently completed, from the designs of <i>W. Brooks</i>, +architect. It is seated near the Catholic Chapel, in Finsbury Circus. +</p> +<hr class="full" /> +<h2> + THE SKETCH-BOOK. +</h2> +<hr /> +<h3> +THE FIRST AND LAST CRIME. +</h3> +<p> +[<i>Blackwood's Magazine</i> for the current month contains a sketchy +article under this title, which displays much of the breadth and vigour +of one of Maga's contributors. Our extract is in the form of the +confession of a reckless, daring spirit, who being imprisoned for +murder, commits suicide. The early developement of his bad passions is +admirably drawn, and altogether this is one of the most powerfully +written papers that we have lately met with.] +</p> +<p> +I was the youngest child of three; but before I had attained my tenth +year, I was an only one. I had always been the favourite of both my +parents, and now I was their idol. They hung upon my existence, as a +shipwrecked mariner clings to the last floating fragment of the gallant +bark that bore him; they lived, but while they held by me, in the rough +tossings of the ocean of life. I was not slow to discover my value in +their estimation, or to exercise, in its fullest extent, the capricious +tyranny of conscious power. Almost the earliest impression which my +ripening mind received, was a regal immunity from error—I could <i>do +no wrong</i>. +</p> +<p> +My education was not neglected. Alas! the only use I have ever made of +what I acquired, has been to gild my vices when acted, or refine upon +the manner of acting them while in contemplation. I look back, at this +moment, to the period of my life I am describing, as prosperous men +recall the day-spring of their fortunes. <i>They</i>, from the proud +eminence on which they stand, trace, step by step, in retrospective +view, the paths by which they ascended; and <i>I</i>, looking through +the dark vista of my by-gone years, behold the fatal series of crimes +and follies that stained their progress, stretching to my boyhood. The +gay and frolic <i>irregularities</i>, as they were gently termed, of +that untamed age, were the turbid source of the waters of misery in +which I am now engulphed, I was a lawless planet, running at will; and +the orbit I described laid waste more than one fair region of peace and +happiness. +</p> +<p> +My father had a brother, his elder by +<span class="pagenum"><a id="page185" name="page185"></a>[pg 185]</span> +many years; a man of stern and +rigid character, as I then considered him; but, as I would now call him, +of upright, firm, and honourable principle. He loved my father, but did +not love his weakness; and the display of it, in his indulgence towards +me, was the cause of many a serious, if not sometimes angry, debate +between them. Well do I remember (for it rankled like poison in my +swelling heart) a declaration he once made in my presence. It was a +fine autumnal evening, and he was seated with my father and mother in +a balcony, which opened from the library-window upon a spacious lawn. +I entered the room, and advanced towards them, unconscious, of course, +that their conversation had been about me; but my uncle looking at me +with a severe expression of countenance, and at the same time addressing +his brother, exclaimed, "Well, James, neither you nor I may live to see +it; but if the grace of God, or his own better reflection, as he grows +older, do not work a change in this young squire, a duel, Jack Ketch, +or a razor, will work his exit some day or other." +</p> +<p> +My father smiled—I saw my mother wipe away a tear—at that moment +I could have struck my uncle dead. I muttered a few words—I knew not +what, and left the room. Boy as I was, (for I had barely completed +my seventeenth year,) I felt all the vindictive passions of manhood +kindling within me. It seemed as if a sentence had been passed upon +me, the more terrible, because a secret voice whispered to me, it was +prophetic! <i>That impression never forsook me!</i> +</p> +<p> +I questioned my father haughtily, a few days afterwards, as to the +reasons of his brother for thus speaking of me; and I even dared to +insinuate, that, had he felt what a father should, he would have +resented the indignity. He answered me (I write it with shame and +contrition) most mildly, most affectionately. The gentle being—I see +him now, as he tenderly took my hand—apologized to me—to me! who ought +to have stood trembling in <i>his</i> presence! I followed up my blow. +With cold, but subtle malignity. I played off my revenge towards my +uncle, through the idolatry of my father's love towards myself. I +barbarously gave him a choice of misery; for I disdainfully replied, +that he must henceforth determine, whether he would lose a brother or +a son, as <i>I</i> had determined to remain no longer under his roof, +unless I had the assurance that I should never again see my uncle there. +He looked at me. My God! what a look it was! so full of meek sorrow +and appalling obedience! Without uttering a word, he sat down to his +writing-table. The tears fell upon his paper; but they did not blot out +a few bitter words addressed to his brother, which severed for ever in +this world two noble hearts; cast, indeed, in different moulds, but +which kindred blood had cemented, in the close bonds of fraternal love, +for more than forty years. +</p> +<p> +This was my <i>first</i> revenge. But was I satisfied? No! +</p> +<p> +It was only a few months afterwards, that chance threw in my way a +daughter of my uncle's. I met her at the house of a common friend, who +knew and deplored the unhappy schism which prevailed between the two +brothers. He was equally attached to both, and I believe pleased himself +with the idea, that an occasional intercourse between the younger +branches of the families, might, some day or other, bring about a +reconciliation between the heads. My cousin Harriet was a year older +than myself. She was in her nineteenth, I in my eighteenth year. I loved +her. Yes; the <i>first</i> feeling that glowed within my bosom was that +of love. She was beautiful—fascinating—accomplished—amiable—and +I loved her. It was not long before I was satisfied. I had kindled a +reciprocal passion in her breast. The mute eloquence of her look and +manner was only the harbinger of that same thrilling eloquence, which +fell from her tongue when I won the declaration of her affection. +</p> +<p> +Her father knew we met at this friend's house; but whether he was told, +or whether he penetrated, the secret of our attachment, I never learned. +I only know, that, at the very moment when separation was madness, his +mandate went forth, prohibiting all farther intercourse between us, and +that it was obeyed. Not by me; for I was incapable of submission: but by +my gentle Harriet, who thought <i>herself</i> incapable of disobeying. +We met no more where we had been wont to meet; and my young heart's +spring of happiness seemed for ever withered. +</p> +<p> +But here again, I began to reflect, my path was crossed—my hopes were +blighted—by my uncle. I heard, too, that his tongue had been free with +my name; that the blistering censure of his austere virtue had fallen +upon my actions. I writhed under the contumely. My wounded spirit was +insatiate for vengeance. I meditated, deeply, how I could inflict it, so +as to strike the blow where he was most vulnerable. I did not brood long +over my dark purpose. The love I still bore his daughter, was <i>now</i> +mingled with the hatred I bore towards himself; +<span class="pagenum"><a id="page186" name="page186"></a>[pg 186]</span> +and I exulted in the +thought, that I should perhaps be able to gratify, at one and the same +moment, two of the fiercest passions of my nature—lust and revenge! +</p> +<p> +I SUCCEEDED! +</p> +<p> +In these two words let me shroud a tale of horror. Harriet was my +victim! Ask not how. <i>I</i> triumphed! <i>She</i> fell! An angel might +have fallen as she did, and lost no purity. But her stainless heart was +too proud in virtue to palter and equivocate with circumstances. She +never rose from what she deemed her bridal bed. And ere twenty summers +had fanned her cheek, the grave-worm banqueted upon its loveliness. +</p> +<p> +This was my <i>first</i> crime. The recollection of it is engraven upon +my memory by an awful catastrophe. The night wind that sung <i>her</i> +funeral dirge, howled with dismal fury through the burning ruins of my +paternal mansion. Yes! that very night, as if it were in mercy to them, +my father and my mother both perished in the flames which reduced +the house itself to cinders. They were seen at the windows of their +bedchamber, shrieking for aid; but before any could be procured, the +flooring gave way, and they sunk at once into the yawning furnace that +roared beneath. Their remains, when afterwards dug out, were a few +shovelsfull of blackened ashes; except my father's right hand, which was +found clasped in that of my mother, and both unconsumed. I followed +these sad relics to the sepulchre. But with the tears I shed, there was +blended a feeble consolation at the thought they had died before they +knew the fate of Harriet; and a frightful joy, that another pang was +added to the wretchedness of my uncle. +</p> +<p> +I can well remember what a feeling of loneliness and desolation now took +possession of me. Time, however, rolled on; and I grew callous, if not +reconciled. I could not disguise from myself that the more select +circles of society were closed against me; or, if I found my way into +them, some blushing whisper was quickly circulated, which created a +solitude around me. +</p> +<p> +It was during this period, and while I was squandering thousands to +achieve the conquest of shadows, that I succeeded in fixing an intimacy +with a family equal to my own in station, and superior to it in fortune. +The eldest daughter was an heiress of large expectations, and my +proposals of marriage were favourably received. I might almost say that +Matilda was mine; when one day I received a letter from her father, +peremptorily forbidding my visits. I was thunderstruck. I hastened to +the house, and demanded an explanation. It was given in few words. <i>I +was referred to my uncle for any information I required</i>. +</p> +<p> +This blow struck me down. I had run through my patrimonial estate; but +hoped, by my marriage with Matilda, to repair my shattered fortune. +Three weeks after it was known that the match was broken off, I was +a prisoner for debt in the King's Bench! I breathed no curses upon +the cause of this sudden reverse of fortune, but—I swore revenge, in +silence; and I kept my oath. I languished away six months, a captive +debtor; and then, taking the benefit of the act, I walked forth a +beggar, to prey upon the world at large! I had studied, during that +time, in an admirable school, where I found professors in every art by +which fools are gulled, and knaves foiled with their own weapons. I was +an apt scholar, and returned to the bosom of society, an adept in the +science of <i>polished depredation</i>. Translate this into the language +of the Old Bailey, and I became a swindler by profession. Like the +eagle, however, I was a bird of prey that soared into the highest +regions, and rarely stooped to strike the meaner tribes of my species. I +had not lost, with the trappings of my birth, the manners and address of +the sphere in which I had moved; and these were now my stock in trade +for carrying on my new vocation. +</p> +<p> +Among the children of misfortune with whom I associated in prison, was +Charles Fitzroy; a bankrupt in every thing but exhaustless invention, +and unconquerable perseverance. Give him the free use of his limbs, and +with matchless dexterity he would make the contributions of the morning +furnish out the riotous expenses of the evening. It was his boast, that +he would breakfast with an empty pocket, and dine with a purse that +should defray the carouse of a dozen friends. And I have known him +fulfil his boast, with a heart as light, too, as became a man who thus +made the credulous fools of the world his bankers. +</p> +<p> +I was needy, desperate, and an outcast; and I linked my destiny with +Fitzroy's. He had my confidence; such confidence as confederates in +knavery can bestow. When he obtained his liberty, which he did shortly +after my own was accomplished, he introduced me to his companions; men +who, like himself, lived by plundering the unwary, and who looked up to +him as their <i>Magnus Apollo</i>. I was soon initiated in all their +mysteries; and played my part to admiration at the gaming-table, on the +race course, and in the ring. +</p> +<p> +Fitzroy was master of the secret that +<span class="pagenum"><a id="page187" name="page187"></a>[pg 187]</span> +festered near my heart; the +increased and increasing hatred towards my uncle. I regarded him as +my evil genius; for not only had he thwarted me in two of the dearest +objects of my life; but his prediction of my boyhood had clung to me +like a poisoned garment. I could not shake it off; and now, more than +ever, it seemed accomplishing itself with rapid strides. It made me mad +when I reflected upon the polluted channels through which <i>my</i> +precarious means flowed, and thought of the luxurious enjoyments which +<i>his</i> opulence commanded. It was true, I had dashed his cup with +bitterness; but it was no less true, that it still flowed with sweets, +while mine was brimming with gall. Fitzroy would often talk to me upon +this subject, and devise schemes for a successful inroad upon his purse. +At length a plan was matured between us, in which I could not appear, +but which Fitzroy, and a picked few of our associates, undertook to +execute. +</p> +<p> +My uncle had always been passionately fond of the course, and prided +himself upon his stud of racers. He betted largely, and was generally +fortunate, probably because he selected his men with a wary eye. +The race course, then, was the arena chosen for the enterprise; but +admirable as were the projected plans, and skilfully as they were +executed, such was his luck, or so profound were his calculations, that +they failed <i>five</i> successive seasons. Fitzroy, however, was one of +those men who, when satisfied that what they engage in ought to succeed, +according to the means employed, only derive fresh vigour from every +fresh defeat. He played his game a <i>sixth</i> time, and won. The same +day that saw my uncle rise with thousands, saw him seek his pillow at +night, a frantic beggar! He was too proud a man, too honourable, I will +add, not to throw down his last guinea, in satisfaction of such demands. +He never suspected villany in the business. He paid his losses, +therefore; and in less than a week afterwards, an inquest sat upon his +body, which was found at the bottom of his own fish pond. +</p> +<p> +I had my share of this infernal plunder; but so ravenous had been +my appetite for revenge, that not one pang of remorse disturbed the +riotous enjoyments in which it was lavished. On the contrary, the very +consciousness that it <i>was</i> my uncle's money I squandered, gave a +zest to every excess, and seemed to appease the gnawing passions which +had so long tormented me. In two or three years, however, boundless +extravagance, and the gaming-table, stripped me of my last shilling. +It was in one of the frenzied moments of this profligate reverse of +fortune, that I committed the crime for which, if to-morrow dawned +upon me, I should be publicly arraigned. +</p> +<p> +Fitzroy had been fortunate the whole night. I had thrown with constant +bad luck. He had pocketed some hundreds; I had lost more than I could +pay. I asked him for a temporary loan of fifty pounds, to make good what +I owed, and stake the small remaining sum for the chance of retrieving +all. He refused me. It was the first time he had ever done so. But he +not <i>only</i> refused me, he taunted me with sarcastic reproofs for my +folly, and muttered something about the uselessness of assisting a man +who, if he had thousands, would scatter them like dust. He should have +chosen a fitter moment to exhort me, than when I was galled by my +losses, and by his denial of my request. I was heated with wine too; and +half mad with despair, half mad with drink, I sprang upon him, tore him +to the earth, and before the by-standers could interfere to separate us, +I had buried a knife, which I snatched from a table near me, up to the +handle in his heart! He screamed—convulsively grappled me by the +throat—-and expired! His death-gripe was so fierce and powerful, that I +believe had we been alone, his murderer would have been found strangled +by his side. It was with difficulty that the horror-struck witnesses of +this bloody scene could force open his clenched hands time enough to let +me breathe. +</p> +<p> +I have done! I remember, as if it were but yesterday, the silent +response which my heart made, when my uncle pronounced that withering +sentence on me. "No!" was my indignant exclamation; "I may deserve a +hundred public deaths; but if I know myself, I would never undergo +one!—NOR WILL I." When that which I have written shall be read—other +hopes and fears—other punishments, perchance, than man can awaken or +inflict—will await me. My <i>first</i> crime—my <i>first</i> revenge, +and my <i>last</i>, I have recorded; my <i>last</i> crime others must +tell, when they speak of the murderer and SUICIDE, +</p> +<p style="text-align: right;"> JAMES MORLEY.</p> +<p> +There is little doubt that scarcely a moment intervened between his +writing his name, and placing the pistol to his heart; for when he was +discovered, the pen was lying on the paper, as if it had been laid down +only for an instant. +</p> +<hr class="full" /> +<p> +<span class="pagenum"><a id="page188" name="page188"></a>[pg 188]</span> +</p> +<h2> + RETROSPECTIVE GLEANINGS. +</h2> +<hr /> +<h3> + REGAL TABLET. +</h3> +<center> +(<i>Concluded from page 166.</i>) +</center> +<br /> +<center> + CHARLES II. +<br /> +restored 29th May, 1669, ended 6th Feb. 1685. +</center> +<p> +<i>Popes</i>. +</p> +<p> +Alexander VII., 1655.<br /> +Clement IX., 1667.<br /> +Clement X., 1670.<br /> +Innocent XI., 1676. +</p> +<p> +<i>Emperor of Germany</i>. +</p> +<p> +Leopold I., 1658.<br /> +</p> +<p> +<i>France</i>. +</p> +<p> +Louis XIV., 1643. +</p> +<p> +<i>Spain</i>. +</p> +<p> +Philip IV., 1620.<br /> +Charles II., 1665. +</p> +<p> +<i>Portugal</i>. +</p> +<p> +Alonzo VI., 1656.<br /> +Pedro II., 1683. +</p> +<p> +<i>Denmark</i> +</p> +<p> +Frederic III., 1648.<br /> +Christian V., 1670. +</p> +<p> +<i>Sweden</i>. +</p> +<p> +Charles XI., 1660. +</p> +<hr /> +<center> +JAMES II. +<br /> +began his reign 6th Feb. 1685, abdicated 13th Feb. 1689. +</center> +<p> +Contemporaries all as in the last reign. +</p> +<hr /> +<center> +WILLIAM AND MARY +<br /> +began their reign 13th Feb. 1689, ended 8th March, 1702. +</center> +<p> +<i>Popes</i>. +</p> +<p> +Innocent XI., 1676.<br /> +Alexander VIII., 1689.<br /> +Innocent XII., 1691.<br /> +Clement XI., 1700. +</p> +<p> +<i>Emperor of Germany</i>. +</p> +<p> +Leopold I., 1658. +</p> +<p> +<i>France</i>. +</p> +<p> +Louis XIV., 1643. +</p> +<p> +<i>Spain</i>. +</p> +<p> +Charles II., 1665.<br /> +Philip V., 1700. +</p> +<p> +<i>Portugal</i>. +</p> +<p> +Pedro II., 1683. +</p> +<p> +<i>Denmark</i>. +</p> +<p> +Christian V., 1670.<br /> +Frederic IV., 1699. +</p> +<p> +<i>Sweden</i>. +</p> +<p> +Charles XI., 1660.<br /> +Charles XII., 1697. +</p> +<p> +<i>Prussia</i>. +</p> +<p> +Frederic I., 1701. +</p> +<hr /> +<center> +ANNE +<br /> +began her reign 8th March, 1702, ended 1st Aug. 1714. +</center> +<p> +<i>Popes</i>. +</p> +<p> +Clement XI., 1700. +</p> +<p> +<i>Emperors of Germany</i>. +</p> +<p> +Leopold I., 1658.<br /> +Joseph I., 1705.<br /> +Charles VI., 1711. +</p> +<p> +<i>France</i>. +</p> +<p> +Louis XIV., 1643. +</p> +<p> +<i>Spain</i>. +</p> +<p> +Philip V., 1700. +</p> +<p> +<i>Portugal</i>. +</p> +<p> +Pedro II., 1683.<br /> +John V., 1706. +</p> +<p> +<i>Denmark</i>. +</p> +<p> +Frederic IV., 1699. +</p> +<p> +<i>Sweden</i>. +</p> +<p> +Charles XII. 1697. +</p> +<p> +<i>Prussia</i>. +</p> +<p> +Frederic I., 1701.<br /> +Frederic William I., 1713. +</p> +<hr /> +<center> +The Illustrious House of Brunswick. +</center> +<br /> +<center> +GEORGE I. +<br /> +began his reign 1st Aug. 1714, ended 11th June, 1727. +</center> +<p> +<i>Popes</i>. +</p> +<p> +Clement XI., 1700.<br /> +Innocent XIII., 1721.<br /> +Benedict XIII., 1723. +</p> +<p> +<i>Emperor of Germany</i>. +</p> +<p> +Charles VI., 1711. +</p> +<p> +<i>Russia</i>. +</p> +<p> +Peter I., 1724.<br /> +Catherine I., 1725.<br /> +Peter II., 1727. +</p> +<p> +<i>France</i>. +</p> +<p> +Louis XIV., 1643.<br /> +Louis XV., 1715. +</p> +<p> +<i>Spain</i>. +</p> +<p> +Philip V., 1700. +</p> +<p> +<i>Portugal</i>. +</p> +<p> +John V., 1706. +</p> +<p> +<i>Denmark</i>. +</p> +<p> +Frederic IV., 1699. +</p> +<p> +<i>Sweden</i>. +</p> +<p> +Charles XII. 1697.<br /> +Ulrica, 1718.<br /> +Frederic, 1720. +</p> +<p> +<i>Prussia</i>. +</p> +<p> +Frederic William I., 1713. +</p> +<hr /> +<center> +GEORGE II. +<br /> +began his reign 11th June, 1727, ended 25th Oct. 1760. +</center> +<p> +<i>Popes</i>. +</p> +<p> +Benedict XIII., 1723.<br /> +Clement XII., 1730.<br /> +Benedict XIV., 1740.<br /> +Clement XIII., 1758. +</p> +<p> +<i>Emperors of Germany</i>. +</p> +<p> +Charles VI., 1711.<br /> +Charles VII., 1740.<br /> +Francis I., 1745. +</p> +<p> +<i>Russia</i>. +</p> +<p> +Peter II., 1727.<br /> +Anne., 1730.<br /> +John V., 1740.<br /> +Elizabeth, 1741. +</p> +<p> +<i>France</i>. +</p> +<p> +Louis XV., 1715. +</p> +<p> +<i>Spain</i>. +</p> +<p> +Philip V., 1700.<br /> +Ferdinand, 1746.<br /> +Charles III., 1759. +</p> +<p> +<i>Portugal</i>. +</p> +<p> +John V., 1706.<br /> +Joseph, 1750. +</p> +<p> +<i>Denmark</i>. +</p> +<p> +Frederic IV., 1699.<br /> +Christian VI. 1730.<br /> +Frederic V., 1746. +</p> +<p> +<i>Sweden</i>. +</p> +<p> +Frederic, 1720.<br /> +Adolphus, 1751. +</p> +<p> +<i>Prussia</i>. +</p> +<p> +Frederic William, I, 1713.<br /> +Frederic II., 1740. +</p> +<hr /> +<center> +GEORGE III. +<br /> +began his reign 25th Oct. 1760, ended 29th Jan. 1820. +</center> +<p> +<i>Popes</i>. +</p> +<p> +Clement XIII., 1758.<br /> +Clement XIV., 1769.<br /> +Pius VI., 1775.<br /> +Pius VII., 1800. +</p> +<p> +<i>Emperors of Germany</i>. +</p> +<p> +Francis I., 1745.<br /> +Joseph II., 1765.<br /> +Francis II., 1792.<a id="footnotetag4" name="footnotetag4"></a><a href="#footnote4"><sup>4</sup></a> +</p> +<p> +<i>Austria</i>. +</p> +<p> +Francis I., 1806. +</p> +<p> +<i>Turkey</i>. +</p> +<p> +Mustapha III., 1757.<br /> +Achmed, 1774.<br /> +Selim III., 1789.<br /> +Mahamud VI., 1808. +</p> +<p> +<i>Portugal</i>. +</p> +<p> +Joseph, 1750.<br /> +Mary and Peter III., 1777.<br /> +Mary (alone), 1786.<br /> +John, 1816. +</p> +<p> +<i>Russia</i>. +</p> +<p> +Elizabeth, 1741.<br /> +Peter III., 1762.<br /> +Catharine II., 1762.<br /> +Paul I., 1796.<br /> +Alexander, 1801. +</p> +<p> +<i>Prussia</i>. +</p> +<p> +Frederic the Great, 1740.<br /> +Frederic William II., 1786. +</p> +<p> +<span class="pagenum"><a id="page189" name="page189"></a>[pg 189]</span> +</p> +<p> +<i>France</i>. +</p> +<p> +Louis XV., 1715.<br /> +Louis XVI., 1774.<br /> +Louis XVII. 1793.<br /> +Bonaparte, 1799.<br /> +Louis XVIII., 1814. +</p> +<p> +<i>Spain</i>. +</p> +<p> +Charles III., 1759.<br /> +Charles IV., 1788.<br /> +Ferdinand VII., 1808. +</p> +<p> +<i>Denmark</i>. +</p> +<p> +Frederic V., 1746.<br /> +Christian VII., 1766.<br /> +Matilda, 1772.<br /> +Frederic VI. 1808. +</p> +<p> +<i>Sweden</i>. +</p> +<p> +Adolphus Frederic, 1751.<br /> +Gustavus III., 1771.<br /> +Gustavus IV., 1792.<br /> +Charles XIII., 1809.<br /> +Charles XIV., (Bernadotte), 1818. +</p> +<p> +<i>Holland</i>. +</p> +<p> +William V. (Stadtholder), 1757.<br /> +William, Prince of Orange, 1815. +</p> +<p> +<i>Prussia</i>. +</p> +<p> +Frederic William III., 1797. +</p> +<p> +<i>Poland</i>. +</p> +<p> +Stanislaus II. 1764. +</p> +<p> +<i>Naples and Sicily</i>. +</p> +<p> +Frederic IV. 1759.<br /> +Joseph Napoleon, 1806.<br /> +Joachim Napoleon, 1809.<br /> +King of Naples restored, 1815. +</p> +<p> +<i>Etruria</i>. +</p> +<p> +Francis, 1730.<br /> +Leopold, 1765.<br /> +Ferdinand III., 1790.<br /> +Louis I., 1801.<br /> +Louis II. 1802. +</p> +<p> +<i>Sardinia</i>. +</p> +<p> +Charles Emanuel III. 1730.<br /> +Victor Amadeus, 1773.<br /> +Emanuel V., 1802. +</p> +<hr /> +<center> +GEORGE IV. +<br /> +ascended 29th Jan. 1820, whom GOD preserve. +</center> +<p> +Contemporaries at the commencement of his reign the same as at the death +of his late majesty. +</p> +<h4> +JACOBUS. +</h4> +<hr class="full" /> +<h2> + THE SELECTOR, +<br /> +AND +<br /> +LITERARY NOTICES OF +<br /> +<i>NEW WORKS</i>. +</h2> +<hr /> +<h3> +MOUNT ARAFAT, AND THE PILGRIMAGE +TO MEKKA. +</h3> +<p> +Every traditionary and topographical particular of this hallowed spot, +and the picturesque ceremonies by which it is consecrated, must be +acceptable to the Christian reader; and this conviction has induced us +to abridge the following from that portion of <i>Burckhardt's Travels</i> +which describes the <i>Hadj</i>, or <i>pilgrimage</i> to Mekka. +</p> +<p> +At sunrise on the 9th of Zul Hadj, every pilgrim issued from his tent, +to walk over the plains, and take a view of the busy crowds assembled +there. Long streets of tents, fitted up as bazars, furnished all kinds +of provisions. The Syrian and Egyptian cavalry were exercised by their +chiefs early in the morning, while thousands of camels were seen feeding +upon the dry shrubs of the plain all round the camp. I walked to Mount +Arafat, to enjoy from its summit a more distinct view of the whole. +This granite hill, which is also called <i>Djebel er' Rahme</i>, or the +Mountain of Mercy, rises on the north-east side of the plain, close to +the mountains which encompass it, but separated from them by a rocky +valley; it is about a mile, or a mile and a half in circuit; its sides +are sloping, and its summit is nearly two hundred feet above the level +of the plain. On the eastern side broad stone steps lead up to the top, +and a broad unpaved path, on the western, over rude masses of granite, +with which its declivity is covered. After mounting about forty steps, +we find a spot a little on the left, called Modaa Seydna Adam, or the +place of prayer of our Lord Adam, where, it is related, that the father +of mankind used to stand while praying; for here it was, according to +Mohammedan tradition, that the angel Gabriel first instructed Adam how +to adore his Creator. A marble slab, bearing an inscription in modern +characters, is fixed in the side of the mountain. On reaching about the +sixtieth step, we come to a small paved platform to our right, on a +level spot of the hill, where the preacher stands who admonishes the +pilgrims on the afternoon of this day, as I shall hereafter mention. +Thus high, the steps are so broad and easy that a horse or camel may +ascend; but higher up they become more steep and uneven. On the summit, +the place is shown where Mohammed used to take his station during the +Hadj; a small chapel formerly stood over it; but this was destroyed by +the Wahabys: here the pilgrims usually pray two rikats, in salutation +of Arafat. The steps and the summit are covered with handkerchiefs to +receive their pious gifts, and each family of the Mekkawys or Bedouins +of the tribe of Koreysh, in whose territory Arafat lies, has its +particular spot assigned to it for this purpose. The summit commands a +very extensive and singular prospect. I brought my compass to take a +circle of bearings; but the crowd was so great that I could not use it. +Towards the western extremity of the plain are seen Bir Bazan and the +Aalameyn; somewhat nearer, southwards, the mosque called Djama Nimre, +or Djama Seydna Ibrahim; and on the south-east, a small house where the +Sherif used to lodge during the pilgrimage. From thence an elevated +rocky ground in the plain extends towards Arafat. On the eastern side +of the mountain, and close to its foot, are the ruins of a small mosque, +built on rocky ground, called Djama el Szakhrat, where Mohammed was +accustomed to pray, and where the pilgrims make four prostrations in +<span class="pagenum"><a id="page190" name="page190"></a>[pg 190]</span> +memory of the prophet. Several large reservoirs lined with stone are +dispersed over the plain; two or three are close to the foot of Arafat, +and there are some near the house of the Sherifs: they are filled from +the same fine aqueduct which supplies Mekka, and the head of which is +about one hour and a half distant, in the eastern mountains. The canal +is left open here for the convenience of pilgrims, and is conducted +round the three sides of the mountains, passing by Modaa Seydna Adam.<a id="footnotetag5" name="footnotetag5"></a><a href="#footnote5"><sup>5</sup></a> +</p> +<p> +From the summit of Arafat, I counted about three thousand tents +dispersed over the plain, of which two-thirds belonged to the two Hadj +caravans, and to the suite and soldiers of Mohammed Aly; the rest to the +Arabs of the Sherif, the Bedouin hadjys, and the people of Mekka and +Djidda. These assembled multitudes were for the greater number, like +myself, without tents. The two caravans were encamped without much +order, each party of pilgrims or soldiers having pitched its tents in +large circles or <i>dowars</i>, in the midst of which many of their +camels were reposing. The plain contained, dispersed in different parts, +from twenty to twenty-five thousand camels, twelve thousand of which +belonged to the Syrian Hadj, and from five to six thousand to the +Egyptian; besides about three thousand, purchased by Mohammed Aly from +the Bedouins in the Syrian Deserts, and brought to Mekka with the Hadj, +to convey the pilgrims to this place, previously to being used for the +transport of army-provisions to Tayf. +</p> +<p> +The Syrian Hadj was encamped on the south and south-west side of the +mountain; the Egyptian on the south-east. Around the house of the +Sherif, Yahya himself was encamped with his Bedouin troops, and in its +neighbourhood were all the Hedjaz people. Here it was that the two Yemen +caravans used formerly to take their station. Mohammed Aly, and Soleyman +Pasha of Damascus, as well as several of their officers, had very +handsome tents; but the most magnificent of all was that of the wife of +Mohammed Aly, the mother of Tousoun Pasha and Ibrahim Pasha, who had +lately arrived from Cairo for the Hadj, with a truly royal equipage, +five hundred camels being necessary to transport her baggage from Djidda +to Mekka. Her tent was in fact an encampment consisting of a dozen tents +of different sizes, inhabited by her women; the whole enclosed by a wall +of linen cloth, eight hundred paces in circuit, the single entrance to +which was guarded by eunuchs in splendid dresses. Around this enclosure +were pitched the tents of the men who formed her numerous suite. The +beautiful embroidery on the exterior of this linen palace, with the +various colours displayed in every part of it, constituted an object +which reminded me of some descriptions in the Arabian Tales of the +Thousand and One Nights. Among the rich equipages of the other hadjys, +or of the Mekka people, none were so conspicuous as that belonging +to the family of Djeylany, the merchant, whose tents, pitched in a +semicircle, rivalled in beauty those of the two pashas, and far exceeded +those of Sherif Yahya. In other parts of the East, a merchant would +as soon think of buying a rope for his own neck, as of displaying his +wealth in the presence of a pasha; but Djeylany has not yet laid aside +the customs which the Mekkawys learned under their old government, +particularly that of Sherif Ghaleb, who seldom exercised extortion upon +single individuals; and they now rely on the promises of Mohammed Aly, +that he will respect their property. +</p> +<p> +During the whole morning, there were repeated discharges of the +artillery which both pashas had brought with them. A few pilgrims +had taken up their quarters on Djebel Arafat itself, where some small +cavern, or impending block of granite, afforded them shelter from the +sun. It is a belief generally entertained in the East, and strengthened +by many boasting hadjys on their return home, that all the pilgrims, on +this day, encamp upon Mount Arafat; and that the mountain possesses the +miraculous property of expansion, so as to admit an indefinite number of +the faithful upon its summit. The law ordains that the <i>wakfe</i>, or +position of the Hadj, should be on Djebel Arafat; but it wisely provides +against any impossibility, by declaring that the plain in the immediate +neighbourhood of the mountain may be regarded as comprised under the +term "mountain," or Djebel Arafat. +</p> +<p> +I estimated the number of persons assembled here at about seventy +thousand. The camp was from three to four miles long, and between one +and two in breadth. There is, perhaps, no spot on earth where, in so +small a place, such a diversity of languages are heard; I reckoned about +forty, and I have no doubt that there were many more. It appeared to me +as if I were here placed in a holy temple of travellers only; and never +did I at any time feel a more ardent wish to be able to penetrate once +into the inmost recesses of the countries of many of those persons +<span class="pagenum"><a id="page191" name="page191"></a>[pg 191]</span> +whom I now saw before me, fondly imagining that I might have no more +difficulty in reaching their homes, than what they had experienced in +their journey to this spot. +</p> +<hr /> +<p> +The time of Aszer (or about three o'clock, P.M.) approached, when that +ceremony of the Hadj takes place, for which the whole assembly had come +hither. The pilgrims now pressed forward towards the mountain of Arafat, +and covered its sides from top to bottom. At the precise time of Aszer, +the preacher took his stand upon the platform on the mountain, and began +to address the multitude. This sermon, which lasts till sun-set, +constitutes the holy ceremony of the Hadj called Khotbet el Wakfe; and +no pilgrim, although he may have visited all the holy places of Mekka, +is entitled to the name of hadjy, unless he has been present on this +occasion. As Aszer approached, therefore, all the tents were struck, +every thing was packed up, the caravans began to load, and the pilgrims +belonging to them mounted their camels, and crowded round the mountain, +to be within sight of the preacher, which is sufficient, as the greater +part of the multitude is necessarily too distant to hear him. The two +pashas, with their whole cavalry drawn up in two squadrons behind them, +took their post in the rear of the deep lines of camels of the hadjys, +to which those of the people of the Hedjaz were also joined; and here +they waited in solemn and respectful silence the conclusion of the +sermon. Further removed from the preacher, was the Sherif Yahya, with +his small body of soldiers, distinguished by several green standards +carried before him. The two Mahmals, or holy camels, which carry on +their back the high structure that serves as the banner of their +respective caravans, made way with difficulty through the ranks of +camels that encircled the southern and eastern sides of the hill, +opposite to the preacher, and took their station, surrounded by their +guards, directly under the platform in front of him.<a id="footnotetag6" name="footnotetag6"></a><a href="#footnote6"><sup>6</sup></a> +</p> +<p> +The preacher, or Khatyb, who is usually the Kadhy of Mekka, was mounted +upon a finely caparisoned camel, which had been led up the steps; it +being traditionally said that Mohammed was always seated when he here +addressed his followers, a practice in which he was imitated by all +the Khalifes who came to the Hadj, and who from hence addressed their +subjects in person. The Turkish gentleman of Constantinople, however, +unused to camel-riding, could not keep his seat so well as the hardy +Bedouin prophet; and the camel becoming unruly, he was soon obliged to +alight from it. He read his sermon from a book in Arabic, which he held +in his hands. At intervals of every four or five minutes he paused, and +stretched forth his arms to implore blessings from above; while the +assembled multitudes around and before him waved the skirts of their +ihrams over their heads, and rent the air with shouts of "Lebeyk, +Allahuma Lebeyk," (i.e. Here we are, at thy commands, O God!) During +the wavings of the ihrams, the side of the mountain, thickly crowded +as it was by the people in their white garments, had the appearance +of a cataract of water; while the green umbrellas, with which several +thousand hadjys, sitting on their camels below, were provided, bore some +resemblance to a verdant plain.—During his sermon, which lasted almost +three hours, the Kadhy was seen constantly to wipe his eyes with a +handkerchief; for the law enjoins the Khatyb or preacher to be moved +with feeling and compunction; and adds that, whenever tears appear on +his face, it is a sign that the Almighty enlightens him, and is ready +to listen to his prayers. +</p> +<p> +At length the sun began to descend behind the western mountains; upon +which the Kadhy, having shut his book, received a last greeting of +"Lebeyk;" and the crowds rushed down the mountain, in order to quit +Arafat. It is thought meritorious to accelerate the pace on this +occasion; and many persons make it a complete race, called by the Arabs, +<i>Ad' dafa min Arafat</i>. In former times, when the strength of the +Syrian and Egyptian caravans happened to be nearly balanced, bloody +affrays took place here almost every year between them, each party +endeavouring to outrun and to carry its <i>mahmal</i> in advance of the +other. The same happened when the <i>mahmals</i> approached the platform +at the commencement of the sermon; and two hundred +<span class="pagenum"><a id="page192" name="page192"></a>[pg 192]</span> +lives have on some +occasions been lost in supporting what was thought the honour of the +respective caravans. At present the power of Mohammed Aly preponderates, +and the Syrian hadjys display great humility. The united caravans and +the whole mass of pilgrims now moved forward over the plain; every +tent had been previously packed up, to be ready for the occasion. The +pilgrims pressed through the Aalameyn, which they must repass on their +return; and night came on before they reached the defile called El +Mazoumeyn. Innumerable torches were now lighted, twenty-four being +carried before each pasha; and the sparks of fire from them flew far +over the plain. There were continual discharges of artillery; the +soldiers fired their muskets; the martial bands of both the pashas +played; sky-rockets were thrown as well by the pashas' officers, as +by many private pilgrims; while the Hadj passed at a quick pace in +the greatest disorder, amidst a deafening clamour, through the pass of +Mazoumeyn, leading towards Mezdelfe, where all alighted, after a two +hours' march. No order was observed here in encamping; and every one lay +down on the spot that first presented itself, no tents being pitched +except those of the pashas and their suites; before which was an +illumination of lamps in the form of high arches, which continued to +blaze the whole night, while the firing of the artillery was kept up +without intermission. +</p> +<hr /> +<h3> + SOUTH AMERICAN MANNERS +</h3> +<center> +<i>From the Memoirs of General Miller, Second Edition.</i> +</center> +<p> +In the Pampas, where a scarcity of food is unknown to the poorest, that +calculating avarice which, in its fears for to-morrow, would look with +apathy on the wants of the stranger, can have but a limited sway. Kind +offices are, therefore more freely and disinterestedly conferred than +in less abundant regions. In addition to this, the dearth of society +in a thinly-sprinkled population renders the presence of a traveller +on their isolated <i>haciendas</i> a source of gratification. If his +appearance afford no ground for mistrust, and if his manners are not +disagreeable, his being a stranger is a sufficient passport to a kind +and hearty welcome. Whether he be rich or poor is not a subject of +inquiry, and makes no difference in the reception. +</p> +<p> +The South Americans are gay, and fond of dancing, music, and singing. +There are few, whether wealthy or otherwise, who are not proficients in +one or other of these accomplishments. In the warmer latitudes, people +carry on not only their usual occupations, but their amusements, chiefly +in the open air; and as singing constitutes one of the principal sources +of the latter, the continued exercise of the voice harmonizes and +strengthens it. Perhaps no opera, in Europe, could afford, to a natural +and unsophisticated ear, so rich a treat as that which may be enjoyed in +Cuzco, Arequipa, and other cities, where the ancient Peruvian airs are +sung in the rich and melodious tones of the natives. +</p> +<p> +The South Americans possess great intellectual quickness, and a +retentive memory. The following may be cited as an extraordinary +instance of the latter faculty. An old man, a native of La Pax, in Upper +Peru, and of unmixed Indian blood, who kept an inn at Curicavi, between +Valparaiso and Santiago, could repeat nearly the whole of Robertson's +"History of Charles the Fifth," and was better acquainted with the +History of England than most Englishmen. He spoke of Queen Boadicea, and +was as familiar with the history of the civil wars between the houses +of York and Lancaster as if they had occurred in his country, and in +his own times. He had been brought up by the Jesuits. He had made two +voyages to Canton, and was known by the name of "the emperor of China," +in consequence frequently of amusing his guests with long stories about +the <i>celestial empire</i>. +</p> +<p> +The Peruvians have great natural talents for painting and sculpture. +They generally produce striking likenesses, but being uninstructed in +the principles of these arts, their pictures have no other merit. There +is, however, a female figure, done in 1711, by a native of Quito, which +is considered as one of the finest paintings in a very good collection +belonging to Mynheer Vandermarlin, of Brussels. +</p> +<hr /> +<h3> + ORATORIOS. +</h3> +<p> +The first oratorio performed in London, was at the Lincoln's Inn Fields +Theatre, in 1732. On June 10, in the same year, the serenata of <i>Acis +and Galatea</i> was performed at the Italian Opera House, in English, by +Italian performers, with scenery representing a rural prospect, with +rocks, groves, fountains, and grottoes; amongst which were disposed a +chorus of nymphs and shepherds, with dresses and "every other decoration +suited to the subject."—<i>Companion to the Theatres</i>. +</p> +<hr class="full" /> +<p> +<i>Printed and Published by J. LIMBIRD, 143, Strand, (near Somerset +House,) London; sold by ERNEST FLEISCHER, 626, New Market, Leipsic; and +by all Newsmen and Booksellers</i>. +</p> +<hr class="full" /> +<blockquote class="footnote"> +<a id="footnote1" name="footnote1"></a> +<b>Footnote 1</b>: +<a href="#footnotetag1">(return)</a> +<p> +We are pleased therefore to commence our Supplementary Sheet +with such a volume as the present, which we have reserved for +this purpose. The feelings which it must engender in the reader +will be doubly grateful in these troublous times of strong +political excitement: they enjoin "peace on earth, and goodwill +towards men." the Divine antidote to the storms of conflicting +interests and passions, and the balm which heals the thorny +wounds of the world, that cross every path and tear the finest +sympathies of our nature. It adds, moreover, a pleasant variety +to the contents of our sheet, and alternates with the +vicissitudes of enterprise, in the progress of infant liberty +in the New World, as in the Memoirs of the patriot <i>Miller</i>;—the +daring and recklessness of crime, as in the vivid sketch of +<i>First and Last</i>;—the picturesque country and ceremonies of +Arabia and its religious people, as drawn by <i>Burckhardt</i>;—and +the architectural embellishment of the Metropolis, as shown in +<i>Britton's Picture of London</i>. +</p> +</blockquote> +<blockquote class="footnote"> +<a id="footnote2" name="footnote2"></a> +<b>Footnote 2</b>: +<a href="#footnotetag2">(return)</a> +<p> +In the MIRROR, dated March 1, 1828, we noticed "Gilbert White's +Natural History of Selborne, is one of the most delightful +household books in our language, and we are surprised at the +rarity of such works." The publication of the <i>Journal of a +Naturalist</i>, early in March, 1829, is "a coincidence." +</p> +</blockquote> +<blockquote class="footnote"> +<a id="footnote3" name="footnote3"></a> +<b>Footnote 3</b>: +<a href="#footnotetag3">(return)</a> +<p> +Philosophers and wits have written on this subject. Sir Thomas +Brown, who wrote a book of <i>Vulgar Errors</i>, remarks with great +seriousness that the man "who could eradicate this error from the +minds of the people, might prevent the fearful passions of the +heart, and many cold sweats taking place in grandmothers and +nurses"—Swift lets fly the shafts of satire in these lines.— +</p> +<div class="poem"><div class="stanza"> +<p class="i8"> A woodworm</p> +<p> That lies in old wood, like a hare in her form;</p> +<p> With teeth, or with claws, it will bite, or will scratch;</p> +<p> And chambermaids christen this worm a death-watch;</p> +<p> Because, like a watch, it always cries click;</p> +<p> Then woe be to those in the house who are sick;</p> +<p> For sure as a gun they will give up the ghost</p> +<p> If the maggat cries click when it scratches the post.</p> +</div></div> +<p> + Gay, too, in a <i>pastoral dirge</i>, says, +</p> +<div class="poem"><div class="stanza"> +<p class="i8"> The wether's bell,</p> +<p> Before the drooping flock, toll'd forth her knell;</p> +<p> The solemn deathwatch click'd the hour she died.</p> +</div></div> +</blockquote> +<blockquote class="footnote"> +<a id="footnote4" name="footnote4"></a> +<b>Footnote 4</b>: +<a href="#footnotetag4">(return)</a> +<p> +Francis II. of Germany abdicated 1806, and took the title of +Emperor of Austria. +</p> +</blockquote> +<blockquote class="footnote"> +<a id="footnote5" name="footnote5"></a> +<b>Footnote 5</b>: +<a href="#footnotetag5">(return)</a> +<p> +At the close of the sixteenth century, according to Kotobeddyn, +the whole plain of Arafat was cultivated. +</p> +</blockquote> +<blockquote class="footnote"> +<a id="footnote6" name="footnote6"></a> +<b>Footnote 6</b>: +<a href="#footnotetag6">(return)</a> +<!-- Footnotes --> +<p> +The Mahmal (an exact representation of which is given by D'Ohsson) +is a high, hollow, wooden frame, in the form of a cone, with a +pyramidal top, covered with a fine silk brocade adorned with +ostrich feathers, and having a small book of prayers and charms +placed in the midst of it, wrapped up in a piece of silk. (My +description is taken from the Egyptian Mahmal.) When on the road, +it serves as a holy banner to the caravan; and on the return of +the Egyptian caravan, the book of prayers is exposed in the mosque +El Hassaneyn, at Cairo, where men and women of the lower classes +go to kiss it and obtain a blessing by rubbing their foreheads +upon it. No copy of the Koran, nor any thing but the book of +prayers, is placed in the Cairo Mahmal. I believe the custom to +have arisen in the battle-banner of the Bedouins, called Merkeb +and Otfe, which I have mentioned in my remarks on the Bedouins, +and which resemble the Mahmal, inasmuch as they are high wooden +frames placed upon camels. +</p> +</blockquote> +<div>*** END OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK 13578 ***</div> +</body> +</html> diff --git a/13578-h/images/361-1.png b/13578-h/images/361-1.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..bbc88ab --- /dev/null +++ b/13578-h/images/361-1.png diff --git a/13578-h/images/361-2.png b/13578-h/images/361-2.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..7655f98 --- /dev/null +++ b/13578-h/images/361-2.png diff --git a/LICENSE.txt b/LICENSE.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..6312041 --- /dev/null +++ b/LICENSE.txt @@ -0,0 +1,11 @@ +This eBook, including all associated images, markup, improvements, +metadata, and any other content or labor, has been confirmed to be +in the PUBLIC DOMAIN IN THE UNITED STATES. + +Procedures for determining public domain status are described in +the "Copyright How-To" at https://www.gutenberg.org. + +No investigation has been made concerning possible copyrights in +jurisdictions other than the United States. Anyone seeking to utilize +this eBook outside of the United States should confirm copyright +status under the laws that apply to them. diff --git a/README.md b/README.md new file mode 100644 index 0000000..edb853b --- /dev/null +++ b/README.md @@ -0,0 +1,2 @@ +Project Gutenberg (https://www.gutenberg.org) public repository for +eBook #13578 (https://www.gutenberg.org/ebooks/13578) diff --git a/old/13578-8.txt b/old/13578-8.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..a20c70a --- /dev/null +++ b/old/13578-8.txt @@ -0,0 +1,2045 @@ +The Project Gutenberg eBook, The Mirror of Literature, Amusement, and +Instruction, Vol. 13, No. 361, Supplementary Issue (1829), by Various + + +This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with +almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or +re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included +with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org + + + + + +Title: The Mirror of Literature, Amusement, and Instruction, Vol. 13, No. +361, Supplementary Issue (1829) + +Author: Various + +Release Date: October 2, 2004 [eBook #13578] + +Language: English + +Character set encoding: ISO-8859-1 + + +***START OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK THE MIRROR OF LITERATURE, +AMUSEMENT, AND INSTRUCTION, VOL. 13, NO. 361, SUPPLEMENTARY ISSUE (1829)*** + + +E-text prepared by Jonathan Ingram, David Garcia, and the Project +Gutenberg Online Distributed Proofreading Team + + + +Note: Project Gutenberg also has an HTML version of this + file which includes the original illustration. + See 13578-h.htm or 13578-h.zip: + (http://www.ibiblio.org/gutenberg/dirs/1/3/5/7/13578/13578-h/13578-h.htm) + or + (http://www.ibiblio.org/gutenberg/dirs/1/3/5/7/13578/13578-h.zip) + + + + +THE MIRROR OF LITERATURE, AMUSEMENT, AND INSTRUCTION + +VOL. XIII, NO. 361.] SUPPLEMENTARY NUMBER. [PRICE 2d. + + + + * * * * * + + + + +THE NATURALIST + + +[Illustration: THE TALIPOT TREE.] + +[Illustration: THE GLOWWORM.] + +[Illustration: THE DEATHWATCH MAGNIFIED.] + + + * * * * * + + + + +THE NATURALIST. + +_See the Engravings._ + + +A delightful volume, of title almost synonymous with this division of +the MIRROR, has just been published. It is entitled _The Journal of a +Naturalist_,[1] with the very appropriate motto of + + ----Plants, trees, and stones, we note, + Birds, insects, beasts, and many rural things. + + +The author in his preface, says, "Many years have now passed away since +we were presented with that very interesting and amusing book, the +'Natural History of Selborne;' nor do I recollect any publication at +all resembling it having since appeared."[2] He then acknowledges the +impression which this book left on his mind; and its having given rise +to the present work, to which, in our humble opinion, it is a worthy +companion. + +Our "Naturalist" resides in a village upon a very ancient road, +connecting Bristol and Gloucester, in a limestone district, numbering +among its picturesque beauties, the broad estuary of the Severn, the +mountains of Glamorgan, Monmouth, and Brecon, and their peaceful vales +and cheerful cottages; Thornbury, with its fine cathedral-like church +and castle, the red cliffs of the Severn, and numberless antiquities +of our ancestors--as roads, encampments, aggera, watch-hills, coins, +lances, and other relics of those warlike times. Labour and healthful +enjoyment reign in this district: for it is neither torn up for its +mineral wealth, nor are its natural beauties annihilated, or the habits +of its population corrupted by speculation or avarice. A portrait of +"a worthy peasant," introduced by our author, reminds us of + + ----A bold peasantry, their country's pride, + When once destroyed, can never be supplied. + + +A passage quoted by the late Mr. Canning, in one of his finest speeches; +and we often contrast this vigorous outline of the people of "merry +England" with her artificial state of after times. Next are a page or +two of agricultural chemistry (_analysis of soils_) unfettered with +technicals; double the space of what may strictly be called rural +economy, (_grass lands_) succeed; next the culture and history of +the potato, and some new observations on "_the Teazle_." + +Several pages on _trees_ possess great interest, as do those on +_flowers_. + +We regret we have room but for a few heads--the _maple_--the +_Naturalist's Autumnal Walk_--the _Economy of Animals_, especially +of _Birds_: we must pass them over to elucidate our engraving of + + +THE GLOWWORM. + +That pretty sparkler of our summer evenings, so often made the +ploughboy's prize, the only brilliant that glitters in the rustic's hat, +the glowworm, (_lampyris noctiluca_,) is not found in such numbers +with us, as in many other places, where these signal tapers glimmer upon +every grassy bank; yet, in some seasons, we have a reasonable sprinkling +of them. Every body probably knows, that the male glowworm is a winged, +erratic animal, yet may not have seen him. He has ever been a scarce +creature to me, meeting perhaps with one or two in a year; and, when +found, always a subject of admiration. Most creatures have their eyes +so placed, as to be enabled to see about them; or, as Hook says of the +house-fly, to be "circumspect animals;" but this male glowworm has a +contrivance, by which any upward or side vision is prevented. Viewed +when at rest, no portion of his eyes is visible, but the head is +margined with a horny band, or plate, being a character of one of the +genera of the order _coleoptera_, under which the eyes are situate. +This prevents all upward vision; and blinds, or winkers, are so fixed +at the sides of his eyes, as greatly to impede the view of all lateral +objects. _See Figures_. The chief end of this creature in his +nightly peregrinations is to seek his mate, always beneath him on the +earth; and hence this apparatus appears designed to facilitate his +search, confining his view entirely to what is before or below him. The +first serves to direct his flight, the other presents the object of his +pursuit: and as we commonly, and with advantage, place our hand over the +brow, to obstruct the rays of light falling from above, which enables us +to see clearer an object on the ground, so must the projecting hood of +this creature converge the visual rays to a point beneath. + +Glowworms emit light only for a short period in the year; and I have but +partially observed it after the middle of July. I have collected many of +these pretty creatures on a bank before my house, into which they retire +during the winter, to shine out again when revived by the summer's +warmth; but in this latter season I have frequently missed certain of +my little protegés, and have reason to apprehend, that they formed the +banquet of a toad, that frequented the same situation. + +Observing above, that the glowworm does not emit light after the 14th of +July, I mean thereby that clear, steady light, which has rendered this +creature so remarkable to all persons; for I have repeatedly noticed, +deep in the herbage, a faint evanescent light proceeding from these +creatures, even as late as August and September. This was particularly +manifested September the 28th, 1826. The evening was warm and dewy, and +we observed on the house-bank multitudes of these small evanescent +sparks in the grass. The light displayed was very different from that +which they exhibit in warm summer months. Instead of the permanent green +glow, that illumines all the blades of the surrounding herbage, it was a +pale transient spot, visible for a moment or two, and then so speedily +hidden, that we were obliged, in order to capture the creature, to +employ the light of a candle. The number of them, and their actions, +creeping away from our sight, contrary to that half lifeless dulness +observed in summer, suggested the idea, that the whole body had availed +themselves of this warm, moist evening, to migrate to their winter +station. A single spark or so was to be seen some evenings after this, +but no such large moving parties were discovered again. If we conclude, +that the summer light of the glowworm is displayed as a signal taper, +the appearance of this autumnal light can have no such object in view, +nor can we rationally assign any use of it to the creature itself, +unless, indeed, it serves as a point of union in these supposed +migrations, like the leading call in the flight of night-moving birds. +The activity and numbers of these insects, in the above-mentioned +evening, enabled me to observe the frequent presence and disappearance +of the light of an individual, which did not seem to be the result of +will, but produced by situation. During the time the insect crawled +along the ground, or upon the fine grass, the glow was hidden; but on +its mounting any little blade, or sprig of moss, it turned round and +presented the luminous caudal spot, which, on its falling or regaining +its level, was hidden again. + +A summary of the peculiarities of the year 1825, very appropriately +concludes the volume, from which we may be tempted to make future +extracts. + + +THE TALIPOT TREE, + +The first of our Engravings is a species of palm, a native of Ceylon, +and is one of the most magnificent wonders of the vegetable kingdom. The +leaf is circular, terminating in the most beautiful rays, and folding up +into plaits like a fan, which, in figure, it nearly resembles. + +This leaf is used in the maritime provinces of Ceylon as a mark of +distinction, each person being allowed to have a certain number of these +leaves, folded up as fans, carried with him by his servants; and also in +the Kandian country, in the shape of a round, flat umbrella on a long +stick. The talipot leaves are likewise used by the common people to +shelter themselves from the rain, _one leaf affording sufficient +shelter for seven or eight persons_. It is also used in making tents. + +In 1818, Sir Alexander Johnston gave to Sir Joseph Banks a very fine +specimen of a tent made of their leaves, large enough to hold a party of +ten persons at table. + +All the books of importance in Pali and Cingalese, relative to the +religion of Buddhoo, in Ceylon, are written on lamina of these leaves, +with either a brass or an iron style. There are some of these books in +Sir A. Johnston's collections, which are supposed to be from 500 to 600 +years old, and which are still very perfect. In the museum of the +Asiatic Society, there is a complete copy of the Pali book, called the +_Pansyapanas Iatakah_, written on 1,172 laminae of the finest +description of this sort of palm leaf. Large as the dimensions of the +talipot leaf may appear, it is exceeded in size by the _troolie_ of +Surinam, which extends on the ground, and has frequently been known to +attain the width of three feet, and the length of thirty. + +Our Engraving is copied from the _Gardener's Magazine_, where it is +reduced from the Transactions of the Asiatic Society. + + + +THE DEATHWATCH MAGNIFIED. + +Although the present may be a late hour to dissipate the faith placed in +signs and tokens, we are persuaded that a more intimate knowledge of +this insect will not prove uninteresting to our readers.[3] + +The name _death watch_ was evidently derived from the importance +attached to the beatings of the insect, which, by superstitious people, +were formerly supposed to prognosticate death to some one of the family +in whose house it was heard. The natural size of the insect is about a +quarter of an inch in length, of a dark brown colour, spotted, with +transparent wings under the _vagina_, or sheath, a huge cap or +helmet on the head, and two _antennae_, or feelers, from beneath +the eyes. + +It is chiefly in the advanced period of spring that these insects +commence their noise; and which is the call or signal by which they are +mutually attracted to each other, and may be considered as analogous to +the call of birds. This noise does not arise from their voice, but from +the insect beating on hard substances, with the shield or fore part of +its head. The general number of successive distinct strokes is from 7 to +9 or 11. These are given in pretty quick succession, and are repeated at +uncertain intervals; and in old houses, where the insects are numerous, +they may be heard, if the weather be warm, almost every hour in the day. +The noise exactly resembles that made by beating moderately hard with +the finger on a table. Mr. Stackhouse carefully observed its manner of +beating. He says, the insect raises itself upon its hinder legs, and +with the body somewhat inclined, beats its head with great force and +agility against the place on which it stands. + +This insect, which is the _real death-watch_ of the vulgar, must +not be confounded with another minuter insect, which makes a ticking +noise like a watch; but instead of beating at intervals, it continues +its noise for a considerable time without intermission. This latter +belongs to a very different tribe. It is usually found in old wood, +decayed furniture, neglected books, &c.; and both the male and the +female have the power of making this ticking noise, in order to attract +each other. The Rev. Mr. Derham seems to have been the first naturalist +who examined and described this species; and he says that during the +month of July, in one particular summer, they scarcely ever ceased to +beat either in day or night. The eggs are generally hatched about the +beginning of March: many of them live through the winter; but during +that time, to avoid the frost, they bury themselves deep in dust. + +Mr. T. Carpenter (of whose paper in _Gill's Repository_ we have +already availed ourselves) tells us that these insects are excellent +anatomists: in order to render them useful in making some delicate +dissections for his microscope, Mr. Carpenter placed a few of the +insects within a pill-box, with the heads of three dead flies. He found +some time afterwards, that they had cleared the interior of some of the +eyes completely from all the blood-vessels, leaving the lenses in the +cornea beautifully transparent. + + * * * * * + + +BIRDS' NESTS. + + +The structure of the nests of birds affords, perhaps, one of the most +agreeable lessons in Natural History. + +Among the most curious nests of our _English_ birds may be named +that of the _Wren_, the _long-tailed Titmouse_, the _Thrush_, +the _Goldfinch_, the _Chaffinch_, the _Magpie_, and the _House +Sparrow_; to these may also be added the _Swallow's_, the _Martin's_, +the _Wood Pigeon's_, and the _Wood-Pecker's_. Of the nests of _Rooks_, +it may be sufficient to observe, that they are often found to the number +of six, or even more in a cluster. _Crows'_ nests are always +solitary; they are similar in structure to those of the rook. + +Among the nests of Foreign birds, that of the _Taylor Bird_ +deserves especial mention; the bird itself is a diminutive one, being +little more than three inches long; it is an inhabitant of India. The +nest is sometimes constructed of two leaves, one of them dead; the +latter is fixed to the living one as it hangs upon the tree, by sewing +both together in the manner of a pouch or purse; it is open at the top, +and the cavity is filled with fine down; and, being suspended from the +branch, the birds are secure from the depredations of snakes and +monkeys, to which they might otherwise fall a prey. + +In Dr. Latham's collection is a specimen of the taylor bird's nest, +composed of a single large leaf, of a fibrous rough, texture, about six +inches long independent of the stalk, five inches and a half in breadth, +and ending in a point. The sides of this leaf are drawn together so as +to meet within three-quarters of an inch; within is the nest, about four +inches deep and two broad, opening at the top; the bottom of the leaf +is drawn upwards, to assist in the support of it. The interior nest is +composed of white down, with here and there a feather and a small +portion of white down intermixed. + +Another nest of this bird has also been described as composed of several +leaves, like those of some kind of hazel sewed together; the inner nest +formed of dry bents, fibres, and hairs, suspended from a tree. It is, +therefore, probable that this bird, as well as some others, varies the +structure of its nest as occasion and the materials may require. These +singular works are performed by the bird's using his bill instead of a +needle, and vegetable fibres for thread. + +The _Rufous Bee-eater_, or _Merops Rufus_, constructs also a +very singular nest. This bird is a native of Buenos Ayres; the nest is +built generally on the naked great branch of a tree, sometimes on the +windows of houses, a fence, or a projecting beam of a high house or +other building; it is composed of earth, in the form of a baker's oven, +and is often built in the short space of two days, both birds being +engaged in its construction; it is six inches in diameter, and one +thick; a division is within, beginning at the entrance, and carried +circularly, so that the eggs are deposited in the inner chamber, on a +bed of grass. The swallow and other birds often attempt to obtain +possession of this nest, but are generally repulsed by the owners. + +Many of the _Orioles'_ nests are also deserving notice. The +_black and yellow Oriole_, inhabiting South America, has a pendent +nest, shaped like an alembic; it is affixed to the extreme branches of +trees; sometimes, it is said, so many as four hundred nests are found +hanging on the same tree. + +The _Philippine_ and _Pensile Grosbeak_ make also very curious nests. + +In concluding this account of the nests of birds, I may notice here the +nest of the _Hirundo esculenta_, or _Esculent Swallow_, an inhabitant +of China and the Islands of the Indian Ocean. The nest consists of a +gelatinous substance, in shape resembling an apple cut down the middle. +The nests are found in great numbers together, and are by the luxurious +Asiatics made into broths, and otherwise cooked, and are esteemed one of +the greatest dainties of the table; they are also occasionally used for +glue.--_Jennings's Ornithologia_. + + + [1] We are pleased therefore to commence our Supplementary Sheet + with such a volume as the present, which we have reserved for + this purpose. The feelings which it must engender in the reader + will be doubly grateful in these troublous times of strong + political excitement: they enjoin "peace on earth, and goodwill + towards men." the Divine antidote to the storms of conflicting + interests and passions, and the balm which heals the thorny + wounds of the world, that cross every path and tear the finest + sympathies of our nature. It adds, moreover, a pleasant variety + to the contents of our sheet, and alternates with the + vicissitudes of enterprise, in the progress of infant liberty + in the New World, as in the Memoirs of the patriot _Miller_;--the + daring and recklessness of crime, as in the vivid sketch of + _First and Last_;--the picturesque country and ceremonies of + Arabia and its religious people, as drawn by _Burckhardt_;--and + the architectural embellishment of the Metropolis, as shown in + _Britton's Picture of London_. + + [2] In the MIRROR, dated March 1, 1828, we noticed "Gilbert White's + Natural History of Selborne, is one of the most delightful + household books in our language, and we are surprised at the + rarity of such works." The publication of the _Journal of a + Naturalist_, early in March, 1829, is "a coincidence." + + [3] Philosophers and wits have written on this subject. Sir Thomas + Brown, who wrote a book of _Vulgar Errors_, remarks with great + seriousness that the man "who could eradicate this error from the + minds of the people, might prevent the fearful passions of the + heart, and many cold sweats taking place in grandmothers and + nurses"--Swift lets fly the shafts of satire in these lines.-- + + A woodworm + That lies in old wood, like a hare in her form; + With teeth, or with claws, it will bite, or will scratch; + And chambermaids christen this worm a death-watch; + Because, like a watch, it always cries click; + Then woe be to those in the house who are sick; + For sure as a gun they will give up the ghost + If the maggat cries click when it scratches the post. + + Gay, too, in a _pastoral dirge_, says, + + The wether's bell, + Before the drooping flock, toll'd forth her knell; + The solemn deathwatch click'd the hour she died. + + + + + * * * * * + + + + +FINE ARTS + + * * * * * + + +METROPOLITAN IMPROVEMENTS. + +_Abridged from the "Introduction" to Britton's Picture of London, 26th +edition, just published._ + + +_The year_ 1825 will ever be memorable in the annals of the +metropolis; for more novel improvements, changes, and events occurred in +that one year than during any other corresponding period. _Schemes_ +for the formation of new _Companies_--the vast speculations arising +out of them, tending to the aggrandizement of a few persons, and to the +ruin of others, with the utilities of some, and the futilities and +impositions of many,--may also be said to belong to this year. + +Let us, however, take a brief review of the real improvements and useful +novelties that have been progressing, or have commenced in London since +that singular and eventful era. Commencing at the court, or west end, we +will take an imaginary tour to the east, adverting to such new buildings +as are calculated to arrest the attention of the stranger in our +progress. Without remarking on the general improvements of the age, we +shall find enough to engross our attention in the particular objects +before us. The most noted, or conspicuous of these are:--1. The New +Palace, with the adjoining Park and Gardens. 2. A Terrace, Street, and +Public Buildings on the site of Carlton House. 3. Belgrave Square, and +the adjoining Squares and Streets. 4. The Entrance Lodges and Bridge +in Hyde Park, with the improvements in the Roads and Walks of the same. +5. The Regent's Park, with its Terraces, Villas, Public Buildings, +Zoological Gardens, and Colosseum. 6. The London University. 7. The +British Museum. 8. The Post Office. 9. London Bridge, and its Vicinity. +10. St. Katherine's Docks. 11. The New Buildings and Alterations +connected with the Houses of Parliament, the Ministerial Offices, and +others, at Charing Cross. All these rank among the novelties and +embellished features of London; and whilst the design and execution of +so many public works manifest the increasing taste, or luxury of the +age, they employ and give encouragement to numerous artists, artisans, +and tradesmen. + +Of _the Royal Palace_, suffice it to remark, in this place, that it +is a large pile of building,--has been carried on with great rapidity of +execution,--its whole exterior is stone, many parts of which are adorned +with sculptured statues, basso-relievo, and other ornaments,--that a +highly-decorated triumphal arch, composed of fine white, marble, is +to be raised, at a short distance from the centre of the principal +front--and that the interior is to be splendidly adorned with marble, +scagliola, and other rich materials; whilst the galleries, armoury, +chapel, state-rooms, &c. are to display the most gorgeous ornaments of +the cabinet-maker, upholsterer, decorative painter, and other artisans. + +_The Park_, in front of this palace, which had continued for nearly +a century in one state of formal, tasteless insipidity, has been laid +out as a large pleasure-garden, interspersed with lawn, clusters of +shrubs and flowers, winding walks, varied surface, and a lake, whose +margin is made to wind with every inequality of surface, spreading +occasionally into a broad expanse, and then contracting to a narrow arm. +In the midst of the larger spaces are islands, covered with aquatic +trees and shrubs. + +_The Gardens_, or _Pleasure Grounds_, belonging to the Palace, +partake of the same character; but are adorned with shrubs, plants, and +flowers of a more choice description. A large piece of water is likewise +formed in the midst of these Gardens. + +_Belgrave Square, and Vicinity_. Immediately to the west of the +boundary-wall of the royal gardens is a tract of ground, which, in 1824, +was open fields, intersected by mud-banks, and partly occupied by a few +sheds, and inhabited by the lowest characters of society. In 1829, the +same land, consisting of about 140 acres, is nearly covered with houses +of the largest size, surrounding spacious squares, or skirting wide and +handsome streets. Of all the extraordinary works carried into effect by +London gentlemen and tradesmen, we may fairly adduce this as a +pre-eminent example. In the space of about four years, the houses +surrounding one large square, called Belgrave, have been erected, some +of them finished and occupied, and several others, of nearly equal +dimensions and value, completed. + +The most prominent feature of this district is _Belgrave Square_, +which includes within the front walls of the houses an area of about ten +acres, the centre of which, enclosed by lofty and handsome railing, is +laid out as a pleasure garden. The whole of the houses are large, lofty, +and spacious, with stuccoed fronts, porches, balustraded balconies; +and those in the centre of each side are decorated with columns, or +three-quarter columns, vases on the parapet, &c. + +Of _Eaton Square_, one portion only is built at present: as laid +out, planted, and railed in, it is intended to occupy an area of about +fourteen acres, and will be bounded by four rows of houses on the north +side, and the like number on the south side, having the king's private +road extending east and west through the centre. It measures 600 yards +long by 120 yards wide, between the houses. At the eastern extremity is +a new church, built from the designs of Henry Hakewill, Esq. + +To the north of this district, at Hyde Park Corner, is a large new +edifice appropriated to _St. George's Hospital_. It is a commodious +and handsome building, from the designs of R. Smirke, Esq. Near it, and +forming an entrance lodge to the Palace Gardens, is a bold, large, and +highly-decorated archway, built from the designs of Decimus Burton, Esq. +Opposite is a screen of columns, with three entrance archways, a lodge, +&c. constituting an architectural entrance to Hyde Park. Three other +lodges, with gates, by Mr. Burton, form so many other entrances to the +Park from the east and north--_Apsley House_, the town mansion of +the Duke of Wellington, at the south-east angle of Hyde Park, is +rebuilding from the designs of Messrs. B. and C. Wyatt, and will form a +handsome object at this entrance to the metropolis. + +The Earl of Grosvenor has set a most laudable example to our opulent +nobility, in the new wing to his mansion in Grosvenor Street, as a +gallery for his valuable pictures. It is a handsome and imposing design, +and does honour to the architect, Mr Cundy. + +The new _Club Houses_ in St. James's Street, especially that near +the southern end, present imposing fronts; and it may be added, that +most of the other Club Houses have contributed very much to adorn their +respective situations, and to impart a strictly architectural character +to our street buildings. + +The site of Carlton House, and its gardens, is occupied by a wide +street, by a lofty terrace overlooking the Park, by club houses, &c. Two +of the latter terminate Waterloo Place, and are appropriated to "_the +United Service_," and "_the Athenaeum_;" the first built from +the designs of Mr. Nash, and the latter from those of Mr. D. Burton. + +From Charing Cross to Exeter 'Change an amazing improvement has +commenced. All the houses on the north side of the Strand are taking +down, and others raising, farther back, by which the street will be much +widened, and the new buildings will assume better faces, if not better +accommodation, for the tradesmen who occupy them. That museum of sheds, +stalls, and filth, _Covent Garden_, is also to be cleared and +cleansed, and respectable ranges of shops and warerooms are to be +erected. + +It is now confidently said, that "_the King's College of London_" +is to be attached to the eastern side of Somerset House; and that Mr. +Smirke is commissioned to make a design for the building. + +In the _Regent's Park_ a new Terrace and other buildings, are in +progress; the great Colosseum is nearly finished, and the _Zoological +Gardens_ have excited unusual popularity. No less than 130,000 +visiters have been admitted to view the gardens and the vivarium within +the year 1828. + +On the east side of the Park is a mass of buildings appropriated to +_St. Katherine's Hospital_, consisting of a chapel in the centre, +with a group of dwellings on each side, and a detached mansion for the +master. South of this is a series of buildings, called _Cumberland +Terrace_, raised from the designs of Mr. Nash, which is abundantly +adorned with columns, arches, statues, and basso-relievo. + +The _Colosseum_, in the same Park, is a building of great +dimensions, and novel appropriation, and therefore calculated to excite +very popular attention. Near this is the _Diorama_, an edifice of +singular construction, destined for the public display of two pictures. +A new line of communication from this Park to Pall Mall has been +completed within the last few years, by a wide and handsome road called +_Regent Street_. + +_London University_--The situation of the first University founded +in this immense city is most peculiarly favourable, being equally +removed from the busy and confined part of the metropolis, and from the +fashionable and idle; whilst it is not inconveniently remote from either +extremity. The building was commenced on the 30th of April, 1827, when +the Duke of Sussex laid the first stone, in the presence of a large +concourse of noblemen and gentlemen. The design is by William Wilkins, +Esq., R.A., who has evinced in the principal elevation and general +character of the edifice considerable taste and science. When completed, +it is intended to consist of a central part, and two wings projecting at +right angles from the extremities of the former. The first portion only +of this is at present finished. It extends from north to south 430 feet, +with a depth, from east to west, including the two semicircular +theatres, of about 200 feet. The elevation is at once classical and +chaste, having a bold and rich portico in the centre, elevated on a +plinth, to the height of the first story (19 feet,) and is approached +by numerous steps, which are arranged to produce a fine effect. Twelve +Corinthian columns support a flattened pediment, in the tympanum of +which is to be a composition in basso-relievo, analogous to science and +literature. Behind this pediment is a cupola, finished by a lantern +light, in imitation of a peripteral temple, crowning and ornamenting a +grand octagonal vestibule, or saloon. North of this is the museum of +natural history, 118 feet by 50, and 23 feet in height, opening to +the museum of anatomy, which latter communicates with two rooms for +professors, and to one of the large theatres, or lecture-rooms. East of +the vestibule is a large hall, and to the south is the great library, +corresponding in size, &c. with the museum of natural history; the +small library; rooms for the librarian, for apparatus, and also another +large theatre. The ground-floor consists of rooms for lectures, the +Professor's offices, laboratory, museum, a spacious cloister 213 feet +by 24; rooms for the anatomical school, &c. In the basement are other +apartments for the anatomical schools, for the chemical laboratory, +the students' common room, kitchen, stewards' room, refreshment rooms, +housekeeper's room, vaults, &c. + +At the _British Museum_ a new room, to contain the late king's +library, has been built and fitted up from the designs of Mr. R. Smirke. +It is the largest apartment in this country, its measurement being 300 +feet in length, by 30 feet in width, and 30 feet high, + +The _St. Katherine's Docks_, recently formed near the Tower, will +increase this species of accommodation, and be a great improvement to a +district where reform and alteration are much required. By a statement +published by the Committee in October, 1828, it appears that "the first +stone was laid 3rd of May, 1827," and that a grand ceremony was exhibited +on the 25th of October, 1828, of opening the Docks. On that occasion, +nine vessels, of from 516 to 343 tons burden, entered the docks to load +and discharge their freights. Above 1,200 houses, warehouses, &c. were +purchased and taken down, to make room for the new works. Accommodation +is provided for the stowage of 210,000 tons of merchandize; and, from +the improved construction of the warehouses, these goods will be always +housed under cover. The fixed capital for completing this great +commercial undertaking is 1,352,752_l_. + +_A Collier Dock_, on a large scale, has been projected to be +excavated and formed in the Isle of Dogs, near Blackwall for which +Mr. George Rennie has made plans and estimates. + +The _New London Bridge_, now nearly completed, is a work of great +magnitude, science, and novelty. Its erection, in our times, and +following the recent finishing of the bridges of Waterloo and Southwark, +is a memorable event in the annals of London. + +The projected _Tunnel under the Thames_ is not only a novel object +in this part of London, but, should it ever be accomplished, it will be +a wonderful triumph of human talents over seeming impossibilities. + +Although so many useful and even important improvements have been +recently effected in the metropolis, there are yet many things left +undone that ought to be done, and others proceeding in a manner that +will neither be creditable nor beneficial. The widening and opening of +_New Streets_ from Pall Mall to the British Museum; from that +national repository to Waterloo Bridge, skirting the two theatres;--from +the Strand to Lincoln's Inn Fields, and thence to Holborn; and again +to Covent Garden;--from Charing Cross to Somerset House;--from Oxford +Road to Bloomsbury Square and Holborn;--from Blackfriars' Bridge to +Clerkenwell, removing and clearing away that nuisance in a public +thoroughfare, Fleet Market;--from Moorfields to the Bank, and thence +obliquely to Southwark Bridge;--widening and opening the area around +St. Paul's Cathedral,--are all calculated to be very beneficial to +the public. Other essential alterations are still required; and the +legislature, as well as all public-spirited individuals, should +co-operate to promote them. The formation of open, respectable quays, +terraces, and streets, on the banks of our fine river, is an event +greatly to be desired. + +The vastly-increasing population of London, has occasioned a great +augmentation of _Churches_ and _Chapels_, both for congregations +of the establishment, and for dissenters. In consequence of urgent, and +argumentative appeals by some truly pious and benevolent Christians, the +legislature has granted a large sum for the purpose of aiding parochial +committees, to build new churches or enlarge their old ones. + +The _New Post Office_, in St. Martin's-le-Grand, is fast +approaching conclusion, and will constitute one of the most imposing +public buildings of the city. Preparatory to the re-erection of the +whole of the _Blue Coat School_, or _Christ's Hospital_, in +Newgate Street, a spacious and handsome Hall has been erected, from the +designs of Mr. Shaw. + +A _new Chapel_, of novel design, being of an amphitheatrical form, +has been recently completed, from the designs of _W. Brooks_, +architect. It is seated near the Catholic Chapel, in Finsbury Circus. + + * * * * * + + + + +THE SKETCH-BOOK. + + * * * * * + +THE FIRST AND LAST CRIME. + +[_Blackwood's Magazine_ for the current month contains a sketchy +article under this title, which displays much of the breadth and vigour +of one of Maga's contributors. Our extract is in the form of the +confession of a reckless, daring spirit, who being imprisoned for +murder, commits suicide. The early developement of his bad passions is +admirably drawn, and altogether this is one of the most powerfully +written papers that we have lately met with.] + + +I was the youngest child of three; but before I had attained my tenth +year, I was an only one. I had always been the favourite of both my +parents, and now I was their idol. They hung upon my existence, as a +shipwrecked mariner clings to the last floating fragment of the gallant +bark that bore him; they lived, but while they held by me, in the rough +tossings of the ocean of life. I was not slow to discover my value in +their estimation, or to exercise, in its fullest extent, the capricious +tyranny of conscious power. Almost the earliest impression which my +ripening mind received, was a regal immunity from error--I could _do +no wrong_. + +My education was not neglected. Alas! the only use I have ever made of +what I acquired, has been to gild my vices when acted, or refine upon +the manner of acting them while in contemplation. I look back, at this +moment, to the period of my life I am describing, as prosperous men +recall the day-spring of their fortunes. _They_, from the proud +eminence on which they stand, trace, step by step, in retrospective +view, the paths by which they ascended; and _I_, looking through +the dark vista of my by-gone years, behold the fatal series of crimes +and follies that stained their progress, stretching to my boyhood. The +gay and frolic _irregularities_, as they were gently termed, of +that untamed age, were the turbid source of the waters of misery in +which I am now engulphed, I was a lawless planet, running at will; and +the orbit I described laid waste more than one fair region of peace and +happiness. + +My father had a brother, his elder by many years; a man of stern and +rigid character, as I then considered him; but, as I would now call him, +of upright, firm, and honourable principle. He loved my father, but did +not love his weakness; and the display of it, in his indulgence towards +me, was the cause of many a serious, if not sometimes angry, debate +between them. Well do I remember (for it rankled like poison in my +swelling heart) a declaration he once made in my presence. It was a +fine autumnal evening, and he was seated with my father and mother in +a balcony, which opened from the library-window upon a spacious lawn. +I entered the room, and advanced towards them, unconscious, of course, +that their conversation had been about me; but my uncle looking at me +with a severe expression of countenance, and at the same time addressing +his brother, exclaimed, "Well, James, neither you nor I may live to see +it; but if the grace of God, or his own better reflection, as he grows +older, do not work a change in this young squire, a duel, Jack Ketch, +or a razor, will work his exit some day or other." + +My father smiled--I saw my mother wipe away a tear--at that moment +I could have struck my uncle dead. I muttered a few words--I knew not +what, and left the room. Boy as I was, (for I had barely completed +my seventeenth year,) I felt all the vindictive passions of manhood +kindling within me. It seemed as if a sentence had been passed upon +me, the more terrible, because a secret voice whispered to me, it was +prophetic! _That impression never forsook me!_ + +I questioned my father haughtily, a few days afterwards, as to the +reasons of his brother for thus speaking of me; and I even dared to +insinuate, that, had he felt what a father should, he would have +resented the indignity. He answered me (I write it with shame and +contrition) most mildly, most affectionately. The gentle being--I see +him now, as he tenderly took my hand--apologized to me--to me! who ought +to have stood trembling in _his_ presence! I followed up my blow. +With cold, but subtle malignity. I played off my revenge towards my +uncle, through the idolatry of my father's love towards myself. I +barbarously gave him a choice of misery; for I disdainfully replied, +that he must henceforth determine, whether he would lose a brother or +a son, as _I_ had determined to remain no longer under his roof, +unless I had the assurance that I should never again see my uncle there. +He looked at me. My God! what a look it was! so full of meek sorrow +and appalling obedience! Without uttering a word, he sat down to his +writing-table. The tears fell upon his paper; but they did not blot out +a few bitter words addressed to his brother, which severed for ever in +this world two noble hearts; cast, indeed, in different moulds, but +which kindred blood had cemented, in the close bonds of fraternal love, +for more than forty years. + +This was my _first_ revenge. But was I satisfied? No! + +It was only a few months afterwards, that chance threw in my way a +daughter of my uncle's. I met her at the house of a common friend, who +knew and deplored the unhappy schism which prevailed between the two +brothers. He was equally attached to both, and I believe pleased himself +with the idea, that an occasional intercourse between the younger +branches of the families, might, some day or other, bring about a +reconciliation between the heads. My cousin Harriet was a year older +than myself. She was in her nineteenth, I in my eighteenth year. I loved +her. Yes; the _first_ feeling that glowed within my bosom was that +of love. She was beautiful--fascinating--accomplished--amiable--and +I loved her. It was not long before I was satisfied. I had kindled a +reciprocal passion in her breast. The mute eloquence of her look and +manner was only the harbinger of that same thrilling eloquence, which +fell from her tongue when I won the declaration of her affection. + +Her father knew we met at this friend's house; but whether he was told, +or whether he penetrated, the secret of our attachment, I never learned. +I only know, that, at the very moment when separation was madness, his +mandate went forth, prohibiting all farther intercourse between us, and +that it was obeyed. Not by me; for I was incapable of submission: but by +my gentle Harriet, who thought _herself_ incapable of disobeying. +We met no more where we had been wont to meet; and my young heart's +spring of happiness seemed for ever withered. + +But here again, I began to reflect, my path was crossed--my hopes were +blighted--by my uncle. I heard, too, that his tongue had been free with +my name; that the blistering censure of his austere virtue had fallen +upon my actions. I writhed under the contumely. My wounded spirit was +insatiate for vengeance. I meditated, deeply, how I could inflict it, so +as to strike the blow where he was most vulnerable. I did not brood long +over my dark purpose. The love I still bore his daughter, was _now_ +mingled with the hatred I bore towards himself; and I exulted in the +thought, that I should perhaps be able to gratify, at one and the same +moment, two of the fiercest passions of my nature--lust and revenge! + +I SUCCEEDED! + +In these two words let me shroud a tale of horror. Harriet was my +victim! Ask not how. _I_ triumphed! _She_ fell! An angel might +have fallen as she did, and lost no purity. But her stainless heart was +too proud in virtue to palter and equivocate with circumstances. She +never rose from what she deemed her bridal bed. And ere twenty summers +had fanned her cheek, the grave-worm banqueted upon its loveliness. + +This was my _first_ crime. The recollection of it is engraven upon +my memory by an awful catastrophe. The night wind that sung _her_ +funeral dirge, howled with dismal fury through the burning ruins of my +paternal mansion. Yes! that very night, as if it were in mercy to them, +my father and my mother both perished in the flames which reduced +the house itself to cinders. They were seen at the windows of their +bedchamber, shrieking for aid; but before any could be procured, the +flooring gave way, and they sunk at once into the yawning furnace that +roared beneath. Their remains, when afterwards dug out, were a few +shovelsfull of blackened ashes; except my father's right hand, which was +found clasped in that of my mother, and both unconsumed. I followed +these sad relics to the sepulchre. But with the tears I shed, there was +blended a feeble consolation at the thought they had died before they +knew the fate of Harriet; and a frightful joy, that another pang was +added to the wretchedness of my uncle. + +I can well remember what a feeling of loneliness and desolation now took +possession of me. Time, however, rolled on; and I grew callous, if not +reconciled. I could not disguise from myself that the more select +circles of society were closed against me; or, if I found my way into +them, some blushing whisper was quickly circulated, which created a +solitude around me. + +It was during this period, and while I was squandering thousands to +achieve the conquest of shadows, that I succeeded in fixing an intimacy +with a family equal to my own in station, and superior to it in fortune. +The eldest daughter was an heiress of large expectations, and my +proposals of marriage were favourably received. I might almost say that +Matilda was mine; when one day I received a letter from her father, +peremptorily forbidding my visits. I was thunderstruck. I hastened to +the house, and demanded an explanation. It was given in few words. _I +was referred to my uncle for any information I required_. + +This blow struck me down. I had run through my patrimonial estate; but +hoped, by my marriage with Matilda, to repair my shattered fortune. +Three weeks after it was known that the match was broken off, I was +a prisoner for debt in the King's Bench! I breathed no curses upon +the cause of this sudden reverse of fortune, but--I swore revenge, in +silence; and I kept my oath. I languished away six months, a captive +debtor; and then, taking the benefit of the act, I walked forth a +beggar, to prey upon the world at large! I had studied, during that +time, in an admirable school, where I found professors in every art by +which fools are gulled, and knaves foiled with their own weapons. I was +an apt scholar, and returned to the bosom of society, an adept in the +science of _polished depredation_. Translate this into the language +of the Old Bailey, and I became a swindler by profession. Like the +eagle, however, I was a bird of prey that soared into the highest +regions, and rarely stooped to strike the meaner tribes of my species. I +had not lost, with the trappings of my birth, the manners and address of +the sphere in which I had moved; and these were now my stock in trade +for carrying on my new vocation. + +Among the children of misfortune with whom I associated in prison, was +Charles Fitzroy; a bankrupt in every thing but exhaustless invention, +and unconquerable perseverance. Give him the free use of his limbs, and +with matchless dexterity he would make the contributions of the morning +furnish out the riotous expenses of the evening. It was his boast, that +he would breakfast with an empty pocket, and dine with a purse that +should defray the carouse of a dozen friends. And I have known him +fulfil his boast, with a heart as light, too, as became a man who thus +made the credulous fools of the world his bankers. + +I was needy, desperate, and an outcast; and I linked my destiny with +Fitzroy's. He had my confidence; such confidence as confederates in +knavery can bestow. When he obtained his liberty, which he did shortly +after my own was accomplished, he introduced me to his companions; men +who, like himself, lived by plundering the unwary, and who looked up to +him as their _Magnus Apollo_. I was soon initiated in all their +mysteries; and played my part to admiration at the gaming-table, on the +race course, and in the ring. + +Fitzroy was master of the secret that festered near my heart; the +increased and increasing hatred towards my uncle. I regarded him as +my evil genius; for not only had he thwarted me in two of the dearest +objects of my life; but his prediction of my boyhood had clung to me +like a poisoned garment. I could not shake it off; and now, more than +ever, it seemed accomplishing itself with rapid strides. It made me mad +when I reflected upon the polluted channels through which _my_ +precarious means flowed, and thought of the luxurious enjoyments which +_his_ opulence commanded. It was true, I had dashed his cup with +bitterness; but it was no less true, that it still flowed with sweets, +while mine was brimming with gall. Fitzroy would often talk to me upon +this subject, and devise schemes for a successful inroad upon his purse. +At length a plan was matured between us, in which I could not appear, +but which Fitzroy, and a picked few of our associates, undertook to +execute. + +My uncle had always been passionately fond of the course, and prided +himself upon his stud of racers. He betted largely, and was generally +fortunate, probably because he selected his men with a wary eye. +The race course, then, was the arena chosen for the enterprise; but +admirable as were the projected plans, and skilfully as they were +executed, such was his luck, or so profound were his calculations, that +they failed _five_ successive seasons. Fitzroy, however, was one of +those men who, when satisfied that what they engage in ought to succeed, +according to the means employed, only derive fresh vigour from every +fresh defeat. He played his game a _sixth_ time, and won. The same +day that saw my uncle rise with thousands, saw him seek his pillow at +night, a frantic beggar! He was too proud a man, too honourable, I will +add, not to throw down his last guinea, in satisfaction of such demands. +He never suspected villany in the business. He paid his losses, +therefore; and in less than a week afterwards, an inquest sat upon his +body, which was found at the bottom of his own fish pond. + +I had my share of this infernal plunder; but so ravenous had been +my appetite for revenge, that not one pang of remorse disturbed the +riotous enjoyments in which it was lavished. On the contrary, the very +consciousness that it _was_ my uncle's money I squandered, gave a +zest to every excess, and seemed to appease the gnawing passions which +had so long tormented me. In two or three years, however, boundless +extravagance, and the gaming-table, stripped me of my last shilling. +It was in one of the frenzied moments of this profligate reverse of +fortune, that I committed the crime for which, if to-morrow dawned +upon me, I should be publicly arraigned. + +Fitzroy had been fortunate the whole night. I had thrown with constant +bad luck. He had pocketed some hundreds; I had lost more than I could +pay. I asked him for a temporary loan of fifty pounds, to make good what +I owed, and stake the small remaining sum for the chance of retrieving +all. He refused me. It was the first time he had ever done so. But he +not _only_ refused me, he taunted me with sarcastic reproofs for my +folly, and muttered something about the uselessness of assisting a man +who, if he had thousands, would scatter them like dust. He should have +chosen a fitter moment to exhort me, than when I was galled by my +losses, and by his denial of my request. I was heated with wine too; and +half mad with despair, half mad with drink, I sprang upon him, tore him +to the earth, and before the by-standers could interfere to separate us, +I had buried a knife, which I snatched from a table near me, up to the +handle in his heart! He screamed--convulsively grappled me by the +throat---and expired! His death-gripe was so fierce and powerful, that I +believe had we been alone, his murderer would have been found strangled +by his side. It was with difficulty that the horror-struck witnesses of +this bloody scene could force open his clenched hands time enough to let +me breathe. + +I have done! I remember, as if it were but yesterday, the silent +response which my heart made, when my uncle pronounced that withering +sentence on me. "No!" was my indignant exclamation; "I may deserve a +hundred public deaths; but if I know myself, I would never undergo +one!--NOR WILL I." When that which I have written shall be read--other +hopes and fears--other punishments, perchance, than man can awaken or +inflict--will await me. My _first_ crime--my _first_ revenge, +and my _last_, I have recorded; my _last_ crime others must +tell, when they speak of the murderer and SUICIDE, + + JAMES MORLEY. + +There is little doubt that scarcely a moment intervened between his +writing his name, and placing the pistol to his heart; for when he was +discovered, the pen was lying on the paper, as if it had been laid down +only for an instant. + + * * * * * + + + + +RETROSPECTIVE GLEANINGS. + + * * * * * + + +REGAL TABLET. + +(_Concluded from page 166._) + + +CHARLES II. + +restored 29th May, 1669, ended 6th Feb. 1685. + +_Popes_. + +Alexander VII., 1655. +Clement IX., 1667. +Clement X., 1670. +Innocent XI., 1676. + +_Emperor of Germany_. + +Leopold I., 1658. + +_France_. + +Louis XIV., 1643. + +_Spain_. + +Philip IV., 1620. +Charles II., 1665. + +_Portugal_. + +Alonzo VI., 1656. +Pedro II., 1683. + +_Denmark_ + +Frederic III., 1648. +Christian V., 1670. + +_Sweden_. + +Charles XI., 1660. + + * * * * * + +JAMES II. + +began his reign 6th Feb. 1685, abdicated 13th Feb. 1689. + +Contemporaries all as in the last reign. + + * * * * * + +WILLIAM AND MARY + +began their reign 13th Feb. 1689, ended 8th March, 1702. + +_Popes_. + +Innocent XI., 1676. +Alexander VIII., 1689. +Innocent XII., 1691. +Clement XI., 1700. + +_Emperor of Germany_. + +Leopold I., 1658. + +_France_. + +Louis XIV., 1643. + +_Spain_. + +Charles II., 1665. +Philip V., 1700. + +_Portugal_. + +Pedro II., 1683. + +_Denmark_. + +Christian V., 1670. +Frederic IV., 1699. + +_Sweden_. + +Charles XI., 1660. +Charles XII., 1697. + +_Prussia_. + +Frederic I., 1701. + + * * * * * + +ANNE + +began her reign 8th March, 1702, ended 1st Aug. 1714. + +_Popes_. + +Clement XI., 1700. + +_Emperors of Germany_. + +Leopold I., 1658. +Joseph I., 1705. +Charles VI., 1711. + +_France_. + +Louis XIV., 1643. + +_Spain_. + +Philip V., 1700. + +_Portugal_. + +Pedro II., 1683. +John V., 1706. + +_Denmark_. + +Frederic IV., 1699. + +_Sweden_. + +Charles XII. 1697. + +_Prussia_. + +Frederic I., 1701. +Frederic William I., 1713. + + * * * * * + +The Illustrious House of Brunswick. + +GEORGE I. + +began his reign 1st Aug. 1714, ended 11th June, 1727. + +_Popes_. + +Clement XI., 1700. +Innocent XIII., 1721. +Benedict XIII., 1723. + +_Emperor of Germany_. + +Charles VI., 1711. + +_Russia_. + +Peter I., 1724. +Catherine I., 1725. +Peter II., 1727. + +_France_. + +Louis XIV., 1643. +Louis XV., 1715. + +_Spain_. + +Philip V., 1700. + +_Portugal_. + +John V., 1706. + +_Denmark_. + +Frederic IV., 1699. + +_Sweden_. + +Charles XII. 1697. +Ulrica, 1718. +Frederic, 1720. + +_Prussia_. + +Frederic William I., 1713. + + * * * * * + +GEORGE II. + +began his reign 11th June, 1727, ended 25th Oct. 1760. + +_Popes_. + +Benedict XIII., 1723. +Clement XII., 1730. +Benedict XIV., 1740. +Clement XIII., 1758. + +_Emperors of Germany_. + +Charles VI., 1711. +Charles VII., 1740. +Francis I., 1745. + +_Russia_. + +Peter II., 1727. +Anne., 1730. +John V., 1740. +Elizabeth, 1741. + +_France_. + +Louis XV., 1715. + +_Spain_. + +Philip V., 1700. +Ferdinand, 1746. +Charles III., 1759. + +_Portugal_. + +John V., 1706. +Joseph, 1750. + +_Denmark_. + +Frederic IV., 1699. +Christian VI. 1730. +Frederic V., 1746. + +_Sweden_. + +Frederic, 1720. +Adolphus, 1751. + +_Prussia_. + +Frederic William, I, 1713. +Frederic II., 1740. + + * * * * * + +GEORGE III. + +began his reign 25th Oct. 1760, ended 29th Jan. 1820. + +_Popes_. + +Clement XIII., 1758. +Clement XIV., 1769. +Pius VI., 1775. +Pius VII., 1800. + +_Emperors of Germany_. + +Francis I., 1745. +Joseph II., 1765. +Francis II., 1792.[4] + +_Austria_. + +Francis I., 1806. + +_Turkey_. + +Mustapha III., 1757. +Achmed, 1774. +Selim III., 1789. +Mahamud VI., 1808. + +_Portugal_. + +Joseph, 1750. +Mary and Peter III., 1777. +Mary (alone), 1786. +John, 1816. + +_Russia_. + +Elizabeth, 1741. +Peter III., 1762. +Catharine II., 1762. +Paul I., 1796. +Alexander, 1801. + +_Prussia_. + +Frederic the Great, 1740. +Frederic William II., 1786. + +_France_. + +Louis XV., 1715. +Louis XVI., 1774. +Louis XVII. 1793. +Bonaparte, 1799. +Louis XVIII., 1814. + +_Spain_. + +Charles III., 1759. +Charles IV., 1788. +Ferdinand VII., 1808. + +_Denmark_. + +Frederic V., 1746. +Christian VII., 1766. +Matilda, 1772. +Frederic VI. 1808. + +_Sweden_. + +Adolphus Frederic, 1751. +Gustavus III., 1771. +Gustavus IV., 1792. +Charles XIII., 1809. +Charles XIV., (Bernadotte), 1818. + +_Holland_. + +William V. (Stadtholder), 1757. +William, Prince of Orange, 1815. + +_Prussia_. + +Frederic William III., 1797. + +_Poland_. + +Stanislaus II. 1764. + +_Naples and Sicily_. + +Frederic IV. 1759. +Joseph Napoleon, 1806. +Joachim Napoleon, 1809. +King of Naples restored, 1815. + +_Etruria_. + +Francis, 1730. +Leopold, 1765. +Ferdinand III., 1790. +Louis I., 1801. +Louis II. 1802. + +_Sardinia_. + +Charles Emanuel III. 1730. +Victor Amadeus, 1773. +Emanuel V., 1802. + + * * * * * + +GEORGE IV. + +ascended 29th Jan. 1820, whom GOD preserve. + +Contemporaries at the commencement of his reign the same as at the death +of his late majesty. + +JACOBUS. + + [4] Francis II. of Germany abdicated 1806, and took the title of + Emperor of Austria. + + + * * * * * + + + + +THE SELECTOR, + +AND + +LITERARY NOTICES OF + +_NEW WORKS_. + + * * * * * + +MOUNT ARAFAT, AND THE PILGRIMAGE +TO MEKKA. + + +Every traditionary and topographical particular of this hallowed spot, +and the picturesque ceremonies by which it is consecrated, must be +acceptable to the Christian reader; and this conviction has induced us +to abridge the following from that portion of _Burckhardt's Travels_ +which describes the _Hadj_, or _pilgrimage_ to Mekka. + +At sunrise on the 9th of Zul Hadj, every pilgrim issued from his tent, +to walk over the plains, and take a view of the busy crowds assembled +there. Long streets of tents, fitted up as bazars, furnished all kinds +of provisions. The Syrian and Egyptian cavalry were exercised by their +chiefs early in the morning, while thousands of camels were seen feeding +upon the dry shrubs of the plain all round the camp. I walked to Mount +Arafat, to enjoy from its summit a more distinct view of the whole. +This granite hill, which is also called _Djebel er' Rahme_, or the +Mountain of Mercy, rises on the north-east side of the plain, close to +the mountains which encompass it, but separated from them by a rocky +valley; it is about a mile, or a mile and a half in circuit; its sides +are sloping, and its summit is nearly two hundred feet above the level +of the plain. On the eastern side broad stone steps lead up to the top, +and a broad unpaved path, on the western, over rude masses of granite, +with which its declivity is covered. After mounting about forty steps, +we find a spot a little on the left, called Modaa Seydna Adam, or the +place of prayer of our Lord Adam, where, it is related, that the father +of mankind used to stand while praying; for here it was, according to +Mohammedan tradition, that the angel Gabriel first instructed Adam how +to adore his Creator. A marble slab, bearing an inscription in modern +characters, is fixed in the side of the mountain. On reaching about the +sixtieth step, we come to a small paved platform to our right, on a +level spot of the hill, where the preacher stands who admonishes the +pilgrims on the afternoon of this day, as I shall hereafter mention. +Thus high, the steps are so broad and easy that a horse or camel may +ascend; but higher up they become more steep and uneven. On the summit, +the place is shown where Mohammed used to take his station during the +Hadj; a small chapel formerly stood over it; but this was destroyed by +the Wahabys: here the pilgrims usually pray two rikats, in salutation +of Arafat. The steps and the summit are covered with handkerchiefs to +receive their pious gifts, and each family of the Mekkawys or Bedouins +of the tribe of Koreysh, in whose territory Arafat lies, has its +particular spot assigned to it for this purpose. The summit commands a +very extensive and singular prospect. I brought my compass to take a +circle of bearings; but the crowd was so great that I could not use it. +Towards the western extremity of the plain are seen Bir Bazan and the +Aalameyn; somewhat nearer, southwards, the mosque called Djama Nimre, +or Djama Seydna Ibrahim; and on the south-east, a small house where the +Sherif used to lodge during the pilgrimage. From thence an elevated +rocky ground in the plain extends towards Arafat. On the eastern side +of the mountain, and close to its foot, are the ruins of a small mosque, +built on rocky ground, called Djama el Szakhrat, where Mohammed was +accustomed to pray, and where the pilgrims make four prostrations in +memory of the prophet. Several large reservoirs lined with stone are +dispersed over the plain; two or three are close to the foot of Arafat, +and there are some near the house of the Sherifs: they are filled from +the same fine aqueduct which supplies Mekka, and the head of which is +about one hour and a half distant, in the eastern mountains. The canal +is left open here for the convenience of pilgrims, and is conducted +round the three sides of the mountains, passing by Modaa Seydna Adam.[5] + +From the summit of Arafat, I counted about three thousand tents +dispersed over the plain, of which two-thirds belonged to the two Hadj +caravans, and to the suite and soldiers of Mohammed Aly; the rest to the +Arabs of the Sherif, the Bedouin hadjys, and the people of Mekka and +Djidda. These assembled multitudes were for the greater number, like +myself, without tents. The two caravans were encamped without much +order, each party of pilgrims or soldiers having pitched its tents in +large circles or _dowars_, in the midst of which many of their +camels were reposing. The plain contained, dispersed in different parts, +from twenty to twenty-five thousand camels, twelve thousand of which +belonged to the Syrian Hadj, and from five to six thousand to the +Egyptian; besides about three thousand, purchased by Mohammed Aly from +the Bedouins in the Syrian Deserts, and brought to Mekka with the Hadj, +to convey the pilgrims to this place, previously to being used for the +transport of army-provisions to Tayf. + +The Syrian Hadj was encamped on the south and south-west side of the +mountain; the Egyptian on the south-east. Around the house of the +Sherif, Yahya himself was encamped with his Bedouin troops, and in its +neighbourhood were all the Hedjaz people. Here it was that the two Yemen +caravans used formerly to take their station. Mohammed Aly, and Soleyman +Pasha of Damascus, as well as several of their officers, had very +handsome tents; but the most magnificent of all was that of the wife of +Mohammed Aly, the mother of Tousoun Pasha and Ibrahim Pasha, who had +lately arrived from Cairo for the Hadj, with a truly royal equipage, +five hundred camels being necessary to transport her baggage from Djidda +to Mekka. Her tent was in fact an encampment consisting of a dozen tents +of different sizes, inhabited by her women; the whole enclosed by a wall +of linen cloth, eight hundred paces in circuit, the single entrance to +which was guarded by eunuchs in splendid dresses. Around this enclosure +were pitched the tents of the men who formed her numerous suite. The +beautiful embroidery on the exterior of this linen palace, with the +various colours displayed in every part of it, constituted an object +which reminded me of some descriptions in the Arabian Tales of the +Thousand and One Nights. Among the rich equipages of the other hadjys, +or of the Mekka people, none were so conspicuous as that belonging +to the family of Djeylany, the merchant, whose tents, pitched in a +semicircle, rivalled in beauty those of the two pashas, and far exceeded +those of Sherif Yahya. In other parts of the East, a merchant would +as soon think of buying a rope for his own neck, as of displaying his +wealth in the presence of a pasha; but Djeylany has not yet laid aside +the customs which the Mekkawys learned under their old government, +particularly that of Sherif Ghaleb, who seldom exercised extortion upon +single individuals; and they now rely on the promises of Mohammed Aly, +that he will respect their property. + +During the whole morning, there were repeated discharges of the +artillery which both pashas had brought with them. A few pilgrims +had taken up their quarters on Djebel Arafat itself, where some small +cavern, or impending block of granite, afforded them shelter from the +sun. It is a belief generally entertained in the East, and strengthened +by many boasting hadjys on their return home, that all the pilgrims, on +this day, encamp upon Mount Arafat; and that the mountain possesses the +miraculous property of expansion, so as to admit an indefinite number of +the faithful upon its summit. The law ordains that the _wakfe_, or +position of the Hadj, should be on Djebel Arafat; but it wisely provides +against any impossibility, by declaring that the plain in the immediate +neighbourhood of the mountain may be regarded as comprised under the +term "mountain," or Djebel Arafat. + +I estimated the number of persons assembled here at about seventy +thousand. The camp was from three to four miles long, and between one +and two in breadth. There is, perhaps, no spot on earth where, in so +small a place, such a diversity of languages are heard; I reckoned about +forty, and I have no doubt that there were many more. It appeared to me +as if I were here placed in a holy temple of travellers only; and never +did I at any time feel a more ardent wish to be able to penetrate once +into the inmost recesses of the countries of many of those persons +whom I now saw before me, fondly imagining that I might have no more +difficulty in reaching their homes, than what they had experienced in +their journey to this spot. + + * * * * * + +The time of Aszer (or about three o'clock, P.M.) approached, when that +ceremony of the Hadj takes place, for which the whole assembly had come +hither. The pilgrims now pressed forward towards the mountain of Arafat, +and covered its sides from top to bottom. At the precise time of Aszer, +the preacher took his stand upon the platform on the mountain, and began +to address the multitude. This sermon, which lasts till sun-set, +constitutes the holy ceremony of the Hadj called Khotbet el Wakfe; and +no pilgrim, although he may have visited all the holy places of Mekka, +is entitled to the name of hadjy, unless he has been present on this +occasion. As Aszer approached, therefore, all the tents were struck, +every thing was packed up, the caravans began to load, and the pilgrims +belonging to them mounted their camels, and crowded round the mountain, +to be within sight of the preacher, which is sufficient, as the greater +part of the multitude is necessarily too distant to hear him. The two +pashas, with their whole cavalry drawn up in two squadrons behind them, +took their post in the rear of the deep lines of camels of the hadjys, +to which those of the people of the Hedjaz were also joined; and here +they waited in solemn and respectful silence the conclusion of the +sermon. Further removed from the preacher, was the Sherif Yahya, with +his small body of soldiers, distinguished by several green standards +carried before him. The two Mahmals, or holy camels, which carry on +their back the high structure that serves as the banner of their +respective caravans, made way with difficulty through the ranks of +camels that encircled the southern and eastern sides of the hill, +opposite to the preacher, and took their station, surrounded by their +guards, directly under the platform in front of him.[6] + +The preacher, or Khatyb, who is usually the Kadhy of Mekka, was mounted +upon a finely caparisoned camel, which had been led up the steps; it +being traditionally said that Mohammed was always seated when he here +addressed his followers, a practice in which he was imitated by all +the Khalifes who came to the Hadj, and who from hence addressed their +subjects in person. The Turkish gentleman of Constantinople, however, +unused to camel-riding, could not keep his seat so well as the hardy +Bedouin prophet; and the camel becoming unruly, he was soon obliged to +alight from it. He read his sermon from a book in Arabic, which he held +in his hands. At intervals of every four or five minutes he paused, and +stretched forth his arms to implore blessings from above; while the +assembled multitudes around and before him waved the skirts of their +ihrams over their heads, and rent the air with shouts of "Lebeyk, +Allahuma Lebeyk," (i.e. Here we are, at thy commands, O God!) During +the wavings of the ihrams, the side of the mountain, thickly crowded +as it was by the people in their white garments, had the appearance +of a cataract of water; while the green umbrellas, with which several +thousand hadjys, sitting on their camels below, were provided, bore some +resemblance to a verdant plain.--During his sermon, which lasted almost +three hours, the Kadhy was seen constantly to wipe his eyes with a +handkerchief; for the law enjoins the Khatyb or preacher to be moved +with feeling and compunction; and adds that, whenever tears appear on +his face, it is a sign that the Almighty enlightens him, and is ready +to listen to his prayers. + +At length the sun began to descend behind the western mountains; upon +which the Kadhy, having shut his book, received a last greeting of +"Lebeyk;" and the crowds rushed down the mountain, in order to quit +Arafat. It is thought meritorious to accelerate the pace on this +occasion; and many persons make it a complete race, called by the Arabs, +_Ad' dafa min Arafat_. In former times, when the strength of the +Syrian and Egyptian caravans happened to be nearly balanced, bloody +affrays took place here almost every year between them, each party +endeavouring to outrun and to carry its _mahmal_ in advance of the +other. The same happened when the _mahmals_ approached the platform +at the commencement of the sermon; and two hundred lives have on some +occasions been lost in supporting what was thought the honour of the +respective caravans. At present the power of Mohammed Aly preponderates, +and the Syrian hadjys display great humility. The united caravans and +the whole mass of pilgrims now moved forward over the plain; every +tent had been previously packed up, to be ready for the occasion. The +pilgrims pressed through the Aalameyn, which they must repass on their +return; and night came on before they reached the defile called El +Mazoumeyn. Innumerable torches were now lighted, twenty-four being +carried before each pasha; and the sparks of fire from them flew far +over the plain. There were continual discharges of artillery; the +soldiers fired their muskets; the martial bands of both the pashas +played; sky-rockets were thrown as well by the pashas' officers, as +by many private pilgrims; while the Hadj passed at a quick pace in +the greatest disorder, amidst a deafening clamour, through the pass of +Mazoumeyn, leading towards Mezdelfe, where all alighted, after a two +hours' march. No order was observed here in encamping; and every one lay +down on the spot that first presented itself, no tents being pitched +except those of the pashas and their suites; before which was an +illumination of lamps in the form of high arches, which continued to +blaze the whole night, while the firing of the artillery was kept up +without intermission. + + [5] At the close of the sixteenth century, according to Kotobeddyn, + the whole plain of Arafat was cultivated. + + [6] The Mahmal (an exact representation of which is given by D'Ohsson) + is a high, hollow, wooden frame, in the form of a cone, with a + pyramidal top, covered with a fine silk brocade adorned with + ostrich feathers, and having a small book of prayers and charms + placed in the midst of it, wrapped up in a piece of silk. (My + description is taken from the Egyptian Mahmal.) When on the road, + it serves as a holy banner to the caravan; and on the return of + the Egyptian caravan, the book of prayers is exposed in the mosque + El Hassaneyn, at Cairo, where men and women of the lower classes + go to kiss it and obtain a blessing by rubbing their foreheads + upon it. No copy of the Koran, nor any thing but the book of + prayers, is placed in the Cairo Mahmal. I believe the custom to + have arisen in the battle-banner of the Bedouins, called Merkeb + and Otfe, which I have mentioned in my remarks on the Bedouins, + and which resemble the Mahmal, inasmuch as they are high wooden + frames placed upon camels. + + + * * * * * + + +SOUTH AMERICAN MANNERS + +_From the Memoirs of General Miller, Second Edition._ + + +In the Pampas, where a scarcity of food is unknown to the poorest, that +calculating avarice which, in its fears for to-morrow, would look with +apathy on the wants of the stranger, can have but a limited sway. Kind +offices are, therefore more freely and disinterestedly conferred than +in less abundant regions. In addition to this, the dearth of society +in a thinly-sprinkled population renders the presence of a traveller +on their isolated _haciendas_ a source of gratification. If his +appearance afford no ground for mistrust, and if his manners are not +disagreeable, his being a stranger is a sufficient passport to a kind +and hearty welcome. Whether he be rich or poor is not a subject of +inquiry, and makes no difference in the reception. + +The South Americans are gay, and fond of dancing, music, and singing. +There are few, whether wealthy or otherwise, who are not proficients in +one or other of these accomplishments. In the warmer latitudes, people +carry on not only their usual occupations, but their amusements, chiefly +in the open air; and as singing constitutes one of the principal sources +of the latter, the continued exercise of the voice harmonizes and +strengthens it. Perhaps no opera, in Europe, could afford, to a natural +and unsophisticated ear, so rich a treat as that which may be enjoyed in +Cuzco, Arequipa, and other cities, where the ancient Peruvian airs are +sung in the rich and melodious tones of the natives. + +The South Americans possess great intellectual quickness, and a +retentive memory. The following may be cited as an extraordinary +instance of the latter faculty. An old man, a native of La Pax, in Upper +Peru, and of unmixed Indian blood, who kept an inn at Curicavi, between +Valparaiso and Santiago, could repeat nearly the whole of Robertson's +"History of Charles the Fifth," and was better acquainted with the +History of England than most Englishmen. He spoke of Queen Boadicea, and +was as familiar with the history of the civil wars between the houses +of York and Lancaster as if they had occurred in his country, and in +his own times. He had been brought up by the Jesuits. He had made two +voyages to Canton, and was known by the name of "the emperor of China," +in consequence frequently of amusing his guests with long stories about +the _celestial empire_. + +The Peruvians have great natural talents for painting and sculpture. +They generally produce striking likenesses, but being uninstructed in +the principles of these arts, their pictures have no other merit. There +is, however, a female figure, done in 1711, by a native of Quito, which +is considered as one of the finest paintings in a very good collection +belonging to Mynheer Vandermarlin, of Brussels. + + * * * * * + + +ORATORIOS. + + +The first oratorio performed in London, was at the Lincoln's Inn Fields +Theatre, in 1732. On June 10, in the same year, the serenata of _Acis +and Galatea_ was performed at the Italian Opera House, in English, by +Italian performers, with scenery representing a rural prospect, with +rocks, groves, fountains, and grottoes; amongst which were disposed a +chorus of nymphs and shepherds, with dresses and "every other decoration +suited to the subject."--_Companion to the Theatres_. + + * * * * * + +Printed and Published by J. LIMBIRD, 143, Strand, (near Somerset +House,) London; sold by ERNEST FLEISCHER, 626, New Market, Leipsic; +and by all Newsmen and Booksellers. + + + +***END OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK THE MIRROR OF LITERATURE, AMUSEMENT, +AND INSTRUCTION, VOL. 13, NO. 361, SUPPLEMENTARY ISSUE (1829)*** + + +******* This file should be named 13578-8.txt or 13578-8.zip ******* + + +This and all associated files of various formats will be found in: +https://www.gutenberg.org/dirs/1/3/5/7/13578 + + + +Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions +will be renamed. + +Creating the works from public domain print editions means that no +one owns a United States copyright in these works, so the Foundation +(and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United States without +permission and without paying copyright royalties. Special rules, +set forth in the General Terms of Use part of this license, apply to +copying and distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works to +protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm concept and trademark. Project +Gutenberg is a registered trademark, and may not be used if you +charge for the eBooks, unless you receive specific permission. If you +do not charge anything for copies of this eBook, complying with the +rules is very easy. You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose +such as creation of derivative works, reports, performances and +research. They may be modified and printed and given away--you may do +practically ANYTHING with public domain eBooks. Redistribution is +subject to the trademark license, especially commercial +redistribution. + + + +*** START: FULL LICENSE *** + +THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE +PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK + +To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free +distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work +(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project +Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full Project +Gutenberg-tm License (available with this file or online at +https://gutenberg.org/license). + + +Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic works + +1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to +and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property +(trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all +the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or destroy +all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your possession. +If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound by the +terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person or +entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8. + +1.B. "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark. It may only be +used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who +agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few +things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works +even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See +paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this agreement +and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works. See paragraph 1.E below. + +1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the Foundation" +or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection of Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic works. Nearly all the individual works in the +collection are in the public domain in the United States. If an +individual work is in the public domain in the United States and you are +located in the United States, we do not claim a right to prevent you from +copying, distributing, performing, displaying or creating derivative +works based on the work as long as all references to Project Gutenberg +are removed. Of course, we hope that you will support the Project +Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting free access to electronic works by +freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm works in compliance with the terms of +this agreement for keeping the Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with +the work. You can easily comply with the terms of this agreement by +keeping this work in the same format with its attached full Project +Gutenberg-tm License when you share it without charge with others. + +1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern +what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are in +a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States, check +the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this agreement +before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, distributing or +creating derivative works based on this work or any other Project +Gutenberg-tm work. The Foundation makes no representations concerning +the copyright status of any work in any country outside the United +States. + +1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg: + +1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other immediate +access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear prominently +whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work on which the +phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the phrase "Project +Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed, performed, viewed, +copied or distributed: + +This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with +almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or +re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included +with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org + +1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is derived +from the public domain (does not contain a notice indicating that it is +posted with permission of the copyright holder), the work can be copied +and distributed to anyone in the United States without paying any fees +or charges. If you are redistributing or providing access to a work +with the phrase "Project Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the +work, you must comply either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1 +through 1.E.7 or obtain permission for the use of the work and the +Project Gutenberg-tm trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or +1.E.9. + +1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted +with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution +must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any additional +terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms will be linked +to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works posted with the +permission of the copyright holder found at the beginning of this work. + +1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm +License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this +work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm. + +1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this +electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without +prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with +active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project +Gutenberg-tm License. + +1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary, +compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including any +word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access to or +distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format other than +"Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official version +posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site (www.gutenberg.org), +you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense to the user, provide a +copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means of obtaining a copy upon +request, of the work in its original "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other +form. Any alternate format must include the full Project Gutenberg-tm +License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1. + +1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying, +performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works +unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9. + +1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing +access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works provided +that + +- You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from + the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method + you already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is + owed to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he + has agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the + Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments + must be paid within 60 days following each date on which you + prepare (or are legally required to prepare) your periodic tax + returns. Royalty payments should be clearly marked as such and + sent to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the + address specified in Section 4, "Information about donations to + the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation." + +- You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies + you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he + does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm + License. You must require such a user to return or + destroy all copies of the works possessed in a physical medium + and discontinue all use of and all access to other copies of + Project Gutenberg-tm works. + +- You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of any + money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the + electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days + of receipt of the work. + +- You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free + distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works. + +1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic work or group of works on different terms than are set +forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing from +both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and Michael +Hart, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark. Contact the +Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below. + +1.F. + +1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable +effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread +public domain works in creating the Project Gutenberg-tm +collection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may contain +"Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate or +corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other intellectual +property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or other medium, a +computer virus, or computer codes that damage or cannot be read by +your equipment. + +1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right +of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project +Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project +Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all +liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal +fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT +LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE +PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH F3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE +TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE +LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR +INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH +DAMAGE. + +1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a +defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can +receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a +written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you +received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium with +your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you with +the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in lieu of a +refund. If you received the work electronically, the person or entity +providing it to you may choose to give you a second opportunity to +receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund. If the second copy +is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing without further +opportunities to fix the problem. + +1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth +in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS', WITH NO OTHER +WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO +WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTIBILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE. + +1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied +warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages. +If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement violates the +law of the state applicable to this agreement, the agreement shall be +interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or limitation permitted by +the applicable state law. The invalidity or unenforceability of any +provision of this agreement shall not void the remaining provisions. + +1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the +trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone +providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in accordance +with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the production, +promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works, +harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, including legal fees, +that arise directly or indirectly from any of the following which you do +or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this or any Project Gutenberg-tm +work, (b) alteration, modification, or additions or deletions to any +Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any Defect you cause. + + +Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm + +Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of +electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of computers +including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It exists +because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations from +people in all walks of life. + +Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the +assistance they need, is critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's +goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will +remain freely available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project +Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure +and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future generations. +To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation +and how your efforts and donations can help, see Sections 3 and 4 +and the Foundation web page at https://www.gutenberg.org/fundraising/pglaf. + + +Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive +Foundation + +The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit +501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the +state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal +Revenue Service. The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification +number is 64-6221541. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg +Literary Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent +permitted by U.S. federal laws and your state's laws. + +The Foundation's principal office is located at 4557 Melan Dr. S. +Fairbanks, AK, 99712., but its volunteers and employees are scattered +throughout numerous locations. Its business office is located at +809 North 1500 West, Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887, email +business@pglaf.org. Email contact links and up to date contact +information can be found at the Foundation's web site and official +page at https://www.gutenberg.org/about/contact + +For additional contact information: + Dr. Gregory B. Newby + Chief Executive and Director + gbnewby@pglaf.org + +Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg +Literary Archive Foundation + +Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide +spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of +increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be +freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest +array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small donations +($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt +status with the IRS. + +The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating +charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United +States. Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a +considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up +with these requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations +where we have not received written confirmation of compliance. To +SEND DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any +particular state visit https://www.gutenberg.org/fundraising/donate + +While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we +have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition +against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who +approach us with offers to donate. + +International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make +any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from +outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff. + +Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation +methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other +ways including including checks, online payments and credit card +donations. To donate, please visit: +https://www.gutenberg.org/fundraising/donate + + +Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works. + +Professor Michael S. Hart was the originator of the Project Gutenberg-tm +concept of a library of electronic works that could be freely shared +with anyone. For thirty years, he produced and distributed Project +Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of volunteer support. + +Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed +editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the U.S. +unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not necessarily +keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition. + +Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search facility: + + https://www.gutenberg.org + +This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm, +including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary +Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to +subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks. + diff --git a/old/13578-8.zip b/old/13578-8.zip Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..aa0b534 --- /dev/null +++ b/old/13578-8.zip diff --git a/old/13578-h.zip b/old/13578-h.zip Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..c600406 --- /dev/null +++ b/old/13578-h.zip diff --git a/old/13578-h/13578-h.htm b/old/13578-h/13578-h.htm new file mode 100644 index 0000000..e331fac --- /dev/null +++ b/old/13578-h/13578-h.htm @@ -0,0 +1,2346 @@ +<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Transitional//EN" +"http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-transitional.dtd"> +<html> +<head> +<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1" /> +<title>The Project Gutenberg eBook of The Mirror of Literature, Amusement, and Instruction, Vol. 13, No. 361, Supplementary Issue (1829), by Various</title> + <style type="text/css"> + <!-- + body {margin-left: 10%; margin-right: 10%;} + p {text-align: justify;} + blockquote {text-align: justify;} + h1,h2,h3,h4,h5,h6 {text-align: center;} + pre {font-size: 0.7em;} + hr {text-align: center; width: 50%;} + html>body hr {margin-right: 25%; margin-left: 25%; width: 50%;} + hr.full {width: 100%;} + html>body hr.full {margin-right: 0%; margin-left: 0%; width: 100%;} + .note, .footnote {margin-left: 10%; margin-right: 10%; font-size: 0.9em;} + span.pagenum {position: absolute; left: 1%; right: 91%; font-size: 8pt;} + .poem {margin-left:10%; margin-right:10%; margin-bottom: 1em; text-align: left;} + .poem .stanza {margin: 1em 0em 1em 0em;} + .poem p {margin: 0; padding-left: 3em; text-indent: -3em;} + .poem p.i2 {margin-left: 1em;} + .poem p.i4 {margin-left: 2em;} + .poem p.i6 {margin-left: 3em;} + .poem p.i8 {margin-left: 4em;} + .figure {padding: 1em; margin: 0; text-align: center; font-size: 0.8em; margin: auto;} + .figure img {border: none;} + a:link {color:#0000ff; + text-decoration:none} + link {color:#0000ff; + text-decoration:none} + a:visited {color:#0000ff; + text-decoration:none} + a:hover {color:#ff0000} + --> + </style> +</head> +<body> +<h1>The Project Gutenberg eBook, The Mirror of Literature, Amusement, and +Instruction, Vol. 13, No. 361, Supplementary Issue (1829), by Various</h1> +<pre> +This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with +almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or +re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included +with this eBook or online at <a href = "https://www.gutenberg.org">www.gutenberg.org</a></pre> +<p>Title: The Mirror of Literature, Amusement, and Instruction, Vol. 13, No. 361, Supplementary Issue (1829)</p> +<p>Author: Various</p> +<p>Release Date: October 2, 2004 [eBook #13578]</p> +<p>Language: English</p> +<p>Character set encoding: ISO-8859-1</p> +<p>***START OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK THE MIRROR OF LITERATURE, AMUSEMENT, AND INSTRUCTION, VOL. 13, NO. 361, SUPPLEMENTARY ISSUE (1829)***</p> +<br /><br /><h4>E-text prepared by Jonathan Ingram, David Garcia,<br /> + and the Project Gutenberg Online Distributed Proofreading Team</h4><br /><br /> + <hr class="full" /> + <span class="pagenum"><a id="page177" name="page177"></a>[pg 177]</span> + <h1>THE MIRROR<br /> + OF<br /> + LITERATURE, AMUSEMENT, AND INSTRUCTION.</h1> + <hr class="full" /> + <table width="100%" summary="Banner"> + <tr> + <td align="left"><b>VOL. XIII, NO. 361 (1829)]</b></td> + <td align="center"><b>SUPPLEMENTARY NUMBER.</b></td> + <td align="right"><b>[PRICE 2d.</b></td> + </tr> + </table> + <hr class="full" /> +<h3> + THE NATURALIST +</h3> +<div class="figure" style="width: 100%;"> +<a href="images/361-1.png"><img width="100%" src="images/361-1.png" +alt="The Talipot Tree. The Glowworm." /></a> +</div> +<div class="figure" style="width: 100%;"> +<a href="images/361-2.png"><img width="100%" src="images/361-2.png" +alt="The Deathwatch Magnified." /></a> +</div> +<p> +<span class="pagenum"><a id="page178" name="page178"></a>[pg 178]</span> +</p> +<h2> + THE NATURALIST. +</h2> +<center> +<i>See the Engravings.</i> +</center> +<p> +A delightful volume, of title almost synonymous with this division of +the MIRROR, has just been published. It is entitled <i>The Journal of a +Naturalist</i>,<a id="footnotetag1" name="footnotetag1"></a><a href="#footnote1"><sup>1</sup></a> with the very appropriate motto of +</p> +<div class="poem"><div class="stanza"> + <p> ——Plants, trees, and stones, we note,</p> + <p> Birds, insects, beasts, and many rural things.</p> +</div></div> +<p> +The author in his preface, says, "Many years have now passed away since +we were presented with that very interesting and amusing book, the +'Natural History of Selborne;' nor do I recollect any publication at +all resembling it having since appeared."<a id="footnotetag2" name="footnotetag2"></a><a href="#footnote2"><sup>2</sup></a> He then acknowledges the +impression which this book left on his mind; and its having given rise +to the present work, to which, in our humble opinion, it is a worthy +companion. +</p> +<p> +Our "Naturalist" resides in a village upon a very ancient road, +connecting Bristol and Gloucester, in a limestone district, numbering +among its picturesque beauties, the broad estuary of the Severn, the +mountains of Glamorgan, Monmouth, and Brecon, and their peaceful vales +and cheerful cottages; Thornbury, with its fine cathedral-like church +and castle, the red cliffs of the Severn, and numberless antiquities +of our ancestors—as roads, encampments, aggera, watch-hills, coins, +lances, and other relics of those warlike times. Labour and healthful +enjoyment reign in this district: for it is neither torn up for its +mineral wealth, nor are its natural beauties annihilated, or the habits +of its population corrupted by speculation or avarice. A portrait of +"a worthy peasant," introduced by our author, reminds us of +</p> +<div class="poem"><div class="stanza"> + <p> ——A bold peasantry, their country's pride,</p> + <p> When once destroyed, can never be supplied.</p> +</div></div> +<p> +A passage quoted by the late Mr. Canning, in one of his finest speeches; +and we often contrast this vigorous outline of the people of "merry +England" with her artificial state of after times. Next are a page or +two of agricultural chemistry (<i>analysis of soils</i>) unfettered with +technicals; double the space of what may strictly be called rural +economy, (<i>grass lands</i>) succeed; next the culture and history of +the potato, and some new observations on "<i>the Teazle</i>." +</p> +<p> +Several pages on <i>trees</i> possess great interest, as do those on +<i>flowers</i>. +</p> +<p> +We regret we have room but for a few heads—the <i>maple</i>—the +<i>Naturalist's Autumnal Walk</i>—the <i>Economy of Animals</i>, especially +of <i>Birds</i>: we must pass them over to elucidate our engraving of +</p> +<h3> + THE GLOWWORM. +</h3> +<p> +That pretty sparkler of our summer evenings, so often made the +ploughboy's prize, the only brilliant that glitters in the rustic's hat, +the glowworm, (<i>lampyris noctiluca</i>,) is not found in such numbers +with us, as in many other places, where these signal tapers glimmer upon +every grassy bank; yet, in some seasons, we have a reasonable sprinkling +of them. Every body probably knows, that the male glowworm is a winged, +erratic animal, yet may not have seen him. He has ever been a scarce +creature to me, meeting perhaps with one or two in a year; and, when +found, always a subject of admiration. Most creatures have their eyes +so placed, as to be enabled to see about them; or, as Hook says of the +house-fly, to be "circumspect animals;" but this male glowworm has a +contrivance, by which any upward or side vision is prevented. Viewed +when at rest, no portion of his eyes is visible, but the head is +margined with a horny band, or plate, being a character of one of the +genera of the order <i>coleoptera</i>, under which the eyes are situate. +This prevents all upward vision; and blinds, or winkers, are so fixed +at the sides of his eyes, as greatly to impede the view of all lateral +objects. <i>See Figures</i>. The chief end of this creature in his +nightly peregrinations is to seek his mate, always beneath him on the +earth; and hence this apparatus appears designed to facilitate his +search, confining his view entirely to what is before or below him. The +first serves to direct his flight, the other presents the object of his +pursuit: and as we commonly, and with advantage, place our hand over the +brow, to obstruct the rays of light falling from above, which enables us +to see clearer an +<span class="pagenum"><a id="page179" name="page179"></a>[pg 179]</span> +object on the ground, so must the projecting hood of +this creature converge the visual rays to a point beneath. +</p> +<p> +Glowworms emit light only for a short period in the year; and I have but +partially observed it after the middle of July. I have collected many of +these pretty creatures on a bank before my house, into which they retire +during the winter, to shine out again when revived by the summer's +warmth; but in this latter season I have frequently missed certain of +my little protegés, and have reason to apprehend, that they formed the +banquet of a toad, that frequented the same situation. +</p> +<p> +Observing above, that the glowworm does not emit light after the 14th of +July, I mean thereby that clear, steady light, which has rendered this +creature so remarkable to all persons; for I have repeatedly noticed, +deep in the herbage, a faint evanescent light proceeding from these +creatures, even as late as August and September. This was particularly +manifested September the 28th, 1826. The evening was warm and dewy, and +we observed on the house-bank multitudes of these small evanescent +sparks in the grass. The light displayed was very different from that +which they exhibit in warm summer months. Instead of the permanent green +glow, that illumines all the blades of the surrounding herbage, it was a +pale transient spot, visible for a moment or two, and then so speedily +hidden, that we were obliged, in order to capture the creature, to +employ the light of a candle. The number of them, and their actions, +creeping away from our sight, contrary to that half lifeless dulness +observed in summer, suggested the idea, that the whole body had availed +themselves of this warm, moist evening, to migrate to their winter +station. A single spark or so was to be seen some evenings after this, +but no such large moving parties were discovered again. If we conclude, +that the summer light of the glowworm is displayed as a signal taper, +the appearance of this autumnal light can have no such object in view, +nor can we rationally assign any use of it to the creature itself, +unless, indeed, it serves as a point of union in these supposed +migrations, like the leading call in the flight of night-moving birds. +The activity and numbers of these insects, in the above-mentioned +evening, enabled me to observe the frequent presence and disappearance +of the light of an individual, which did not seem to be the result of +will, but produced by situation. During the time the insect crawled +along the ground, or upon the fine grass, the glow was hidden; but on +its mounting any little blade, or sprig of moss, it turned round and +presented the luminous caudal spot, which, on its falling or regaining +its level, was hidden again. +</p> +<p> +A summary of the peculiarities of the year 1825, very appropriately +concludes the volume, from which we may be tempted to make future +extracts. +</p> +<h3> + THE TALIPOT TREE, +</h3> +<p> +The first of our Engravings is a species of palm, a native of Ceylon, +and is one of the most magnificent wonders of the vegetable kingdom. The +leaf is circular, terminating in the most beautiful rays, and folding up +into plaits like a fan, which, in figure, it nearly resembles. +</p> +<p> +This leaf is used in the maritime provinces of Ceylon as a mark of +distinction, each person being allowed to have a certain number of these +leaves, folded up as fans, carried with him by his servants; and also in +the Kandian country, in the shape of a round, flat umbrella on a long +stick. The talipot leaves are likewise used by the common people to +shelter themselves from the rain, <i>one leaf affording sufficient +shelter for seven or eight persons</i>. It is also used in making tents. +</p> +<p> +In 1818, Sir Alexander Johnston gave to Sir Joseph Banks a very fine +specimen of a tent made of their leaves, large enough to hold a party of +ten persons at table. +</p> +<p> +All the books of importance in Pali and Cingalese, relative to the +religion of Buddhoo, in Ceylon, are written on lamina of these leaves, +with either a brass or an iron style. There are some of these books in +Sir A. Johnston's collections, which are supposed to be from 500 to 600 +years old, and which are still very perfect. In the museum of the +Asiatic Society, there is a complete copy of the Pali book, called the +<i>Pansyapanas Iatakah</i>, written on 1,172 laminae of the finest +description of this sort of palm leaf. Large as the dimensions of the +talipot leaf may appear, it is exceeded in size by the <i>troolie</i> of +Surinam, which extends on the ground, and has frequently been known to +attain the width of three feet, and the length of thirty. +</p> +<p> +Our Engraving is copied from the <i>Gardener's Magazine</i>, where it is +reduced from the Transactions of the Asiatic Society. +</p> +<h3> + THE DEATHWATCH MAGNIFIED. +</h3> +<p> +Although the present may be a late hour to dissipate the faith placed in +signs and tokens, we are persuaded that a more intimate knowledge of +this insect will not prove uninteresting to our readers.<a id="footnotetag3" name="footnotetag3"></a><a href="#footnote3"><sup>3</sup></a> +</p> +<p> +<span class="pagenum"><a id="page180" name="page180"></a>[pg 180]</span> +</p> +<p> +The name <i>death watch</i> was evidently derived from the importance +attached to the beatings of the insect, which, by superstitious people, +were formerly supposed to prognosticate death to some one of the family +in whose house it was heard. The natural size of the insect is about a +quarter of an inch in length, of a dark brown colour, spotted, with +transparent wings under the <i>vagina</i>, or sheath, a huge cap or +helmet on the head, and two <i>antennae</i>, or feelers, from beneath +the eyes. +</p> +<p> +It is chiefly in the advanced period of spring that these insects +commence their noise; and which is the call or signal by which they are +mutually attracted to each other, and may be considered as analogous to +the call of birds. This noise does not arise from their voice, but from +the insect beating on hard substances, with the shield or fore part of +its head. The general number of successive distinct strokes is from 7 to +9 or 11. These are given in pretty quick succession, and are repeated at +uncertain intervals; and in old houses, where the insects are numerous, +they may be heard, if the weather be warm, almost every hour in the day. +The noise exactly resembles that made by beating moderately hard with +the finger on a table. Mr. Stackhouse carefully observed its manner of +beating. He says, the insect raises itself upon its hinder legs, and +with the body somewhat inclined, beats its head with great force and +agility against the place on which it stands. +</p> +<p> +This insect, which is the <i>real death-watch</i> of the vulgar, must +not be confounded with another minuter insect, which makes a ticking +noise like a watch; but instead of beating at intervals, it continues +its noise for a considerable time without intermission. This latter +belongs to a very different tribe. It is usually found in old wood, +decayed furniture, neglected books, &c.; and both the male and the +female have the power of making this ticking noise, in order to attract +each other. The Rev. Mr. Derham seems to have been the first naturalist +who examined and described this species; and he says that during the +month of July, in one particular summer, they scarcely ever ceased to +beat either in day or night. The eggs are generally hatched about the +beginning of March: many of them live through the winter; but during +that time, to avoid the frost, they bury themselves deep in dust. +</p> +<p> +Mr. T. Carpenter (of whose paper in <i>Gill's Repository</i> we have +already availed ourselves) tells us that these insects are excellent +anatomists: in order to render them useful in making some delicate +dissections for his microscope, Mr. Carpenter placed a few of the +insects within a pill-box, with the heads of three dead flies. He found +some time afterwards, that they had cleared the interior of some of the +eyes completely from all the blood-vessels, leaving the lenses in the +cornea beautifully transparent. +</p> +<hr /> +<h3> + BIRDS' NESTS. +</h3> +<p> +The structure of the nests of birds affords, perhaps, one of the most +agreeable lessons in Natural History. +</p> +<p> +Among the most curious nests of our <i>English</i> birds may be named +that of the <i>Wren</i>, the <i>long-tailed Titmouse</i>, the <i>Thrush</i>, +the <i>Goldfinch</i>, the <i>Chaffinch</i>, the <i>Magpie</i>, and the <i>House +Sparrow</i>; to these may also be added the <i>Swallow's</i>, the <i>Martin's</i>, +the <i>Wood Pigeon's</i>, and the <i>Wood-Pecker's</i>. Of the nests of <i>Rooks</i>, +it may be sufficient to observe, that they are often found to the number +of six, or even more in a cluster. <i>Crows'</i> nests are always +solitary; they are similar in structure to those of the rook. +</p> +<p> +Among the nests of Foreign birds, that of the <i>Taylor Bird</i> +deserves especial mention; the bird itself is a diminutive one, being +little more than three inches long; it is an inhabitant of India. The +nest is sometimes constructed of two leaves, one of them dead; the +latter is fixed to the living one as it hangs upon the tree, by sewing +both together in the manner of a pouch or purse; it is open at the top, +and the cavity is filled with fine down; and, being suspended from the +branch, the birds are secure from the depredations of snakes and +monkeys, to which they might otherwise fall a prey. +</p> +<p> +In Dr. Latham's collection is a specimen of the taylor bird's nest, +composed of a single large leaf, of a fibrous rough, texture, about six +inches long independent of the stalk, five inches and a half in breadth, +and ending in a point. The +<span class="pagenum"><a id="page181" name="page181"></a>[pg 181]</span> +sides of this leaf are drawn together so as +to meet within three-quarters of an inch; within is the nest, about four +inches deep and two broad, opening at the top; the bottom of the leaf +is drawn upwards, to assist in the support of it. The interior nest is +composed of white down, with here and there a feather and a small +portion of white down intermixed. +</p> +<p> +Another nest of this bird has also been described as composed of several +leaves, like those of some kind of hazel sewed together; the inner nest +formed of dry bents, fibres, and hairs, suspended from a tree. It is, +therefore, probable that this bird, as well as some others, varies the +structure of its nest as occasion and the materials may require. These +singular works are performed by the bird's using his bill instead of a +needle, and vegetable fibres for thread. +</p> +<p> +The <i>Rufous Bee-eater</i>, or <i>Merops Rufus</i>, constructs also a +very singular nest. This bird is a native of Buenos Ayres; the nest is +built generally on the naked great branch of a tree, sometimes on the +windows of houses, a fence, or a projecting beam of a high house or +other building; it is composed of earth, in the form of a baker's oven, +and is often built in the short space of two days, both birds being +engaged in its construction; it is six inches in diameter, and one +thick; a division is within, beginning at the entrance, and carried +circularly, so that the eggs are deposited in the inner chamber, on a +bed of grass. The swallow and other birds often attempt to obtain +possession of this nest, but are generally repulsed by the owners. +</p> +<p> +Many of the <i>Orioles'</i> nests are also deserving notice. The +<i>black and yellow Oriole</i>, inhabiting South America, has a pendent +nest, shaped like an alembic; it is affixed to the extreme branches of +trees; sometimes, it is said, so many as four hundred nests are found +hanging on the same tree. +</p> +<p> +The <i>Philippine</i> and <i>Pensile Grosbeak</i> make also very curious nests. +</p> +<p> +In concluding this account of the nests of birds, I may notice here the +nest of the <i>Hirundo esculenta</i>, or <i>Esculent Swallow</i>, an inhabitant +of China and the Islands of the Indian Ocean. The nest consists of a +gelatinous substance, in shape resembling an apple cut down the middle. +The nests are found in great numbers together, and are by the luxurious +Asiatics made into broths, and otherwise cooked, and are esteemed one of +the greatest dainties of the table; they are also occasionally used for +glue.—<i>Jennings's Ornithologia</i>. +</p> +<hr class="full" /> +<h2> + FINE ARTS +</h2> +<hr /> +<h3> + METROPOLITAN IMPROVEMENTS. +</h3> +<center> +<i>Abridged from the "Introduction" to Britton's Picture of London, 26th +edition, just published.</i> +</center> +<p> +<i>The year</i> 1825 will ever be memorable in the annals of the +metropolis; for more novel improvements, changes, and events occurred in +that one year than during any other corresponding period. <i>Schemes</i> +for the formation of new <i>Companies</i>—the vast speculations arising +out of them, tending to the aggrandizement of a few persons, and to the +ruin of others, with the utilities of some, and the futilities and +impositions of many,—may also be said to belong to this year. +</p> +<p> +Let us, however, take a brief review of the real improvements and useful +novelties that have been progressing, or have commenced in London since +that singular and eventful era. Commencing at the court, or west end, we +will take an imaginary tour to the east, adverting to such new buildings +as are calculated to arrest the attention of the stranger in our +progress. Without remarking on the general improvements of the age, we +shall find enough to engross our attention in the particular objects +before us. The most noted, or conspicuous of these are:—1. The New +Palace, with the adjoining Park and Gardens. 2. A Terrace, Street, and +Public Buildings on the site of Carlton House. 3. Belgrave Square, and +the adjoining Squares and Streets. 4. The Entrance Lodges and Bridge +in Hyde Park, with the improvements in the Roads and Walks of the same. +5. The Regent's Park, with its Terraces, Villas, Public Buildings, +Zoological Gardens, and Colosseum. 6. The London University. 7. The +British Museum. 8. The Post Office. 9. London Bridge, and its Vicinity. +10. St. Katherine's Docks. 11. The New Buildings and Alterations +connected with the Houses of Parliament, the Ministerial Offices, and +others, at Charing Cross. All these rank among the novelties and +embellished features of London; and whilst the design and execution of +so many public works manifest the increasing taste, or luxury of the +age, they employ and give encouragement to numerous artists, artisans, +and tradesmen. +</p> +<p> +Of <i>the Royal Palace</i>, suffice it to remark, in this place, that it +is a large pile of building,—has been carried on with great rapidity of +execution,—its whole exterior is stone, many parts of which are +<span class="pagenum"><a id="page182" name="page182"></a>[pg 182]</span> +adorned +with sculptured statues, basso-relievo, and other ornaments,—that a +highly-decorated triumphal arch, composed of fine white, marble, is +to be raised, at a short distance from the centre of the principal +front—and that the interior is to be splendidly adorned with marble, +scagliola, and other rich materials; whilst the galleries, armoury, +chapel, state-rooms, &c. are to display the most gorgeous ornaments of +the cabinet-maker, upholsterer, decorative painter, and other artisans. +</p> +<p> +<i>The Park</i>, in front of this palace, which had continued for nearly +a century in one state of formal, tasteless insipidity, has been laid +out as a large pleasure-garden, interspersed with lawn, clusters of +shrubs and flowers, winding walks, varied surface, and a lake, whose +margin is made to wind with every inequality of surface, spreading +occasionally into a broad expanse, and then contracting to a narrow arm. +In the midst of the larger spaces are islands, covered with aquatic +trees and shrubs. +</p> +<p> +<i>The Gardens</i>, or <i>Pleasure Grounds</i>, belonging to the Palace, +partake of the same character; but are adorned with shrubs, plants, and +flowers of a more choice description. A large piece of water is likewise +formed in the midst of these Gardens. +</p> +<p> +<i>Belgrave Square, and Vicinity</i>. Immediately to the west of the +boundary-wall of the royal gardens is a tract of ground, which, in 1824, +was open fields, intersected by mud-banks, and partly occupied by a few +sheds, and inhabited by the lowest characters of society. In 1829, the +same land, consisting of about 140 acres, is nearly covered with houses +of the largest size, surrounding spacious squares, or skirting wide and +handsome streets. Of all the extraordinary works carried into effect by +London gentlemen and tradesmen, we may fairly adduce this as a +pre-eminent example. In the space of about four years, the houses +surrounding one large square, called Belgrave, have been erected, some +of them finished and occupied, and several others, of nearly equal +dimensions and value, completed. +</p> +<p> +The most prominent feature of this district is <i>Belgrave Square</i>, +which includes within the front walls of the houses an area of about ten +acres, the centre of which, enclosed by lofty and handsome railing, is +laid out as a pleasure garden. The whole of the houses are large, lofty, +and spacious, with stuccoed fronts, porches, balustraded balconies; +and those in the centre of each side are decorated with columns, or +three-quarter columns, vases on the parapet, &c. +</p> +<p> +Of <i>Eaton Square</i>, one portion only is built at present: as laid +out, planted, and railed in, it is intended to occupy an area of about +fourteen acres, and will be bounded by four rows of houses on the north +side, and the like number on the south side, having the king's private +road extending east and west through the centre. It measures 600 yards +long by 120 yards wide, between the houses. At the eastern extremity is +a new church, built from the designs of Henry Hakewill, Esq. +</p> +<p> +To the north of this district, at Hyde Park Corner, is a large new +edifice appropriated to <i>St. George's Hospital</i>. It is a commodious +and handsome building, from the designs of R. Smirke, Esq. Near it, and +forming an entrance lodge to the Palace Gardens, is a bold, large, and +highly-decorated archway, built from the designs of Decimus Burton, Esq. +Opposite is a screen of columns, with three entrance archways, a lodge, +&c. constituting an architectural entrance to Hyde Park. Three other +lodges, with gates, by Mr. Burton, form so many other entrances to the +Park from the east and north—<i>Apsley House</i>, the town mansion of +the Duke of Wellington, at the south-east angle of Hyde Park, is +rebuilding from the designs of Messrs. B. and C. Wyatt, and will form a +handsome object at this entrance to the metropolis. +</p> +<p> +The Earl of Grosvenor has set a most laudable example to our opulent +nobility, in the new wing to his mansion in Grosvenor Street, as a +gallery for his valuable pictures. It is a handsome and imposing design, +and does honour to the architect, Mr Cundy. +</p> +<p> +The new <i>Club Houses</i> in St. James's Street, especially that near +the southern end, present imposing fronts; and it may be added, that +most of the other Club Houses have contributed very much to adorn their +respective situations, and to impart a strictly architectural character +to our street buildings. +</p> +<p> +The site of Carlton House, and its gardens, is occupied by a wide +street, by a lofty terrace overlooking the Park, by club houses, &c. Two +of the latter terminate Waterloo Place, and are appropriated to "<i>the +United Service</i>," and "<i>the Athenaeum</i>;" the first built from +the designs of Mr. Nash, and the latter from those of Mr. D. Burton. +</p> +<p> +From Charing Cross to Exeter 'Change an amazing improvement has +commenced. All the houses on the north side of the Strand are taking +down, and others raising, farther back, by which the street will be much +widened, and the new buildings will assume better faces, if not better +accommodation, for the tradesmen +<span class="pagenum"><a id="page183" name="page183"></a>[pg 183]</span> +who occupy them. That museum of sheds, +stalls, and filth, <i>Covent Garden</i>, is also to be cleared and +cleansed, and respectable ranges of shops and warerooms are to be +erected. +</p> +<p> +It is now confidently said, that "<i>the King's College of London</i>" +is to be attached to the eastern side of Somerset House; and that Mr. +Smirke is commissioned to make a design for the building. +</p> +<p> +In the <i>Regent's Park</i> a new Terrace and other buildings, are in +progress; the great Colosseum is nearly finished, and the <i>Zoological +Gardens</i> have excited unusual popularity. No less than 130,000 +visiters have been admitted to view the gardens and the vivarium within +the year 1828. +</p> +<p> +On the east side of the Park is a mass of buildings appropriated to +<i>St. Katherine's Hospital</i>, consisting of a chapel in the centre, +with a group of dwellings on each side, and a detached mansion for the +master. South of this is a series of buildings, called <i>Cumberland +Terrace</i>, raised from the designs of Mr. Nash, which is abundantly +adorned with columns, arches, statues, and basso-relievo. +</p> +<p> +The <i>Colosseum</i>, in the same Park, is a building of great +dimensions, and novel appropriation, and therefore calculated to excite +very popular attention. Near this is the <i>Diorama</i>, an edifice of +singular construction, destined for the public display of two pictures. +A new line of communication from this Park to Pall Mall has been +completed within the last few years, by a wide and handsome road called +<i>Regent Street</i>. +</p> +<p> +<i>London University</i>—The situation of the first University founded +in this immense city is most peculiarly favourable, being equally +removed from the busy and confined part of the metropolis, and from the +fashionable and idle; whilst it is not inconveniently remote from either +extremity. The building was commenced on the 30th of April, 1827, when +the Duke of Sussex laid the first stone, in the presence of a large +concourse of noblemen and gentlemen. The design is by William Wilkins, +Esq., R.A., who has evinced in the principal elevation and general +character of the edifice considerable taste and science. When completed, +it is intended to consist of a central part, and two wings projecting at +right angles from the extremities of the former. The first portion only +of this is at present finished. It extends from north to south 430 feet, +with a depth, from east to west, including the two semicircular +theatres, of about 200 feet. The elevation is at once classical and +chaste, having a bold and rich portico in the centre, elevated on a +plinth, to the height of the first story (19 feet,) and is approached +by numerous steps, which are arranged to produce a fine effect. Twelve +Corinthian columns support a flattened pediment, in the tympanum of +which is to be a composition in basso-relievo, analogous to science and +literature. Behind this pediment is a cupola, finished by a lantern +light, in imitation of a peripteral temple, crowning and ornamenting a +grand octagonal vestibule, or saloon. North of this is the museum of +natural history, 118 feet by 50, and 23 feet in height, opening to +the museum of anatomy, which latter communicates with two rooms for +professors, and to one of the large theatres, or lecture-rooms. East of +the vestibule is a large hall, and to the south is the great library, +corresponding in size, &c. with the museum of natural history; the +small library; rooms for the librarian, for apparatus, and also another +large theatre. The ground-floor consists of rooms for lectures, the +Professor's offices, laboratory, museum, a spacious cloister 213 feet +by 24; rooms for the anatomical school, &c. In the basement are other +apartments for the anatomical schools, for the chemical laboratory, +the students' common room, kitchen, stewards' room, refreshment rooms, +housekeeper's room, vaults, &c. +</p> +<p> +At the <i>British Museum</i> a new room, to contain the late king's +library, has been built and fitted up from the designs of Mr. R. Smirke. +It is the largest apartment in this country, its measurement being 300 +feet in length, by 30 feet in width, and 30 feet high, +</p> +<p> +The <i>St. Katherine's Docks</i>, recently formed near the Tower, will +increase this species of accommodation, and be a great improvement to a +district where reform and alteration are much required. By a statement +published by the Committee in October, 1828, it appears that "the first +stone was laid 3rd of May, 1827," and that a grand ceremony was exhibited +on the 25th of October, 1828, of opening the Docks. On that occasion, +nine vessels, of from 516 to 343 tons burden, entered the docks to load +and discharge their freights. Above 1,200 houses, warehouses, &c. were +purchased and taken down, to make room for the new works. Accommodation +is provided for the stowage of 210,000 tons of merchandize; and, from +the improved construction of the warehouses, these goods will be always +housed under cover. The fixed capital for completing this great +commercial undertaking is 1,352,752<i>l</i>. +</p> +<p> +<i>A Collier Dock</i>, on a large scale, has been projected to be +excavated and formed in the Isle of Dogs, near Blackwall +<span class="pagenum"><a id="page184" name="page184"></a>[pg 184]</span> +for which +Mr. George Rennie has made plans and estimates. +</p> +<p> +The <i>New London Bridge</i>, now nearly completed, is a work of great +magnitude, science, and novelty. Its erection, in our times, and +following the recent finishing of the bridges of Waterloo and Southwark, +is a memorable event in the annals of London. +</p> +<p> +The projected <i>Tunnel under the Thames</i> is not only a novel object +in this part of London, but, should it ever be accomplished, it will be +a wonderful triumph of human talents over seeming impossibilities. +</p> +<p> +Although so many useful and even important improvements have been +recently effected in the metropolis, there are yet many things left +undone that ought to be done, and others proceeding in a manner that +will neither be creditable nor beneficial. The widening and opening of +<i>New Streets</i> from Pall Mall to the British Museum; from that +national repository to Waterloo Bridge, skirting the two theatres;—from +the Strand to Lincoln's Inn Fields, and thence to Holborn; and again +to Covent Garden;—from Charing Cross to Somerset House;—from Oxford +Road to Bloomsbury Square and Holborn;—from Blackfriars' Bridge to +Clerkenwell, removing and clearing away that nuisance in a public +thoroughfare, Fleet Market;—from Moorfields to the Bank, and thence +obliquely to Southwark Bridge;—widening and opening the area around +St. Paul's Cathedral,—are all calculated to be very beneficial to +the public. Other essential alterations are still required; and the +legislature, as well as all public-spirited individuals, should +co-operate to promote them. The formation of open, respectable quays, +terraces, and streets, on the banks of our fine river, is an event +greatly to be desired. +</p> +<p> +The vastly-increasing population of London, has occasioned a great +augmentation of <i>Churches</i> and <i>Chapels</i>, both for congregations +of the establishment, and for dissenters. In consequence of urgent, and +argumentative appeals by some truly pious and benevolent Christians, the +legislature has granted a large sum for the purpose of aiding parochial +committees, to build new churches or enlarge their old ones. +</p> +<p> +The <i>New Post Office</i>, in St. Martin's-le-Grand, is fast +approaching conclusion, and will constitute one of the most imposing +public buildings of the city. Preparatory to the re-erection of the +whole of the <i>Blue Coat School</i>, or <i>Christ's Hospital</i>, in +Newgate Street, a spacious and handsome Hall has been erected, from the +designs of Mr. Shaw. +</p> +<p> +A <i>new Chapel</i>, of novel design, being of an amphitheatrical form, +has been recently completed, from the designs of <i>W. Brooks</i>, +architect. It is seated near the Catholic Chapel, in Finsbury Circus. +</p> +<hr class="full" /> +<h2> + THE SKETCH-BOOK. +</h2> +<hr /> +<h3> +THE FIRST AND LAST CRIME. +</h3> +<p> +[<i>Blackwood's Magazine</i> for the current month contains a sketchy +article under this title, which displays much of the breadth and vigour +of one of Maga's contributors. Our extract is in the form of the +confession of a reckless, daring spirit, who being imprisoned for +murder, commits suicide. The early developement of his bad passions is +admirably drawn, and altogether this is one of the most powerfully +written papers that we have lately met with.] +</p> +<p> +I was the youngest child of three; but before I had attained my tenth +year, I was an only one. I had always been the favourite of both my +parents, and now I was their idol. They hung upon my existence, as a +shipwrecked mariner clings to the last floating fragment of the gallant +bark that bore him; they lived, but while they held by me, in the rough +tossings of the ocean of life. I was not slow to discover my value in +their estimation, or to exercise, in its fullest extent, the capricious +tyranny of conscious power. Almost the earliest impression which my +ripening mind received, was a regal immunity from error—I could <i>do +no wrong</i>. +</p> +<p> +My education was not neglected. Alas! the only use I have ever made of +what I acquired, has been to gild my vices when acted, or refine upon +the manner of acting them while in contemplation. I look back, at this +moment, to the period of my life I am describing, as prosperous men +recall the day-spring of their fortunes. <i>They</i>, from the proud +eminence on which they stand, trace, step by step, in retrospective +view, the paths by which they ascended; and <i>I</i>, looking through +the dark vista of my by-gone years, behold the fatal series of crimes +and follies that stained their progress, stretching to my boyhood. The +gay and frolic <i>irregularities</i>, as they were gently termed, of +that untamed age, were the turbid source of the waters of misery in +which I am now engulphed, I was a lawless planet, running at will; and +the orbit I described laid waste more than one fair region of peace and +happiness. +</p> +<p> +My father had a brother, his elder by +<span class="pagenum"><a id="page185" name="page185"></a>[pg 185]</span> +many years; a man of stern and +rigid character, as I then considered him; but, as I would now call him, +of upright, firm, and honourable principle. He loved my father, but did +not love his weakness; and the display of it, in his indulgence towards +me, was the cause of many a serious, if not sometimes angry, debate +between them. Well do I remember (for it rankled like poison in my +swelling heart) a declaration he once made in my presence. It was a +fine autumnal evening, and he was seated with my father and mother in +a balcony, which opened from the library-window upon a spacious lawn. +I entered the room, and advanced towards them, unconscious, of course, +that their conversation had been about me; but my uncle looking at me +with a severe expression of countenance, and at the same time addressing +his brother, exclaimed, "Well, James, neither you nor I may live to see +it; but if the grace of God, or his own better reflection, as he grows +older, do not work a change in this young squire, a duel, Jack Ketch, +or a razor, will work his exit some day or other." +</p> +<p> +My father smiled—I saw my mother wipe away a tear—at that moment +I could have struck my uncle dead. I muttered a few words—I knew not +what, and left the room. Boy as I was, (for I had barely completed +my seventeenth year,) I felt all the vindictive passions of manhood +kindling within me. It seemed as if a sentence had been passed upon +me, the more terrible, because a secret voice whispered to me, it was +prophetic! <i>That impression never forsook me!</i> +</p> +<p> +I questioned my father haughtily, a few days afterwards, as to the +reasons of his brother for thus speaking of me; and I even dared to +insinuate, that, had he felt what a father should, he would have +resented the indignity. He answered me (I write it with shame and +contrition) most mildly, most affectionately. The gentle being—I see +him now, as he tenderly took my hand—apologized to me—to me! who ought +to have stood trembling in <i>his</i> presence! I followed up my blow. +With cold, but subtle malignity. I played off my revenge towards my +uncle, through the idolatry of my father's love towards myself. I +barbarously gave him a choice of misery; for I disdainfully replied, +that he must henceforth determine, whether he would lose a brother or +a son, as <i>I</i> had determined to remain no longer under his roof, +unless I had the assurance that I should never again see my uncle there. +He looked at me. My God! what a look it was! so full of meek sorrow +and appalling obedience! Without uttering a word, he sat down to his +writing-table. The tears fell upon his paper; but they did not blot out +a few bitter words addressed to his brother, which severed for ever in +this world two noble hearts; cast, indeed, in different moulds, but +which kindred blood had cemented, in the close bonds of fraternal love, +for more than forty years. +</p> +<p> +This was my <i>first</i> revenge. But was I satisfied? No! +</p> +<p> +It was only a few months afterwards, that chance threw in my way a +daughter of my uncle's. I met her at the house of a common friend, who +knew and deplored the unhappy schism which prevailed between the two +brothers. He was equally attached to both, and I believe pleased himself +with the idea, that an occasional intercourse between the younger +branches of the families, might, some day or other, bring about a +reconciliation between the heads. My cousin Harriet was a year older +than myself. She was in her nineteenth, I in my eighteenth year. I loved +her. Yes; the <i>first</i> feeling that glowed within my bosom was that +of love. She was beautiful—fascinating—accomplished—amiable—and +I loved her. It was not long before I was satisfied. I had kindled a +reciprocal passion in her breast. The mute eloquence of her look and +manner was only the harbinger of that same thrilling eloquence, which +fell from her tongue when I won the declaration of her affection. +</p> +<p> +Her father knew we met at this friend's house; but whether he was told, +or whether he penetrated, the secret of our attachment, I never learned. +I only know, that, at the very moment when separation was madness, his +mandate went forth, prohibiting all farther intercourse between us, and +that it was obeyed. Not by me; for I was incapable of submission: but by +my gentle Harriet, who thought <i>herself</i> incapable of disobeying. +We met no more where we had been wont to meet; and my young heart's +spring of happiness seemed for ever withered. +</p> +<p> +But here again, I began to reflect, my path was crossed—my hopes were +blighted—by my uncle. I heard, too, that his tongue had been free with +my name; that the blistering censure of his austere virtue had fallen +upon my actions. I writhed under the contumely. My wounded spirit was +insatiate for vengeance. I meditated, deeply, how I could inflict it, so +as to strike the blow where he was most vulnerable. I did not brood long +over my dark purpose. The love I still bore his daughter, was <i>now</i> +mingled with the hatred I bore towards himself; +<span class="pagenum"><a id="page186" name="page186"></a>[pg 186]</span> +and I exulted in the +thought, that I should perhaps be able to gratify, at one and the same +moment, two of the fiercest passions of my nature—lust and revenge! +</p> +<p> +I SUCCEEDED! +</p> +<p> +In these two words let me shroud a tale of horror. Harriet was my +victim! Ask not how. <i>I</i> triumphed! <i>She</i> fell! An angel might +have fallen as she did, and lost no purity. But her stainless heart was +too proud in virtue to palter and equivocate with circumstances. She +never rose from what she deemed her bridal bed. And ere twenty summers +had fanned her cheek, the grave-worm banqueted upon its loveliness. +</p> +<p> +This was my <i>first</i> crime. The recollection of it is engraven upon +my memory by an awful catastrophe. The night wind that sung <i>her</i> +funeral dirge, howled with dismal fury through the burning ruins of my +paternal mansion. Yes! that very night, as if it were in mercy to them, +my father and my mother both perished in the flames which reduced +the house itself to cinders. They were seen at the windows of their +bedchamber, shrieking for aid; but before any could be procured, the +flooring gave way, and they sunk at once into the yawning furnace that +roared beneath. Their remains, when afterwards dug out, were a few +shovelsfull of blackened ashes; except my father's right hand, which was +found clasped in that of my mother, and both unconsumed. I followed +these sad relics to the sepulchre. But with the tears I shed, there was +blended a feeble consolation at the thought they had died before they +knew the fate of Harriet; and a frightful joy, that another pang was +added to the wretchedness of my uncle. +</p> +<p> +I can well remember what a feeling of loneliness and desolation now took +possession of me. Time, however, rolled on; and I grew callous, if not +reconciled. I could not disguise from myself that the more select +circles of society were closed against me; or, if I found my way into +them, some blushing whisper was quickly circulated, which created a +solitude around me. +</p> +<p> +It was during this period, and while I was squandering thousands to +achieve the conquest of shadows, that I succeeded in fixing an intimacy +with a family equal to my own in station, and superior to it in fortune. +The eldest daughter was an heiress of large expectations, and my +proposals of marriage were favourably received. I might almost say that +Matilda was mine; when one day I received a letter from her father, +peremptorily forbidding my visits. I was thunderstruck. I hastened to +the house, and demanded an explanation. It was given in few words. <i>I +was referred to my uncle for any information I required</i>. +</p> +<p> +This blow struck me down. I had run through my patrimonial estate; but +hoped, by my marriage with Matilda, to repair my shattered fortune. +Three weeks after it was known that the match was broken off, I was +a prisoner for debt in the King's Bench! I breathed no curses upon +the cause of this sudden reverse of fortune, but—I swore revenge, in +silence; and I kept my oath. I languished away six months, a captive +debtor; and then, taking the benefit of the act, I walked forth a +beggar, to prey upon the world at large! I had studied, during that +time, in an admirable school, where I found professors in every art by +which fools are gulled, and knaves foiled with their own weapons. I was +an apt scholar, and returned to the bosom of society, an adept in the +science of <i>polished depredation</i>. Translate this into the language +of the Old Bailey, and I became a swindler by profession. Like the +eagle, however, I was a bird of prey that soared into the highest +regions, and rarely stooped to strike the meaner tribes of my species. I +had not lost, with the trappings of my birth, the manners and address of +the sphere in which I had moved; and these were now my stock in trade +for carrying on my new vocation. +</p> +<p> +Among the children of misfortune with whom I associated in prison, was +Charles Fitzroy; a bankrupt in every thing but exhaustless invention, +and unconquerable perseverance. Give him the free use of his limbs, and +with matchless dexterity he would make the contributions of the morning +furnish out the riotous expenses of the evening. It was his boast, that +he would breakfast with an empty pocket, and dine with a purse that +should defray the carouse of a dozen friends. And I have known him +fulfil his boast, with a heart as light, too, as became a man who thus +made the credulous fools of the world his bankers. +</p> +<p> +I was needy, desperate, and an outcast; and I linked my destiny with +Fitzroy's. He had my confidence; such confidence as confederates in +knavery can bestow. When he obtained his liberty, which he did shortly +after my own was accomplished, he introduced me to his companions; men +who, like himself, lived by plundering the unwary, and who looked up to +him as their <i>Magnus Apollo</i>. I was soon initiated in all their +mysteries; and played my part to admiration at the gaming-table, on the +race course, and in the ring. +</p> +<p> +Fitzroy was master of the secret that +<span class="pagenum"><a id="page187" name="page187"></a>[pg 187]</span> +festered near my heart; the +increased and increasing hatred towards my uncle. I regarded him as +my evil genius; for not only had he thwarted me in two of the dearest +objects of my life; but his prediction of my boyhood had clung to me +like a poisoned garment. I could not shake it off; and now, more than +ever, it seemed accomplishing itself with rapid strides. It made me mad +when I reflected upon the polluted channels through which <i>my</i> +precarious means flowed, and thought of the luxurious enjoyments which +<i>his</i> opulence commanded. It was true, I had dashed his cup with +bitterness; but it was no less true, that it still flowed with sweets, +while mine was brimming with gall. Fitzroy would often talk to me upon +this subject, and devise schemes for a successful inroad upon his purse. +At length a plan was matured between us, in which I could not appear, +but which Fitzroy, and a picked few of our associates, undertook to +execute. +</p> +<p> +My uncle had always been passionately fond of the course, and prided +himself upon his stud of racers. He betted largely, and was generally +fortunate, probably because he selected his men with a wary eye. +The race course, then, was the arena chosen for the enterprise; but +admirable as were the projected plans, and skilfully as they were +executed, such was his luck, or so profound were his calculations, that +they failed <i>five</i> successive seasons. Fitzroy, however, was one of +those men who, when satisfied that what they engage in ought to succeed, +according to the means employed, only derive fresh vigour from every +fresh defeat. He played his game a <i>sixth</i> time, and won. The same +day that saw my uncle rise with thousands, saw him seek his pillow at +night, a frantic beggar! He was too proud a man, too honourable, I will +add, not to throw down his last guinea, in satisfaction of such demands. +He never suspected villany in the business. He paid his losses, +therefore; and in less than a week afterwards, an inquest sat upon his +body, which was found at the bottom of his own fish pond. +</p> +<p> +I had my share of this infernal plunder; but so ravenous had been +my appetite for revenge, that not one pang of remorse disturbed the +riotous enjoyments in which it was lavished. On the contrary, the very +consciousness that it <i>was</i> my uncle's money I squandered, gave a +zest to every excess, and seemed to appease the gnawing passions which +had so long tormented me. In two or three years, however, boundless +extravagance, and the gaming-table, stripped me of my last shilling. +It was in one of the frenzied moments of this profligate reverse of +fortune, that I committed the crime for which, if to-morrow dawned +upon me, I should be publicly arraigned. +</p> +<p> +Fitzroy had been fortunate the whole night. I had thrown with constant +bad luck. He had pocketed some hundreds; I had lost more than I could +pay. I asked him for a temporary loan of fifty pounds, to make good what +I owed, and stake the small remaining sum for the chance of retrieving +all. He refused me. It was the first time he had ever done so. But he +not <i>only</i> refused me, he taunted me with sarcastic reproofs for my +folly, and muttered something about the uselessness of assisting a man +who, if he had thousands, would scatter them like dust. He should have +chosen a fitter moment to exhort me, than when I was galled by my +losses, and by his denial of my request. I was heated with wine too; and +half mad with despair, half mad with drink, I sprang upon him, tore him +to the earth, and before the by-standers could interfere to separate us, +I had buried a knife, which I snatched from a table near me, up to the +handle in his heart! He screamed—convulsively grappled me by the +throat—-and expired! His death-gripe was so fierce and powerful, that I +believe had we been alone, his murderer would have been found strangled +by his side. It was with difficulty that the horror-struck witnesses of +this bloody scene could force open his clenched hands time enough to let +me breathe. +</p> +<p> +I have done! I remember, as if it were but yesterday, the silent +response which my heart made, when my uncle pronounced that withering +sentence on me. "No!" was my indignant exclamation; "I may deserve a +hundred public deaths; but if I know myself, I would never undergo +one!—NOR WILL I." When that which I have written shall be read—other +hopes and fears—other punishments, perchance, than man can awaken or +inflict—will await me. My <i>first</i> crime—my <i>first</i> revenge, +and my <i>last</i>, I have recorded; my <i>last</i> crime others must +tell, when they speak of the murderer and SUICIDE, +</p> +<p style="text-align: right;"> JAMES MORLEY.</p> +<p> +There is little doubt that scarcely a moment intervened between his +writing his name, and placing the pistol to his heart; for when he was +discovered, the pen was lying on the paper, as if it had been laid down +only for an instant. +</p> +<hr class="full" /> +<p> +<span class="pagenum"><a id="page188" name="page188"></a>[pg 188]</span> +</p> +<h2> + RETROSPECTIVE GLEANINGS. +</h2> +<hr /> +<h3> + REGAL TABLET. +</h3> +<center> +(<i>Concluded from page 166.</i>) +</center> +<br /> +<center> + CHARLES II. +<br /> +restored 29th May, 1669, ended 6th Feb. 1685. +</center> +<p> +<i>Popes</i>. +</p> +<p> +Alexander VII., 1655.<br /> +Clement IX., 1667.<br /> +Clement X., 1670.<br /> +Innocent XI., 1676. +</p> +<p> +<i>Emperor of Germany</i>. +</p> +<p> +Leopold I., 1658.<br /> +</p> +<p> +<i>France</i>. +</p> +<p> +Louis XIV., 1643. +</p> +<p> +<i>Spain</i>. +</p> +<p> +Philip IV., 1620.<br /> +Charles II., 1665. +</p> +<p> +<i>Portugal</i>. +</p> +<p> +Alonzo VI., 1656.<br /> +Pedro II., 1683. +</p> +<p> +<i>Denmark</i> +</p> +<p> +Frederic III., 1648.<br /> +Christian V., 1670. +</p> +<p> +<i>Sweden</i>. +</p> +<p> +Charles XI., 1660. +</p> +<hr /> +<center> +JAMES II. +<br /> +began his reign 6th Feb. 1685, abdicated 13th Feb. 1689. +</center> +<p> +Contemporaries all as in the last reign. +</p> +<hr /> +<center> +WILLIAM AND MARY +<br /> +began their reign 13th Feb. 1689, ended 8th March, 1702. +</center> +<p> +<i>Popes</i>. +</p> +<p> +Innocent XI., 1676.<br /> +Alexander VIII., 1689.<br /> +Innocent XII., 1691.<br /> +Clement XI., 1700. +</p> +<p> +<i>Emperor of Germany</i>. +</p> +<p> +Leopold I., 1658. +</p> +<p> +<i>France</i>. +</p> +<p> +Louis XIV., 1643. +</p> +<p> +<i>Spain</i>. +</p> +<p> +Charles II., 1665.<br /> +Philip V., 1700. +</p> +<p> +<i>Portugal</i>. +</p> +<p> +Pedro II., 1683. +</p> +<p> +<i>Denmark</i>. +</p> +<p> +Christian V., 1670.<br /> +Frederic IV., 1699. +</p> +<p> +<i>Sweden</i>. +</p> +<p> +Charles XI., 1660.<br /> +Charles XII., 1697. +</p> +<p> +<i>Prussia</i>. +</p> +<p> +Frederic I., 1701. +</p> +<hr /> +<center> +ANNE +<br /> +began her reign 8th March, 1702, ended 1st Aug. 1714. +</center> +<p> +<i>Popes</i>. +</p> +<p> +Clement XI., 1700. +</p> +<p> +<i>Emperors of Germany</i>. +</p> +<p> +Leopold I., 1658.<br /> +Joseph I., 1705.<br /> +Charles VI., 1711. +</p> +<p> +<i>France</i>. +</p> +<p> +Louis XIV., 1643. +</p> +<p> +<i>Spain</i>. +</p> +<p> +Philip V., 1700. +</p> +<p> +<i>Portugal</i>. +</p> +<p> +Pedro II., 1683.<br /> +John V., 1706. +</p> +<p> +<i>Denmark</i>. +</p> +<p> +Frederic IV., 1699. +</p> +<p> +<i>Sweden</i>. +</p> +<p> +Charles XII. 1697. +</p> +<p> +<i>Prussia</i>. +</p> +<p> +Frederic I., 1701.<br /> +Frederic William I., 1713. +</p> +<hr /> +<center> +The Illustrious House of Brunswick. +</center> +<br /> +<center> +GEORGE I. +<br /> +began his reign 1st Aug. 1714, ended 11th June, 1727. +</center> +<p> +<i>Popes</i>. +</p> +<p> +Clement XI., 1700.<br /> +Innocent XIII., 1721.<br /> +Benedict XIII., 1723. +</p> +<p> +<i>Emperor of Germany</i>. +</p> +<p> +Charles VI., 1711. +</p> +<p> +<i>Russia</i>. +</p> +<p> +Peter I., 1724.<br /> +Catherine I., 1725.<br /> +Peter II., 1727. +</p> +<p> +<i>France</i>. +</p> +<p> +Louis XIV., 1643.<br /> +Louis XV., 1715. +</p> +<p> +<i>Spain</i>. +</p> +<p> +Philip V., 1700. +</p> +<p> +<i>Portugal</i>. +</p> +<p> +John V., 1706. +</p> +<p> +<i>Denmark</i>. +</p> +<p> +Frederic IV., 1699. +</p> +<p> +<i>Sweden</i>. +</p> +<p> +Charles XII. 1697.<br /> +Ulrica, 1718.<br /> +Frederic, 1720. +</p> +<p> +<i>Prussia</i>. +</p> +<p> +Frederic William I., 1713. +</p> +<hr /> +<center> +GEORGE II. +<br /> +began his reign 11th June, 1727, ended 25th Oct. 1760. +</center> +<p> +<i>Popes</i>. +</p> +<p> +Benedict XIII., 1723.<br /> +Clement XII., 1730.<br /> +Benedict XIV., 1740.<br /> +Clement XIII., 1758. +</p> +<p> +<i>Emperors of Germany</i>. +</p> +<p> +Charles VI., 1711.<br /> +Charles VII., 1740.<br /> +Francis I., 1745. +</p> +<p> +<i>Russia</i>. +</p> +<p> +Peter II., 1727.<br /> +Anne., 1730.<br /> +John V., 1740.<br /> +Elizabeth, 1741. +</p> +<p> +<i>France</i>. +</p> +<p> +Louis XV., 1715. +</p> +<p> +<i>Spain</i>. +</p> +<p> +Philip V., 1700.<br /> +Ferdinand, 1746.<br /> +Charles III., 1759. +</p> +<p> +<i>Portugal</i>. +</p> +<p> +John V., 1706.<br /> +Joseph, 1750. +</p> +<p> +<i>Denmark</i>. +</p> +<p> +Frederic IV., 1699.<br /> +Christian VI. 1730.<br /> +Frederic V., 1746. +</p> +<p> +<i>Sweden</i>. +</p> +<p> +Frederic, 1720.<br /> +Adolphus, 1751. +</p> +<p> +<i>Prussia</i>. +</p> +<p> +Frederic William, I, 1713.<br /> +Frederic II., 1740. +</p> +<hr /> +<center> +GEORGE III. +<br /> +began his reign 25th Oct. 1760, ended 29th Jan. 1820. +</center> +<p> +<i>Popes</i>. +</p> +<p> +Clement XIII., 1758.<br /> +Clement XIV., 1769.<br /> +Pius VI., 1775.<br /> +Pius VII., 1800. +</p> +<p> +<i>Emperors of Germany</i>. +</p> +<p> +Francis I., 1745.<br /> +Joseph II., 1765.<br /> +Francis II., 1792.<a id="footnotetag4" name="footnotetag4"></a><a href="#footnote4"><sup>4</sup></a> +</p> +<p> +<i>Austria</i>. +</p> +<p> +Francis I., 1806. +</p> +<p> +<i>Turkey</i>. +</p> +<p> +Mustapha III., 1757.<br /> +Achmed, 1774.<br /> +Selim III., 1789.<br /> +Mahamud VI., 1808. +</p> +<p> +<i>Portugal</i>. +</p> +<p> +Joseph, 1750.<br /> +Mary and Peter III., 1777.<br /> +Mary (alone), 1786.<br /> +John, 1816. +</p> +<p> +<i>Russia</i>. +</p> +<p> +Elizabeth, 1741.<br /> +Peter III., 1762.<br /> +Catharine II., 1762.<br /> +Paul I., 1796.<br /> +Alexander, 1801. +</p> +<p> +<i>Prussia</i>. +</p> +<p> +Frederic the Great, 1740.<br /> +Frederic William II., 1786. +</p> +<p> +<span class="pagenum"><a id="page189" name="page189"></a>[pg 189]</span> +</p> +<p> +<i>France</i>. +</p> +<p> +Louis XV., 1715.<br /> +Louis XVI., 1774.<br /> +Louis XVII. 1793.<br /> +Bonaparte, 1799.<br /> +Louis XVIII., 1814. +</p> +<p> +<i>Spain</i>. +</p> +<p> +Charles III., 1759.<br /> +Charles IV., 1788.<br /> +Ferdinand VII., 1808. +</p> +<p> +<i>Denmark</i>. +</p> +<p> +Frederic V., 1746.<br /> +Christian VII., 1766.<br /> +Matilda, 1772.<br /> +Frederic VI. 1808. +</p> +<p> +<i>Sweden</i>. +</p> +<p> +Adolphus Frederic, 1751.<br /> +Gustavus III., 1771.<br /> +Gustavus IV., 1792.<br /> +Charles XIII., 1809.<br /> +Charles XIV., (Bernadotte), 1818. +</p> +<p> +<i>Holland</i>. +</p> +<p> +William V. (Stadtholder), 1757.<br /> +William, Prince of Orange, 1815. +</p> +<p> +<i>Prussia</i>. +</p> +<p> +Frederic William III., 1797. +</p> +<p> +<i>Poland</i>. +</p> +<p> +Stanislaus II. 1764. +</p> +<p> +<i>Naples and Sicily</i>. +</p> +<p> +Frederic IV. 1759.<br /> +Joseph Napoleon, 1806.<br /> +Joachim Napoleon, 1809.<br /> +King of Naples restored, 1815. +</p> +<p> +<i>Etruria</i>. +</p> +<p> +Francis, 1730.<br /> +Leopold, 1765.<br /> +Ferdinand III., 1790.<br /> +Louis I., 1801.<br /> +Louis II. 1802. +</p> +<p> +<i>Sardinia</i>. +</p> +<p> +Charles Emanuel III. 1730.<br /> +Victor Amadeus, 1773.<br /> +Emanuel V., 1802. +</p> +<hr /> +<center> +GEORGE IV. +<br /> +ascended 29th Jan. 1820, whom GOD preserve. +</center> +<p> +Contemporaries at the commencement of his reign the same as at the death +of his late majesty. +</p> +<h4> +JACOBUS. +</h4> +<hr class="full" /> +<h2> + THE SELECTOR, +<br /> +AND +<br /> +LITERARY NOTICES OF +<br /> +<i>NEW WORKS</i>. +</h2> +<hr /> +<h3> +MOUNT ARAFAT, AND THE PILGRIMAGE +TO MEKKA. +</h3> +<p> +Every traditionary and topographical particular of this hallowed spot, +and the picturesque ceremonies by which it is consecrated, must be +acceptable to the Christian reader; and this conviction has induced us +to abridge the following from that portion of <i>Burckhardt's Travels</i> +which describes the <i>Hadj</i>, or <i>pilgrimage</i> to Mekka. +</p> +<p> +At sunrise on the 9th of Zul Hadj, every pilgrim issued from his tent, +to walk over the plains, and take a view of the busy crowds assembled +there. Long streets of tents, fitted up as bazars, furnished all kinds +of provisions. The Syrian and Egyptian cavalry were exercised by their +chiefs early in the morning, while thousands of camels were seen feeding +upon the dry shrubs of the plain all round the camp. I walked to Mount +Arafat, to enjoy from its summit a more distinct view of the whole. +This granite hill, which is also called <i>Djebel er' Rahme</i>, or the +Mountain of Mercy, rises on the north-east side of the plain, close to +the mountains which encompass it, but separated from them by a rocky +valley; it is about a mile, or a mile and a half in circuit; its sides +are sloping, and its summit is nearly two hundred feet above the level +of the plain. On the eastern side broad stone steps lead up to the top, +and a broad unpaved path, on the western, over rude masses of granite, +with which its declivity is covered. After mounting about forty steps, +we find a spot a little on the left, called Modaa Seydna Adam, or the +place of prayer of our Lord Adam, where, it is related, that the father +of mankind used to stand while praying; for here it was, according to +Mohammedan tradition, that the angel Gabriel first instructed Adam how +to adore his Creator. A marble slab, bearing an inscription in modern +characters, is fixed in the side of the mountain. On reaching about the +sixtieth step, we come to a small paved platform to our right, on a +level spot of the hill, where the preacher stands who admonishes the +pilgrims on the afternoon of this day, as I shall hereafter mention. +Thus high, the steps are so broad and easy that a horse or camel may +ascend; but higher up they become more steep and uneven. On the summit, +the place is shown where Mohammed used to take his station during the +Hadj; a small chapel formerly stood over it; but this was destroyed by +the Wahabys: here the pilgrims usually pray two rikats, in salutation +of Arafat. The steps and the summit are covered with handkerchiefs to +receive their pious gifts, and each family of the Mekkawys or Bedouins +of the tribe of Koreysh, in whose territory Arafat lies, has its +particular spot assigned to it for this purpose. The summit commands a +very extensive and singular prospect. I brought my compass to take a +circle of bearings; but the crowd was so great that I could not use it. +Towards the western extremity of the plain are seen Bir Bazan and the +Aalameyn; somewhat nearer, southwards, the mosque called Djama Nimre, +or Djama Seydna Ibrahim; and on the south-east, a small house where the +Sherif used to lodge during the pilgrimage. From thence an elevated +rocky ground in the plain extends towards Arafat. On the eastern side +of the mountain, and close to its foot, are the ruins of a small mosque, +built on rocky ground, called Djama el Szakhrat, where Mohammed was +accustomed to pray, and where the pilgrims make four prostrations in +<span class="pagenum"><a id="page190" name="page190"></a>[pg 190]</span> +memory of the prophet. Several large reservoirs lined with stone are +dispersed over the plain; two or three are close to the foot of Arafat, +and there are some near the house of the Sherifs: they are filled from +the same fine aqueduct which supplies Mekka, and the head of which is +about one hour and a half distant, in the eastern mountains. The canal +is left open here for the convenience of pilgrims, and is conducted +round the three sides of the mountains, passing by Modaa Seydna Adam.<a id="footnotetag5" name="footnotetag5"></a><a href="#footnote5"><sup>5</sup></a> +</p> +<p> +From the summit of Arafat, I counted about three thousand tents +dispersed over the plain, of which two-thirds belonged to the two Hadj +caravans, and to the suite and soldiers of Mohammed Aly; the rest to the +Arabs of the Sherif, the Bedouin hadjys, and the people of Mekka and +Djidda. These assembled multitudes were for the greater number, like +myself, without tents. The two caravans were encamped without much +order, each party of pilgrims or soldiers having pitched its tents in +large circles or <i>dowars</i>, in the midst of which many of their +camels were reposing. The plain contained, dispersed in different parts, +from twenty to twenty-five thousand camels, twelve thousand of which +belonged to the Syrian Hadj, and from five to six thousand to the +Egyptian; besides about three thousand, purchased by Mohammed Aly from +the Bedouins in the Syrian Deserts, and brought to Mekka with the Hadj, +to convey the pilgrims to this place, previously to being used for the +transport of army-provisions to Tayf. +</p> +<p> +The Syrian Hadj was encamped on the south and south-west side of the +mountain; the Egyptian on the south-east. Around the house of the +Sherif, Yahya himself was encamped with his Bedouin troops, and in its +neighbourhood were all the Hedjaz people. Here it was that the two Yemen +caravans used formerly to take their station. Mohammed Aly, and Soleyman +Pasha of Damascus, as well as several of their officers, had very +handsome tents; but the most magnificent of all was that of the wife of +Mohammed Aly, the mother of Tousoun Pasha and Ibrahim Pasha, who had +lately arrived from Cairo for the Hadj, with a truly royal equipage, +five hundred camels being necessary to transport her baggage from Djidda +to Mekka. Her tent was in fact an encampment consisting of a dozen tents +of different sizes, inhabited by her women; the whole enclosed by a wall +of linen cloth, eight hundred paces in circuit, the single entrance to +which was guarded by eunuchs in splendid dresses. Around this enclosure +were pitched the tents of the men who formed her numerous suite. The +beautiful embroidery on the exterior of this linen palace, with the +various colours displayed in every part of it, constituted an object +which reminded me of some descriptions in the Arabian Tales of the +Thousand and One Nights. Among the rich equipages of the other hadjys, +or of the Mekka people, none were so conspicuous as that belonging +to the family of Djeylany, the merchant, whose tents, pitched in a +semicircle, rivalled in beauty those of the two pashas, and far exceeded +those of Sherif Yahya. In other parts of the East, a merchant would +as soon think of buying a rope for his own neck, as of displaying his +wealth in the presence of a pasha; but Djeylany has not yet laid aside +the customs which the Mekkawys learned under their old government, +particularly that of Sherif Ghaleb, who seldom exercised extortion upon +single individuals; and they now rely on the promises of Mohammed Aly, +that he will respect their property. +</p> +<p> +During the whole morning, there were repeated discharges of the +artillery which both pashas had brought with them. A few pilgrims +had taken up their quarters on Djebel Arafat itself, where some small +cavern, or impending block of granite, afforded them shelter from the +sun. It is a belief generally entertained in the East, and strengthened +by many boasting hadjys on their return home, that all the pilgrims, on +this day, encamp upon Mount Arafat; and that the mountain possesses the +miraculous property of expansion, so as to admit an indefinite number of +the faithful upon its summit. The law ordains that the <i>wakfe</i>, or +position of the Hadj, should be on Djebel Arafat; but it wisely provides +against any impossibility, by declaring that the plain in the immediate +neighbourhood of the mountain may be regarded as comprised under the +term "mountain," or Djebel Arafat. +</p> +<p> +I estimated the number of persons assembled here at about seventy +thousand. The camp was from three to four miles long, and between one +and two in breadth. There is, perhaps, no spot on earth where, in so +small a place, such a diversity of languages are heard; I reckoned about +forty, and I have no doubt that there were many more. It appeared to me +as if I were here placed in a holy temple of travellers only; and never +did I at any time feel a more ardent wish to be able to penetrate once +into the inmost recesses of the countries of many of those persons +<span class="pagenum"><a id="page191" name="page191"></a>[pg 191]</span> +whom I now saw before me, fondly imagining that I might have no more +difficulty in reaching their homes, than what they had experienced in +their journey to this spot. +</p> +<hr /> +<p> +The time of Aszer (or about three o'clock, P.M.) approached, when that +ceremony of the Hadj takes place, for which the whole assembly had come +hither. The pilgrims now pressed forward towards the mountain of Arafat, +and covered its sides from top to bottom. At the precise time of Aszer, +the preacher took his stand upon the platform on the mountain, and began +to address the multitude. This sermon, which lasts till sun-set, +constitutes the holy ceremony of the Hadj called Khotbet el Wakfe; and +no pilgrim, although he may have visited all the holy places of Mekka, +is entitled to the name of hadjy, unless he has been present on this +occasion. As Aszer approached, therefore, all the tents were struck, +every thing was packed up, the caravans began to load, and the pilgrims +belonging to them mounted their camels, and crowded round the mountain, +to be within sight of the preacher, which is sufficient, as the greater +part of the multitude is necessarily too distant to hear him. The two +pashas, with their whole cavalry drawn up in two squadrons behind them, +took their post in the rear of the deep lines of camels of the hadjys, +to which those of the people of the Hedjaz were also joined; and here +they waited in solemn and respectful silence the conclusion of the +sermon. Further removed from the preacher, was the Sherif Yahya, with +his small body of soldiers, distinguished by several green standards +carried before him. The two Mahmals, or holy camels, which carry on +their back the high structure that serves as the banner of their +respective caravans, made way with difficulty through the ranks of +camels that encircled the southern and eastern sides of the hill, +opposite to the preacher, and took their station, surrounded by their +guards, directly under the platform in front of him.<a id="footnotetag6" name="footnotetag6"></a><a href="#footnote6"><sup>6</sup></a> +</p> +<p> +The preacher, or Khatyb, who is usually the Kadhy of Mekka, was mounted +upon a finely caparisoned camel, which had been led up the steps; it +being traditionally said that Mohammed was always seated when he here +addressed his followers, a practice in which he was imitated by all +the Khalifes who came to the Hadj, and who from hence addressed their +subjects in person. The Turkish gentleman of Constantinople, however, +unused to camel-riding, could not keep his seat so well as the hardy +Bedouin prophet; and the camel becoming unruly, he was soon obliged to +alight from it. He read his sermon from a book in Arabic, which he held +in his hands. At intervals of every four or five minutes he paused, and +stretched forth his arms to implore blessings from above; while the +assembled multitudes around and before him waved the skirts of their +ihrams over their heads, and rent the air with shouts of "Lebeyk, +Allahuma Lebeyk," (i.e. Here we are, at thy commands, O God!) During +the wavings of the ihrams, the side of the mountain, thickly crowded +as it was by the people in their white garments, had the appearance +of a cataract of water; while the green umbrellas, with which several +thousand hadjys, sitting on their camels below, were provided, bore some +resemblance to a verdant plain.—During his sermon, which lasted almost +three hours, the Kadhy was seen constantly to wipe his eyes with a +handkerchief; for the law enjoins the Khatyb or preacher to be moved +with feeling and compunction; and adds that, whenever tears appear on +his face, it is a sign that the Almighty enlightens him, and is ready +to listen to his prayers. +</p> +<p> +At length the sun began to descend behind the western mountains; upon +which the Kadhy, having shut his book, received a last greeting of +"Lebeyk;" and the crowds rushed down the mountain, in order to quit +Arafat. It is thought meritorious to accelerate the pace on this +occasion; and many persons make it a complete race, called by the Arabs, +<i>Ad' dafa min Arafat</i>. In former times, when the strength of the +Syrian and Egyptian caravans happened to be nearly balanced, bloody +affrays took place here almost every year between them, each party +endeavouring to outrun and to carry its <i>mahmal</i> in advance of the +other. The same happened when the <i>mahmals</i> approached the platform +at the commencement of the sermon; and two hundred +<span class="pagenum"><a id="page192" name="page192"></a>[pg 192]</span> +lives have on some +occasions been lost in supporting what was thought the honour of the +respective caravans. At present the power of Mohammed Aly preponderates, +and the Syrian hadjys display great humility. The united caravans and +the whole mass of pilgrims now moved forward over the plain; every +tent had been previously packed up, to be ready for the occasion. The +pilgrims pressed through the Aalameyn, which they must repass on their +return; and night came on before they reached the defile called El +Mazoumeyn. Innumerable torches were now lighted, twenty-four being +carried before each pasha; and the sparks of fire from them flew far +over the plain. There were continual discharges of artillery; the +soldiers fired their muskets; the martial bands of both the pashas +played; sky-rockets were thrown as well by the pashas' officers, as +by many private pilgrims; while the Hadj passed at a quick pace in +the greatest disorder, amidst a deafening clamour, through the pass of +Mazoumeyn, leading towards Mezdelfe, where all alighted, after a two +hours' march. No order was observed here in encamping; and every one lay +down on the spot that first presented itself, no tents being pitched +except those of the pashas and their suites; before which was an +illumination of lamps in the form of high arches, which continued to +blaze the whole night, while the firing of the artillery was kept up +without intermission. +</p> +<hr /> +<h3> + SOUTH AMERICAN MANNERS +</h3> +<center> +<i>From the Memoirs of General Miller, Second Edition.</i> +</center> +<p> +In the Pampas, where a scarcity of food is unknown to the poorest, that +calculating avarice which, in its fears for to-morrow, would look with +apathy on the wants of the stranger, can have but a limited sway. Kind +offices are, therefore more freely and disinterestedly conferred than +in less abundant regions. In addition to this, the dearth of society +in a thinly-sprinkled population renders the presence of a traveller +on their isolated <i>haciendas</i> a source of gratification. If his +appearance afford no ground for mistrust, and if his manners are not +disagreeable, his being a stranger is a sufficient passport to a kind +and hearty welcome. Whether he be rich or poor is not a subject of +inquiry, and makes no difference in the reception. +</p> +<p> +The South Americans are gay, and fond of dancing, music, and singing. +There are few, whether wealthy or otherwise, who are not proficients in +one or other of these accomplishments. In the warmer latitudes, people +carry on not only their usual occupations, but their amusements, chiefly +in the open air; and as singing constitutes one of the principal sources +of the latter, the continued exercise of the voice harmonizes and +strengthens it. Perhaps no opera, in Europe, could afford, to a natural +and unsophisticated ear, so rich a treat as that which may be enjoyed in +Cuzco, Arequipa, and other cities, where the ancient Peruvian airs are +sung in the rich and melodious tones of the natives. +</p> +<p> +The South Americans possess great intellectual quickness, and a +retentive memory. The following may be cited as an extraordinary +instance of the latter faculty. An old man, a native of La Pax, in Upper +Peru, and of unmixed Indian blood, who kept an inn at Curicavi, between +Valparaiso and Santiago, could repeat nearly the whole of Robertson's +"History of Charles the Fifth," and was better acquainted with the +History of England than most Englishmen. He spoke of Queen Boadicea, and +was as familiar with the history of the civil wars between the houses +of York and Lancaster as if they had occurred in his country, and in +his own times. He had been brought up by the Jesuits. He had made two +voyages to Canton, and was known by the name of "the emperor of China," +in consequence frequently of amusing his guests with long stories about +the <i>celestial empire</i>. +</p> +<p> +The Peruvians have great natural talents for painting and sculpture. +They generally produce striking likenesses, but being uninstructed in +the principles of these arts, their pictures have no other merit. There +is, however, a female figure, done in 1711, by a native of Quito, which +is considered as one of the finest paintings in a very good collection +belonging to Mynheer Vandermarlin, of Brussels. +</p> +<hr /> +<h3> + ORATORIOS. +</h3> +<p> +The first oratorio performed in London, was at the Lincoln's Inn Fields +Theatre, in 1732. On June 10, in the same year, the serenata of <i>Acis +and Galatea</i> was performed at the Italian Opera House, in English, by +Italian performers, with scenery representing a rural prospect, with +rocks, groves, fountains, and grottoes; amongst which were disposed a +chorus of nymphs and shepherds, with dresses and "every other decoration +suited to the subject."—<i>Companion to the Theatres</i>. +</p> +<hr class="full" /> +<p> +<i>Printed and Published by J. LIMBIRD, 143, Strand, (near Somerset +House,) London; sold by ERNEST FLEISCHER, 626, New Market, Leipsic; and +by all Newsmen and Booksellers</i>. +</p> +<hr class="full" /> +<blockquote class="footnote"> +<a id="footnote1" name="footnote1"></a> +<b>Footnote 1</b>: +<a href="#footnotetag1">(return)</a> +<p> +We are pleased therefore to commence our Supplementary Sheet +with such a volume as the present, which we have reserved for +this purpose. The feelings which it must engender in the reader +will be doubly grateful in these troublous times of strong +political excitement: they enjoin "peace on earth, and goodwill +towards men." the Divine antidote to the storms of conflicting +interests and passions, and the balm which heals the thorny +wounds of the world, that cross every path and tear the finest +sympathies of our nature. It adds, moreover, a pleasant variety +to the contents of our sheet, and alternates with the +vicissitudes of enterprise, in the progress of infant liberty +in the New World, as in the Memoirs of the patriot <i>Miller</i>;—the +daring and recklessness of crime, as in the vivid sketch of +<i>First and Last</i>;—the picturesque country and ceremonies of +Arabia and its religious people, as drawn by <i>Burckhardt</i>;—and +the architectural embellishment of the Metropolis, as shown in +<i>Britton's Picture of London</i>. +</p> +</blockquote> +<blockquote class="footnote"> +<a id="footnote2" name="footnote2"></a> +<b>Footnote 2</b>: +<a href="#footnotetag2">(return)</a> +<p> +In the MIRROR, dated March 1, 1828, we noticed "Gilbert White's +Natural History of Selborne, is one of the most delightful +household books in our language, and we are surprised at the +rarity of such works." The publication of the <i>Journal of a +Naturalist</i>, early in March, 1829, is "a coincidence." +</p> +</blockquote> +<blockquote class="footnote"> +<a id="footnote3" name="footnote3"></a> +<b>Footnote 3</b>: +<a href="#footnotetag3">(return)</a> +<p> +Philosophers and wits have written on this subject. Sir Thomas +Brown, who wrote a book of <i>Vulgar Errors</i>, remarks with great +seriousness that the man "who could eradicate this error from the +minds of the people, might prevent the fearful passions of the +heart, and many cold sweats taking place in grandmothers and +nurses"—Swift lets fly the shafts of satire in these lines.— +</p> +<div class="poem"><div class="stanza"> +<p class="i8"> A woodworm</p> +<p> That lies in old wood, like a hare in her form;</p> +<p> With teeth, or with claws, it will bite, or will scratch;</p> +<p> And chambermaids christen this worm a death-watch;</p> +<p> Because, like a watch, it always cries click;</p> +<p> Then woe be to those in the house who are sick;</p> +<p> For sure as a gun they will give up the ghost</p> +<p> If the maggat cries click when it scratches the post.</p> +</div></div> +<p> + Gay, too, in a <i>pastoral dirge</i>, says, +</p> +<div class="poem"><div class="stanza"> +<p class="i8"> The wether's bell,</p> +<p> Before the drooping flock, toll'd forth her knell;</p> +<p> The solemn deathwatch click'd the hour she died.</p> +</div></div> +</blockquote> +<blockquote class="footnote"> +<a id="footnote4" name="footnote4"></a> +<b>Footnote 4</b>: +<a href="#footnotetag4">(return)</a> +<p> +Francis II. of Germany abdicated 1806, and took the title of +Emperor of Austria. +</p> +</blockquote> +<blockquote class="footnote"> +<a id="footnote5" name="footnote5"></a> +<b>Footnote 5</b>: +<a href="#footnotetag5">(return)</a> +<p> +At the close of the sixteenth century, according to Kotobeddyn, +the whole plain of Arafat was cultivated. +</p> +</blockquote> +<blockquote class="footnote"> +<a id="footnote6" name="footnote6"></a> +<b>Footnote 6</b>: +<a href="#footnotetag6">(return)</a> +<!-- Footnotes --> +<p> +The Mahmal (an exact representation of which is given by D'Ohsson) +is a high, hollow, wooden frame, in the form of a cone, with a +pyramidal top, covered with a fine silk brocade adorned with +ostrich feathers, and having a small book of prayers and charms +placed in the midst of it, wrapped up in a piece of silk. (My +description is taken from the Egyptian Mahmal.) When on the road, +it serves as a holy banner to the caravan; and on the return of +the Egyptian caravan, the book of prayers is exposed in the mosque +El Hassaneyn, at Cairo, where men and women of the lower classes +go to kiss it and obtain a blessing by rubbing their foreheads +upon it. No copy of the Koran, nor any thing but the book of +prayers, is placed in the Cairo Mahmal. I believe the custom to +have arisen in the battle-banner of the Bedouins, called Merkeb +and Otfe, which I have mentioned in my remarks on the Bedouins, +and which resemble the Mahmal, inasmuch as they are high wooden +frames placed upon camels. +</p> +</blockquote> +<hr class="full" /> +<p>***END OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK THE MIRROR OF LITERATURE, AMUSEMENT, AND INSTRUCTION, VOL. 13, NO. 361, SUPPLEMENTARY ISSUE (1829)***</p> +<p>******* This file should be named 13578-h.txt or 13578-h.zip *******</p> +<p>This and all associated files of various formats will be found in:<br /> +<a href="https://www.gutenberg.org/dirs/1/3/5/7/13578">https://www.gutenberg.org/1/3/5/7/13578</a></p> +<p>Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions +will be renamed.</p> + +<p>Creating the works from public domain print editions means that no +one owns a United States copyright in these works, so the Foundation +(and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United States without +permission and without paying copyright royalties. Special rules, +set forth in the General Terms of Use part of this license, apply to +copying and distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works to +protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm concept and trademark. Project +Gutenberg is a registered trademark, and may not be used if you +charge for the eBooks, unless you receive specific permission. If you +do not charge anything for copies of this eBook, complying with the +rules is very easy. You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose +such as creation of derivative works, reports, performances and +research. They may be modified and printed and given away--you may do +practically ANYTHING with public domain eBooks. Redistribution is +subject to the trademark license, especially commercial +redistribution.</p> + + + +<pre> +*** START: FULL LICENSE *** + +THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE +PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK + +To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free +distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work +(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project +Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full Project +Gutenberg-tm License (available with this file or online at +<a href="https://gutenberg.org/license">https://gutenberg.org/license)</a>. + + +Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic works + +1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to +and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property +(trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all +the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or destroy +all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your possession. +If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound by the +terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person or +entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8. + +1.B. "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark. It may only be +used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who +agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few +things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works +even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See +paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this agreement +and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works. See paragraph 1.E below. + +1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the Foundation" +or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection of Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic works. Nearly all the individual works in the +collection are in the public domain in the United States. If an +individual work is in the public domain in the United States and you are +located in the United States, we do not claim a right to prevent you from +copying, distributing, performing, displaying or creating derivative +works based on the work as long as all references to Project Gutenberg +are removed. Of course, we hope that you will support the Project +Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting free access to electronic works by +freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm works in compliance with the terms of +this agreement for keeping the Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with +the work. You can easily comply with the terms of this agreement by +keeping this work in the same format with its attached full Project +Gutenberg-tm License when you share it without charge with others. + +1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern +what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are in +a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States, check +the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this agreement +before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, distributing or +creating derivative works based on this work or any other Project +Gutenberg-tm work. The Foundation makes no representations concerning +the copyright status of any work in any country outside the United +States. + +1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg: + +1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other immediate +access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear prominently +whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work on which the +phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the phrase "Project +Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed, performed, viewed, +copied or distributed: + +This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with +almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or +re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included +with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org + +1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is derived +from the public domain (does not contain a notice indicating that it is +posted with permission of the copyright holder), the work can be copied +and distributed to anyone in the United States without paying any fees +or charges. If you are redistributing or providing access to a work +with the phrase "Project Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the +work, you must comply either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1 +through 1.E.7 or obtain permission for the use of the work and the +Project Gutenberg-tm trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or +1.E.9. + +1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted +with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution +must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any additional +terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms will be linked +to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works posted with the +permission of the copyright holder found at the beginning of this work. + +1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm +License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this +work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm. + +1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this +electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without +prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with +active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project +Gutenberg-tm License. + +1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary, +compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including any +word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access to or +distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format other than +"Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official version +posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site (www.gutenberg.org), +you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense to the user, provide a +copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means of obtaining a copy upon +request, of the work in its original "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other +form. Any alternate format must include the full Project Gutenberg-tm +License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1. + +1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying, +performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works +unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9. + +1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing +access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works provided +that + +- You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from + the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method + you already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is + owed to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he + has agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the + Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments + must be paid within 60 days following each date on which you + prepare (or are legally required to prepare) your periodic tax + returns. Royalty payments should be clearly marked as such and + sent to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the + address specified in Section 4, "Information about donations to + the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation." + +- You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies + you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he + does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm + License. You must require such a user to return or + destroy all copies of the works possessed in a physical medium + and discontinue all use of and all access to other copies of + Project Gutenberg-tm works. + +- You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of any + money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the + electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days + of receipt of the work. + +- You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free + distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works. + +1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic work or group of works on different terms than are set +forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing from +both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and Michael +Hart, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark. Contact the +Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below. + +1.F. + +1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable +effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread +public domain works in creating the Project Gutenberg-tm +collection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may contain +"Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate or +corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other intellectual +property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or other medium, a +computer virus, or computer codes that damage or cannot be read by +your equipment. + +1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right +of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project +Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project +Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all +liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal +fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT +LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE +PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH F3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE +TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE +LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR +INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH +DAMAGE. + +1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a +defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can +receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a +written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you +received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium with +your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you with +the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in lieu of a +refund. If you received the work electronically, the person or entity +providing it to you may choose to give you a second opportunity to +receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund. If the second copy +is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing without further +opportunities to fix the problem. + +1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth +in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS,' WITH NO OTHER +WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO +WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTIBILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE. + +1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied +warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages. +If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement violates the +law of the state applicable to this agreement, the agreement shall be +interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or limitation permitted by +the applicable state law. The invalidity or unenforceability of any +provision of this agreement shall not void the remaining provisions. + +1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the +trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone +providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in accordance +with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the production, +promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works, +harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, including legal fees, +that arise directly or indirectly from any of the following which you do +or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this or any Project Gutenberg-tm +work, (b) alteration, modification, or additions or deletions to any +Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any Defect you cause. + + +Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm + +Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of +electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of computers +including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It exists +because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations from +people in all walks of life. + +Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the +assistance they need, is critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's +goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will +remain freely available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project +Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure +and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future generations. +To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation +and how your efforts and donations can help, see Sections 3 and 4 +and the Foundation web page at https://www.gutenberg.org/fundraising/pglaf. + + +Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive +Foundation + +The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit +501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the +state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal +Revenue Service. The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification +number is 64-6221541. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg +Literary Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent +permitted by U.S. federal laws and your state's laws. + +The Foundation's principal office is located at 4557 Melan Dr. S. +Fairbanks, AK, 99712., but its volunteers and employees are scattered +throughout numerous locations. Its business office is located at +809 North 1500 West, Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887, email +business@pglaf.org. Email contact links and up to date contact +information can be found at the Foundation's web site and official +page at https://www.gutenberg.org/about/contact + +For additional contact information: + Dr. Gregory B. Newby + Chief Executive and Director + gbnewby@pglaf.org + +Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg +Literary Archive Foundation + +Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide +spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of +increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be +freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest +array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small donations +($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt +status with the IRS. + +The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating +charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United +States. Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a +considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up +with these requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations +where we have not received written confirmation of compliance. To +SEND DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any +particular state visit https://www.gutenberg.org/fundraising/pglaf + +While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we +have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition +against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who +approach us with offers to donate. + +International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make +any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from +outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff. + +Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation +methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other +ways including including checks, online payments and credit card +donations. To donate, please visit: +https://www.gutenberg.org/fundraising/donate + + +Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works. + +Professor Michael S. Hart was the originator of the Project Gutenberg-tm +concept of a library of electronic works that could be freely shared +with anyone. For thirty years, he produced and distributed Project +Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of volunteer support. + +Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed +editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the U.S. +unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not necessarily +keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition. + +Each eBook is in a subdirectory of the same number as the eBook's +eBook number, often in several formats including plain vanilla ASCII, +compressed (zipped), HTML and others. + +Corrected EDITIONS of our eBooks replace the old file and take over +the old filename and etext number. The replaced older file is renamed. +VERSIONS based on separate sources are treated as new eBooks receiving +new filenames and etext numbers. + +Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search facility: + +<a href="https://www.gutenberg.org">https://www.gutenberg.org</a> + +This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm, +including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary +Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to +subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks. + +EBooks posted prior to November 2003, with eBook numbers BELOW #10000, +are filed in directories based on their release date. If you want to +download any of these eBooks directly, rather than using the regular +search system you may utilize the following addresses and just +download by the etext year. + +<a href="https://www.gutenberg.org/dirs/etext06/">https://www.gutenberg.org/dirs/etext06/</a> + + (Or /etext 05, 04, 03, 02, 01, 00, 99, + 98, 97, 96, 95, 94, 93, 92, 92, 91 or 90) + +EBooks posted since November 2003, with etext numbers OVER #10000, are +filed in a different way. The year of a release date is no longer part +of the directory path. The path is based on the etext number (which is +identical to the filename). The path to the file is made up of single +digits corresponding to all but the last digit in the filename. For +example an eBook of filename 10234 would be found at: + +https://www.gutenberg.org/dirs/1/0/2/3/10234 + +or filename 24689 would be found at: +https://www.gutenberg.org/dirs/2/4/6/8/24689 + +An alternative method of locating eBooks: +<a href="https://www.gutenberg.org/dirs/GUTINDEX.ALL">https://www.gutenberg.org/dirs/GUTINDEX.ALL</a> + +*** END: FULL LICENSE *** +</pre> +</body> +</html> diff --git a/old/13578-h/images/361-1.png b/old/13578-h/images/361-1.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..bbc88ab --- /dev/null +++ b/old/13578-h/images/361-1.png diff --git a/old/13578-h/images/361-2.png b/old/13578-h/images/361-2.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..7655f98 --- /dev/null +++ b/old/13578-h/images/361-2.png diff --git a/old/13578.txt b/old/13578.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..cc42a87 --- /dev/null +++ b/old/13578.txt @@ -0,0 +1,2045 @@ +The Project Gutenberg eBook, The Mirror of Literature, Amusement, and +Instruction, Vol. 13, No. 361, Supplementary Issue (1829), by Various + + +This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with +almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or +re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included +with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org + + + + + +Title: The Mirror of Literature, Amusement, and Instruction, Vol. 13, No. +361, Supplementary Issue (1829) + +Author: Various + +Release Date: October 2, 2004 [eBook #13578] + +Language: English + +Character set encoding: ISO-646-US (US-ASCII) + + +***START OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK THE MIRROR OF LITERATURE, +AMUSEMENT, AND INSTRUCTION, VOL. 13, NO. 361, SUPPLEMENTARY ISSUE (1829)*** + + +E-text prepared by Jonathan Ingram, David Garcia, and the Project +Gutenberg Online Distributed Proofreading Team + + + +Note: Project Gutenberg also has an HTML version of this + file which includes the original illustration. + See 13578-h.htm or 13578-h.zip: + (http://www.ibiblio.org/gutenberg/dirs/1/3/5/7/13578/13578-h/13578-h.htm) + or + (http://www.ibiblio.org/gutenberg/dirs/1/3/5/7/13578/13578-h.zip) + + + + +THE MIRROR OF LITERATURE, AMUSEMENT, AND INSTRUCTION + +VOL. XIII, NO. 361.] SUPPLEMENTARY NUMBER. [PRICE 2d. + + + + * * * * * + + + + +THE NATURALIST + + +[Illustration: THE TALIPOT TREE.] + +[Illustration: THE GLOWWORM.] + +[Illustration: THE DEATHWATCH MAGNIFIED.] + + + * * * * * + + + + +THE NATURALIST. + +_See the Engravings._ + + +A delightful volume, of title almost synonymous with this division of +the MIRROR, has just been published. It is entitled _The Journal of a +Naturalist_,[1] with the very appropriate motto of + + ----Plants, trees, and stones, we note, + Birds, insects, beasts, and many rural things. + + +The author in his preface, says, "Many years have now passed away since +we were presented with that very interesting and amusing book, the +'Natural History of Selborne;' nor do I recollect any publication at +all resembling it having since appeared."[2] He then acknowledges the +impression which this book left on his mind; and its having given rise +to the present work, to which, in our humble opinion, it is a worthy +companion. + +Our "Naturalist" resides in a village upon a very ancient road, +connecting Bristol and Gloucester, in a limestone district, numbering +among its picturesque beauties, the broad estuary of the Severn, the +mountains of Glamorgan, Monmouth, and Brecon, and their peaceful vales +and cheerful cottages; Thornbury, with its fine cathedral-like church +and castle, the red cliffs of the Severn, and numberless antiquities +of our ancestors--as roads, encampments, aggera, watch-hills, coins, +lances, and other relics of those warlike times. Labour and healthful +enjoyment reign in this district: for it is neither torn up for its +mineral wealth, nor are its natural beauties annihilated, or the habits +of its population corrupted by speculation or avarice. A portrait of +"a worthy peasant," introduced by our author, reminds us of + + ----A bold peasantry, their country's pride, + When once destroyed, can never be supplied. + + +A passage quoted by the late Mr. Canning, in one of his finest speeches; +and we often contrast this vigorous outline of the people of "merry +England" with her artificial state of after times. Next are a page or +two of agricultural chemistry (_analysis of soils_) unfettered with +technicals; double the space of what may strictly be called rural +economy, (_grass lands_) succeed; next the culture and history of +the potato, and some new observations on "_the Teazle_." + +Several pages on _trees_ possess great interest, as do those on +_flowers_. + +We regret we have room but for a few heads--the _maple_--the +_Naturalist's Autumnal Walk_--the _Economy of Animals_, especially +of _Birds_: we must pass them over to elucidate our engraving of + + +THE GLOWWORM. + +That pretty sparkler of our summer evenings, so often made the +ploughboy's prize, the only brilliant that glitters in the rustic's hat, +the glowworm, (_lampyris noctiluca_,) is not found in such numbers +with us, as in many other places, where these signal tapers glimmer upon +every grassy bank; yet, in some seasons, we have a reasonable sprinkling +of them. Every body probably knows, that the male glowworm is a winged, +erratic animal, yet may not have seen him. He has ever been a scarce +creature to me, meeting perhaps with one or two in a year; and, when +found, always a subject of admiration. Most creatures have their eyes +so placed, as to be enabled to see about them; or, as Hook says of the +house-fly, to be "circumspect animals;" but this male glowworm has a +contrivance, by which any upward or side vision is prevented. Viewed +when at rest, no portion of his eyes is visible, but the head is +margined with a horny band, or plate, being a character of one of the +genera of the order _coleoptera_, under which the eyes are situate. +This prevents all upward vision; and blinds, or winkers, are so fixed +at the sides of his eyes, as greatly to impede the view of all lateral +objects. _See Figures_. The chief end of this creature in his +nightly peregrinations is to seek his mate, always beneath him on the +earth; and hence this apparatus appears designed to facilitate his +search, confining his view entirely to what is before or below him. The +first serves to direct his flight, the other presents the object of his +pursuit: and as we commonly, and with advantage, place our hand over the +brow, to obstruct the rays of light falling from above, which enables us +to see clearer an object on the ground, so must the projecting hood of +this creature converge the visual rays to a point beneath. + +Glowworms emit light only for a short period in the year; and I have but +partially observed it after the middle of July. I have collected many of +these pretty creatures on a bank before my house, into which they retire +during the winter, to shine out again when revived by the summer's +warmth; but in this latter season I have frequently missed certain of +my little proteges, and have reason to apprehend, that they formed the +banquet of a toad, that frequented the same situation. + +Observing above, that the glowworm does not emit light after the 14th of +July, I mean thereby that clear, steady light, which has rendered this +creature so remarkable to all persons; for I have repeatedly noticed, +deep in the herbage, a faint evanescent light proceeding from these +creatures, even as late as August and September. This was particularly +manifested September the 28th, 1826. The evening was warm and dewy, and +we observed on the house-bank multitudes of these small evanescent +sparks in the grass. The light displayed was very different from that +which they exhibit in warm summer months. Instead of the permanent green +glow, that illumines all the blades of the surrounding herbage, it was a +pale transient spot, visible for a moment or two, and then so speedily +hidden, that we were obliged, in order to capture the creature, to +employ the light of a candle. The number of them, and their actions, +creeping away from our sight, contrary to that half lifeless dulness +observed in summer, suggested the idea, that the whole body had availed +themselves of this warm, moist evening, to migrate to their winter +station. A single spark or so was to be seen some evenings after this, +but no such large moving parties were discovered again. If we conclude, +that the summer light of the glowworm is displayed as a signal taper, +the appearance of this autumnal light can have no such object in view, +nor can we rationally assign any use of it to the creature itself, +unless, indeed, it serves as a point of union in these supposed +migrations, like the leading call in the flight of night-moving birds. +The activity and numbers of these insects, in the above-mentioned +evening, enabled me to observe the frequent presence and disappearance +of the light of an individual, which did not seem to be the result of +will, but produced by situation. During the time the insect crawled +along the ground, or upon the fine grass, the glow was hidden; but on +its mounting any little blade, or sprig of moss, it turned round and +presented the luminous caudal spot, which, on its falling or regaining +its level, was hidden again. + +A summary of the peculiarities of the year 1825, very appropriately +concludes the volume, from which we may be tempted to make future +extracts. + + +THE TALIPOT TREE, + +The first of our Engravings is a species of palm, a native of Ceylon, +and is one of the most magnificent wonders of the vegetable kingdom. The +leaf is circular, terminating in the most beautiful rays, and folding up +into plaits like a fan, which, in figure, it nearly resembles. + +This leaf is used in the maritime provinces of Ceylon as a mark of +distinction, each person being allowed to have a certain number of these +leaves, folded up as fans, carried with him by his servants; and also in +the Kandian country, in the shape of a round, flat umbrella on a long +stick. The talipot leaves are likewise used by the common people to +shelter themselves from the rain, _one leaf affording sufficient +shelter for seven or eight persons_. It is also used in making tents. + +In 1818, Sir Alexander Johnston gave to Sir Joseph Banks a very fine +specimen of a tent made of their leaves, large enough to hold a party of +ten persons at table. + +All the books of importance in Pali and Cingalese, relative to the +religion of Buddhoo, in Ceylon, are written on lamina of these leaves, +with either a brass or an iron style. There are some of these books in +Sir A. Johnston's collections, which are supposed to be from 500 to 600 +years old, and which are still very perfect. In the museum of the +Asiatic Society, there is a complete copy of the Pali book, called the +_Pansyapanas Iatakah_, written on 1,172 laminae of the finest +description of this sort of palm leaf. Large as the dimensions of the +talipot leaf may appear, it is exceeded in size by the _troolie_ of +Surinam, which extends on the ground, and has frequently been known to +attain the width of three feet, and the length of thirty. + +Our Engraving is copied from the _Gardener's Magazine_, where it is +reduced from the Transactions of the Asiatic Society. + + + +THE DEATHWATCH MAGNIFIED. + +Although the present may be a late hour to dissipate the faith placed in +signs and tokens, we are persuaded that a more intimate knowledge of +this insect will not prove uninteresting to our readers.[3] + +The name _death watch_ was evidently derived from the importance +attached to the beatings of the insect, which, by superstitious people, +were formerly supposed to prognosticate death to some one of the family +in whose house it was heard. The natural size of the insect is about a +quarter of an inch in length, of a dark brown colour, spotted, with +transparent wings under the _vagina_, or sheath, a huge cap or +helmet on the head, and two _antennae_, or feelers, from beneath +the eyes. + +It is chiefly in the advanced period of spring that these insects +commence their noise; and which is the call or signal by which they are +mutually attracted to each other, and may be considered as analogous to +the call of birds. This noise does not arise from their voice, but from +the insect beating on hard substances, with the shield or fore part of +its head. The general number of successive distinct strokes is from 7 to +9 or 11. These are given in pretty quick succession, and are repeated at +uncertain intervals; and in old houses, where the insects are numerous, +they may be heard, if the weather be warm, almost every hour in the day. +The noise exactly resembles that made by beating moderately hard with +the finger on a table. Mr. Stackhouse carefully observed its manner of +beating. He says, the insect raises itself upon its hinder legs, and +with the body somewhat inclined, beats its head with great force and +agility against the place on which it stands. + +This insect, which is the _real death-watch_ of the vulgar, must +not be confounded with another minuter insect, which makes a ticking +noise like a watch; but instead of beating at intervals, it continues +its noise for a considerable time without intermission. This latter +belongs to a very different tribe. It is usually found in old wood, +decayed furniture, neglected books, &c.; and both the male and the +female have the power of making this ticking noise, in order to attract +each other. The Rev. Mr. Derham seems to have been the first naturalist +who examined and described this species; and he says that during the +month of July, in one particular summer, they scarcely ever ceased to +beat either in day or night. The eggs are generally hatched about the +beginning of March: many of them live through the winter; but during +that time, to avoid the frost, they bury themselves deep in dust. + +Mr. T. Carpenter (of whose paper in _Gill's Repository_ we have +already availed ourselves) tells us that these insects are excellent +anatomists: in order to render them useful in making some delicate +dissections for his microscope, Mr. Carpenter placed a few of the +insects within a pill-box, with the heads of three dead flies. He found +some time afterwards, that they had cleared the interior of some of the +eyes completely from all the blood-vessels, leaving the lenses in the +cornea beautifully transparent. + + * * * * * + + +BIRDS' NESTS. + + +The structure of the nests of birds affords, perhaps, one of the most +agreeable lessons in Natural History. + +Among the most curious nests of our _English_ birds may be named +that of the _Wren_, the _long-tailed Titmouse_, the _Thrush_, +the _Goldfinch_, the _Chaffinch_, the _Magpie_, and the _House +Sparrow_; to these may also be added the _Swallow's_, the _Martin's_, +the _Wood Pigeon's_, and the _Wood-Pecker's_. Of the nests of _Rooks_, +it may be sufficient to observe, that they are often found to the number +of six, or even more in a cluster. _Crows'_ nests are always +solitary; they are similar in structure to those of the rook. + +Among the nests of Foreign birds, that of the _Taylor Bird_ +deserves especial mention; the bird itself is a diminutive one, being +little more than three inches long; it is an inhabitant of India. The +nest is sometimes constructed of two leaves, one of them dead; the +latter is fixed to the living one as it hangs upon the tree, by sewing +both together in the manner of a pouch or purse; it is open at the top, +and the cavity is filled with fine down; and, being suspended from the +branch, the birds are secure from the depredations of snakes and +monkeys, to which they might otherwise fall a prey. + +In Dr. Latham's collection is a specimen of the taylor bird's nest, +composed of a single large leaf, of a fibrous rough, texture, about six +inches long independent of the stalk, five inches and a half in breadth, +and ending in a point. The sides of this leaf are drawn together so as +to meet within three-quarters of an inch; within is the nest, about four +inches deep and two broad, opening at the top; the bottom of the leaf +is drawn upwards, to assist in the support of it. The interior nest is +composed of white down, with here and there a feather and a small +portion of white down intermixed. + +Another nest of this bird has also been described as composed of several +leaves, like those of some kind of hazel sewed together; the inner nest +formed of dry bents, fibres, and hairs, suspended from a tree. It is, +therefore, probable that this bird, as well as some others, varies the +structure of its nest as occasion and the materials may require. These +singular works are performed by the bird's using his bill instead of a +needle, and vegetable fibres for thread. + +The _Rufous Bee-eater_, or _Merops Rufus_, constructs also a +very singular nest. This bird is a native of Buenos Ayres; the nest is +built generally on the naked great branch of a tree, sometimes on the +windows of houses, a fence, or a projecting beam of a high house or +other building; it is composed of earth, in the form of a baker's oven, +and is often built in the short space of two days, both birds being +engaged in its construction; it is six inches in diameter, and one +thick; a division is within, beginning at the entrance, and carried +circularly, so that the eggs are deposited in the inner chamber, on a +bed of grass. The swallow and other birds often attempt to obtain +possession of this nest, but are generally repulsed by the owners. + +Many of the _Orioles'_ nests are also deserving notice. The +_black and yellow Oriole_, inhabiting South America, has a pendent +nest, shaped like an alembic; it is affixed to the extreme branches of +trees; sometimes, it is said, so many as four hundred nests are found +hanging on the same tree. + +The _Philippine_ and _Pensile Grosbeak_ make also very curious nests. + +In concluding this account of the nests of birds, I may notice here the +nest of the _Hirundo esculenta_, or _Esculent Swallow_, an inhabitant +of China and the Islands of the Indian Ocean. The nest consists of a +gelatinous substance, in shape resembling an apple cut down the middle. +The nests are found in great numbers together, and are by the luxurious +Asiatics made into broths, and otherwise cooked, and are esteemed one of +the greatest dainties of the table; they are also occasionally used for +glue.--_Jennings's Ornithologia_. + + + [1] We are pleased therefore to commence our Supplementary Sheet + with such a volume as the present, which we have reserved for + this purpose. The feelings which it must engender in the reader + will be doubly grateful in these troublous times of strong + political excitement: they enjoin "peace on earth, and goodwill + towards men." the Divine antidote to the storms of conflicting + interests and passions, and the balm which heals the thorny + wounds of the world, that cross every path and tear the finest + sympathies of our nature. It adds, moreover, a pleasant variety + to the contents of our sheet, and alternates with the + vicissitudes of enterprise, in the progress of infant liberty + in the New World, as in the Memoirs of the patriot _Miller_;--the + daring and recklessness of crime, as in the vivid sketch of + _First and Last_;--the picturesque country and ceremonies of + Arabia and its religious people, as drawn by _Burckhardt_;--and + the architectural embellishment of the Metropolis, as shown in + _Britton's Picture of London_. + + [2] In the MIRROR, dated March 1, 1828, we noticed "Gilbert White's + Natural History of Selborne, is one of the most delightful + household books in our language, and we are surprised at the + rarity of such works." The publication of the _Journal of a + Naturalist_, early in March, 1829, is "a coincidence." + + [3] Philosophers and wits have written on this subject. Sir Thomas + Brown, who wrote a book of _Vulgar Errors_, remarks with great + seriousness that the man "who could eradicate this error from the + minds of the people, might prevent the fearful passions of the + heart, and many cold sweats taking place in grandmothers and + nurses"--Swift lets fly the shafts of satire in these lines.-- + + A woodworm + That lies in old wood, like a hare in her form; + With teeth, or with claws, it will bite, or will scratch; + And chambermaids christen this worm a death-watch; + Because, like a watch, it always cries click; + Then woe be to those in the house who are sick; + For sure as a gun they will give up the ghost + If the maggat cries click when it scratches the post. + + Gay, too, in a _pastoral dirge_, says, + + The wether's bell, + Before the drooping flock, toll'd forth her knell; + The solemn deathwatch click'd the hour she died. + + + + + * * * * * + + + + +FINE ARTS + + * * * * * + + +METROPOLITAN IMPROVEMENTS. + +_Abridged from the "Introduction" to Britton's Picture of London, 26th +edition, just published._ + + +_The year_ 1825 will ever be memorable in the annals of the +metropolis; for more novel improvements, changes, and events occurred in +that one year than during any other corresponding period. _Schemes_ +for the formation of new _Companies_--the vast speculations arising +out of them, tending to the aggrandizement of a few persons, and to the +ruin of others, with the utilities of some, and the futilities and +impositions of many,--may also be said to belong to this year. + +Let us, however, take a brief review of the real improvements and useful +novelties that have been progressing, or have commenced in London since +that singular and eventful era. Commencing at the court, or west end, we +will take an imaginary tour to the east, adverting to such new buildings +as are calculated to arrest the attention of the stranger in our +progress. Without remarking on the general improvements of the age, we +shall find enough to engross our attention in the particular objects +before us. The most noted, or conspicuous of these are:--1. The New +Palace, with the adjoining Park and Gardens. 2. A Terrace, Street, and +Public Buildings on the site of Carlton House. 3. Belgrave Square, and +the adjoining Squares and Streets. 4. The Entrance Lodges and Bridge +in Hyde Park, with the improvements in the Roads and Walks of the same. +5. The Regent's Park, with its Terraces, Villas, Public Buildings, +Zoological Gardens, and Colosseum. 6. The London University. 7. The +British Museum. 8. The Post Office. 9. London Bridge, and its Vicinity. +10. St. Katherine's Docks. 11. The New Buildings and Alterations +connected with the Houses of Parliament, the Ministerial Offices, and +others, at Charing Cross. All these rank among the novelties and +embellished features of London; and whilst the design and execution of +so many public works manifest the increasing taste, or luxury of the +age, they employ and give encouragement to numerous artists, artisans, +and tradesmen. + +Of _the Royal Palace_, suffice it to remark, in this place, that it +is a large pile of building,--has been carried on with great rapidity of +execution,--its whole exterior is stone, many parts of which are adorned +with sculptured statues, basso-relievo, and other ornaments,--that a +highly-decorated triumphal arch, composed of fine white, marble, is +to be raised, at a short distance from the centre of the principal +front--and that the interior is to be splendidly adorned with marble, +scagliola, and other rich materials; whilst the galleries, armoury, +chapel, state-rooms, &c. are to display the most gorgeous ornaments of +the cabinet-maker, upholsterer, decorative painter, and other artisans. + +_The Park_, in front of this palace, which had continued for nearly +a century in one state of formal, tasteless insipidity, has been laid +out as a large pleasure-garden, interspersed with lawn, clusters of +shrubs and flowers, winding walks, varied surface, and a lake, whose +margin is made to wind with every inequality of surface, spreading +occasionally into a broad expanse, and then contracting to a narrow arm. +In the midst of the larger spaces are islands, covered with aquatic +trees and shrubs. + +_The Gardens_, or _Pleasure Grounds_, belonging to the Palace, +partake of the same character; but are adorned with shrubs, plants, and +flowers of a more choice description. A large piece of water is likewise +formed in the midst of these Gardens. + +_Belgrave Square, and Vicinity_. Immediately to the west of the +boundary-wall of the royal gardens is a tract of ground, which, in 1824, +was open fields, intersected by mud-banks, and partly occupied by a few +sheds, and inhabited by the lowest characters of society. In 1829, the +same land, consisting of about 140 acres, is nearly covered with houses +of the largest size, surrounding spacious squares, or skirting wide and +handsome streets. Of all the extraordinary works carried into effect by +London gentlemen and tradesmen, we may fairly adduce this as a +pre-eminent example. In the space of about four years, the houses +surrounding one large square, called Belgrave, have been erected, some +of them finished and occupied, and several others, of nearly equal +dimensions and value, completed. + +The most prominent feature of this district is _Belgrave Square_, +which includes within the front walls of the houses an area of about ten +acres, the centre of which, enclosed by lofty and handsome railing, is +laid out as a pleasure garden. The whole of the houses are large, lofty, +and spacious, with stuccoed fronts, porches, balustraded balconies; +and those in the centre of each side are decorated with columns, or +three-quarter columns, vases on the parapet, &c. + +Of _Eaton Square_, one portion only is built at present: as laid +out, planted, and railed in, it is intended to occupy an area of about +fourteen acres, and will be bounded by four rows of houses on the north +side, and the like number on the south side, having the king's private +road extending east and west through the centre. It measures 600 yards +long by 120 yards wide, between the houses. At the eastern extremity is +a new church, built from the designs of Henry Hakewill, Esq. + +To the north of this district, at Hyde Park Corner, is a large new +edifice appropriated to _St. George's Hospital_. It is a commodious +and handsome building, from the designs of R. Smirke, Esq. Near it, and +forming an entrance lodge to the Palace Gardens, is a bold, large, and +highly-decorated archway, built from the designs of Decimus Burton, Esq. +Opposite is a screen of columns, with three entrance archways, a lodge, +&c. constituting an architectural entrance to Hyde Park. Three other +lodges, with gates, by Mr. Burton, form so many other entrances to the +Park from the east and north--_Apsley House_, the town mansion of +the Duke of Wellington, at the south-east angle of Hyde Park, is +rebuilding from the designs of Messrs. B. and C. Wyatt, and will form a +handsome object at this entrance to the metropolis. + +The Earl of Grosvenor has set a most laudable example to our opulent +nobility, in the new wing to his mansion in Grosvenor Street, as a +gallery for his valuable pictures. It is a handsome and imposing design, +and does honour to the architect, Mr Cundy. + +The new _Club Houses_ in St. James's Street, especially that near +the southern end, present imposing fronts; and it may be added, that +most of the other Club Houses have contributed very much to adorn their +respective situations, and to impart a strictly architectural character +to our street buildings. + +The site of Carlton House, and its gardens, is occupied by a wide +street, by a lofty terrace overlooking the Park, by club houses, &c. Two +of the latter terminate Waterloo Place, and are appropriated to "_the +United Service_," and "_the Athenaeum_;" the first built from +the designs of Mr. Nash, and the latter from those of Mr. D. Burton. + +From Charing Cross to Exeter 'Change an amazing improvement has +commenced. All the houses on the north side of the Strand are taking +down, and others raising, farther back, by which the street will be much +widened, and the new buildings will assume better faces, if not better +accommodation, for the tradesmen who occupy them. That museum of sheds, +stalls, and filth, _Covent Garden_, is also to be cleared and +cleansed, and respectable ranges of shops and warerooms are to be +erected. + +It is now confidently said, that "_the King's College of London_" +is to be attached to the eastern side of Somerset House; and that Mr. +Smirke is commissioned to make a design for the building. + +In the _Regent's Park_ a new Terrace and other buildings, are in +progress; the great Colosseum is nearly finished, and the _Zoological +Gardens_ have excited unusual popularity. No less than 130,000 +visiters have been admitted to view the gardens and the vivarium within +the year 1828. + +On the east side of the Park is a mass of buildings appropriated to +_St. Katherine's Hospital_, consisting of a chapel in the centre, +with a group of dwellings on each side, and a detached mansion for the +master. South of this is a series of buildings, called _Cumberland +Terrace_, raised from the designs of Mr. Nash, which is abundantly +adorned with columns, arches, statues, and basso-relievo. + +The _Colosseum_, in the same Park, is a building of great +dimensions, and novel appropriation, and therefore calculated to excite +very popular attention. Near this is the _Diorama_, an edifice of +singular construction, destined for the public display of two pictures. +A new line of communication from this Park to Pall Mall has been +completed within the last few years, by a wide and handsome road called +_Regent Street_. + +_London University_--The situation of the first University founded +in this immense city is most peculiarly favourable, being equally +removed from the busy and confined part of the metropolis, and from the +fashionable and idle; whilst it is not inconveniently remote from either +extremity. The building was commenced on the 30th of April, 1827, when +the Duke of Sussex laid the first stone, in the presence of a large +concourse of noblemen and gentlemen. The design is by William Wilkins, +Esq., R.A., who has evinced in the principal elevation and general +character of the edifice considerable taste and science. When completed, +it is intended to consist of a central part, and two wings projecting at +right angles from the extremities of the former. The first portion only +of this is at present finished. It extends from north to south 430 feet, +with a depth, from east to west, including the two semicircular +theatres, of about 200 feet. The elevation is at once classical and +chaste, having a bold and rich portico in the centre, elevated on a +plinth, to the height of the first story (19 feet,) and is approached +by numerous steps, which are arranged to produce a fine effect. Twelve +Corinthian columns support a flattened pediment, in the tympanum of +which is to be a composition in basso-relievo, analogous to science and +literature. Behind this pediment is a cupola, finished by a lantern +light, in imitation of a peripteral temple, crowning and ornamenting a +grand octagonal vestibule, or saloon. North of this is the museum of +natural history, 118 feet by 50, and 23 feet in height, opening to +the museum of anatomy, which latter communicates with two rooms for +professors, and to one of the large theatres, or lecture-rooms. East of +the vestibule is a large hall, and to the south is the great library, +corresponding in size, &c. with the museum of natural history; the +small library; rooms for the librarian, for apparatus, and also another +large theatre. The ground-floor consists of rooms for lectures, the +Professor's offices, laboratory, museum, a spacious cloister 213 feet +by 24; rooms for the anatomical school, &c. In the basement are other +apartments for the anatomical schools, for the chemical laboratory, +the students' common room, kitchen, stewards' room, refreshment rooms, +housekeeper's room, vaults, &c. + +At the _British Museum_ a new room, to contain the late king's +library, has been built and fitted up from the designs of Mr. R. Smirke. +It is the largest apartment in this country, its measurement being 300 +feet in length, by 30 feet in width, and 30 feet high, + +The _St. Katherine's Docks_, recently formed near the Tower, will +increase this species of accommodation, and be a great improvement to a +district where reform and alteration are much required. By a statement +published by the Committee in October, 1828, it appears that "the first +stone was laid 3rd of May, 1827," and that a grand ceremony was exhibited +on the 25th of October, 1828, of opening the Docks. On that occasion, +nine vessels, of from 516 to 343 tons burden, entered the docks to load +and discharge their freights. Above 1,200 houses, warehouses, &c. were +purchased and taken down, to make room for the new works. Accommodation +is provided for the stowage of 210,000 tons of merchandize; and, from +the improved construction of the warehouses, these goods will be always +housed under cover. The fixed capital for completing this great +commercial undertaking is 1,352,752_l_. + +_A Collier Dock_, on a large scale, has been projected to be +excavated and formed in the Isle of Dogs, near Blackwall for which +Mr. George Rennie has made plans and estimates. + +The _New London Bridge_, now nearly completed, is a work of great +magnitude, science, and novelty. Its erection, in our times, and +following the recent finishing of the bridges of Waterloo and Southwark, +is a memorable event in the annals of London. + +The projected _Tunnel under the Thames_ is not only a novel object +in this part of London, but, should it ever be accomplished, it will be +a wonderful triumph of human talents over seeming impossibilities. + +Although so many useful and even important improvements have been +recently effected in the metropolis, there are yet many things left +undone that ought to be done, and others proceeding in a manner that +will neither be creditable nor beneficial. The widening and opening of +_New Streets_ from Pall Mall to the British Museum; from that +national repository to Waterloo Bridge, skirting the two theatres;--from +the Strand to Lincoln's Inn Fields, and thence to Holborn; and again +to Covent Garden;--from Charing Cross to Somerset House;--from Oxford +Road to Bloomsbury Square and Holborn;--from Blackfriars' Bridge to +Clerkenwell, removing and clearing away that nuisance in a public +thoroughfare, Fleet Market;--from Moorfields to the Bank, and thence +obliquely to Southwark Bridge;--widening and opening the area around +St. Paul's Cathedral,--are all calculated to be very beneficial to +the public. Other essential alterations are still required; and the +legislature, as well as all public-spirited individuals, should +co-operate to promote them. The formation of open, respectable quays, +terraces, and streets, on the banks of our fine river, is an event +greatly to be desired. + +The vastly-increasing population of London, has occasioned a great +augmentation of _Churches_ and _Chapels_, both for congregations +of the establishment, and for dissenters. In consequence of urgent, and +argumentative appeals by some truly pious and benevolent Christians, the +legislature has granted a large sum for the purpose of aiding parochial +committees, to build new churches or enlarge their old ones. + +The _New Post Office_, in St. Martin's-le-Grand, is fast +approaching conclusion, and will constitute one of the most imposing +public buildings of the city. Preparatory to the re-erection of the +whole of the _Blue Coat School_, or _Christ's Hospital_, in +Newgate Street, a spacious and handsome Hall has been erected, from the +designs of Mr. Shaw. + +A _new Chapel_, of novel design, being of an amphitheatrical form, +has been recently completed, from the designs of _W. Brooks_, +architect. It is seated near the Catholic Chapel, in Finsbury Circus. + + * * * * * + + + + +THE SKETCH-BOOK. + + * * * * * + +THE FIRST AND LAST CRIME. + +[_Blackwood's Magazine_ for the current month contains a sketchy +article under this title, which displays much of the breadth and vigour +of one of Maga's contributors. Our extract is in the form of the +confession of a reckless, daring spirit, who being imprisoned for +murder, commits suicide. The early developement of his bad passions is +admirably drawn, and altogether this is one of the most powerfully +written papers that we have lately met with.] + + +I was the youngest child of three; but before I had attained my tenth +year, I was an only one. I had always been the favourite of both my +parents, and now I was their idol. They hung upon my existence, as a +shipwrecked mariner clings to the last floating fragment of the gallant +bark that bore him; they lived, but while they held by me, in the rough +tossings of the ocean of life. I was not slow to discover my value in +their estimation, or to exercise, in its fullest extent, the capricious +tyranny of conscious power. Almost the earliest impression which my +ripening mind received, was a regal immunity from error--I could _do +no wrong_. + +My education was not neglected. Alas! the only use I have ever made of +what I acquired, has been to gild my vices when acted, or refine upon +the manner of acting them while in contemplation. I look back, at this +moment, to the period of my life I am describing, as prosperous men +recall the day-spring of their fortunes. _They_, from the proud +eminence on which they stand, trace, step by step, in retrospective +view, the paths by which they ascended; and _I_, looking through +the dark vista of my by-gone years, behold the fatal series of crimes +and follies that stained their progress, stretching to my boyhood. The +gay and frolic _irregularities_, as they were gently termed, of +that untamed age, were the turbid source of the waters of misery in +which I am now engulphed, I was a lawless planet, running at will; and +the orbit I described laid waste more than one fair region of peace and +happiness. + +My father had a brother, his elder by many years; a man of stern and +rigid character, as I then considered him; but, as I would now call him, +of upright, firm, and honourable principle. He loved my father, but did +not love his weakness; and the display of it, in his indulgence towards +me, was the cause of many a serious, if not sometimes angry, debate +between them. Well do I remember (for it rankled like poison in my +swelling heart) a declaration he once made in my presence. It was a +fine autumnal evening, and he was seated with my father and mother in +a balcony, which opened from the library-window upon a spacious lawn. +I entered the room, and advanced towards them, unconscious, of course, +that their conversation had been about me; but my uncle looking at me +with a severe expression of countenance, and at the same time addressing +his brother, exclaimed, "Well, James, neither you nor I may live to see +it; but if the grace of God, or his own better reflection, as he grows +older, do not work a change in this young squire, a duel, Jack Ketch, +or a razor, will work his exit some day or other." + +My father smiled--I saw my mother wipe away a tear--at that moment +I could have struck my uncle dead. I muttered a few words--I knew not +what, and left the room. Boy as I was, (for I had barely completed +my seventeenth year,) I felt all the vindictive passions of manhood +kindling within me. It seemed as if a sentence had been passed upon +me, the more terrible, because a secret voice whispered to me, it was +prophetic! _That impression never forsook me!_ + +I questioned my father haughtily, a few days afterwards, as to the +reasons of his brother for thus speaking of me; and I even dared to +insinuate, that, had he felt what a father should, he would have +resented the indignity. He answered me (I write it with shame and +contrition) most mildly, most affectionately. The gentle being--I see +him now, as he tenderly took my hand--apologized to me--to me! who ought +to have stood trembling in _his_ presence! I followed up my blow. +With cold, but subtle malignity. I played off my revenge towards my +uncle, through the idolatry of my father's love towards myself. I +barbarously gave him a choice of misery; for I disdainfully replied, +that he must henceforth determine, whether he would lose a brother or +a son, as _I_ had determined to remain no longer under his roof, +unless I had the assurance that I should never again see my uncle there. +He looked at me. My God! what a look it was! so full of meek sorrow +and appalling obedience! Without uttering a word, he sat down to his +writing-table. The tears fell upon his paper; but they did not blot out +a few bitter words addressed to his brother, which severed for ever in +this world two noble hearts; cast, indeed, in different moulds, but +which kindred blood had cemented, in the close bonds of fraternal love, +for more than forty years. + +This was my _first_ revenge. But was I satisfied? No! + +It was only a few months afterwards, that chance threw in my way a +daughter of my uncle's. I met her at the house of a common friend, who +knew and deplored the unhappy schism which prevailed between the two +brothers. He was equally attached to both, and I believe pleased himself +with the idea, that an occasional intercourse between the younger +branches of the families, might, some day or other, bring about a +reconciliation between the heads. My cousin Harriet was a year older +than myself. She was in her nineteenth, I in my eighteenth year. I loved +her. Yes; the _first_ feeling that glowed within my bosom was that +of love. She was beautiful--fascinating--accomplished--amiable--and +I loved her. It was not long before I was satisfied. I had kindled a +reciprocal passion in her breast. The mute eloquence of her look and +manner was only the harbinger of that same thrilling eloquence, which +fell from her tongue when I won the declaration of her affection. + +Her father knew we met at this friend's house; but whether he was told, +or whether he penetrated, the secret of our attachment, I never learned. +I only know, that, at the very moment when separation was madness, his +mandate went forth, prohibiting all farther intercourse between us, and +that it was obeyed. Not by me; for I was incapable of submission: but by +my gentle Harriet, who thought _herself_ incapable of disobeying. +We met no more where we had been wont to meet; and my young heart's +spring of happiness seemed for ever withered. + +But here again, I began to reflect, my path was crossed--my hopes were +blighted--by my uncle. I heard, too, that his tongue had been free with +my name; that the blistering censure of his austere virtue had fallen +upon my actions. I writhed under the contumely. My wounded spirit was +insatiate for vengeance. I meditated, deeply, how I could inflict it, so +as to strike the blow where he was most vulnerable. I did not brood long +over my dark purpose. The love I still bore his daughter, was _now_ +mingled with the hatred I bore towards himself; and I exulted in the +thought, that I should perhaps be able to gratify, at one and the same +moment, two of the fiercest passions of my nature--lust and revenge! + +I SUCCEEDED! + +In these two words let me shroud a tale of horror. Harriet was my +victim! Ask not how. _I_ triumphed! _She_ fell! An angel might +have fallen as she did, and lost no purity. But her stainless heart was +too proud in virtue to palter and equivocate with circumstances. She +never rose from what she deemed her bridal bed. And ere twenty summers +had fanned her cheek, the grave-worm banqueted upon its loveliness. + +This was my _first_ crime. The recollection of it is engraven upon +my memory by an awful catastrophe. The night wind that sung _her_ +funeral dirge, howled with dismal fury through the burning ruins of my +paternal mansion. Yes! that very night, as if it were in mercy to them, +my father and my mother both perished in the flames which reduced +the house itself to cinders. They were seen at the windows of their +bedchamber, shrieking for aid; but before any could be procured, the +flooring gave way, and they sunk at once into the yawning furnace that +roared beneath. Their remains, when afterwards dug out, were a few +shovelsfull of blackened ashes; except my father's right hand, which was +found clasped in that of my mother, and both unconsumed. I followed +these sad relics to the sepulchre. But with the tears I shed, there was +blended a feeble consolation at the thought they had died before they +knew the fate of Harriet; and a frightful joy, that another pang was +added to the wretchedness of my uncle. + +I can well remember what a feeling of loneliness and desolation now took +possession of me. Time, however, rolled on; and I grew callous, if not +reconciled. I could not disguise from myself that the more select +circles of society were closed against me; or, if I found my way into +them, some blushing whisper was quickly circulated, which created a +solitude around me. + +It was during this period, and while I was squandering thousands to +achieve the conquest of shadows, that I succeeded in fixing an intimacy +with a family equal to my own in station, and superior to it in fortune. +The eldest daughter was an heiress of large expectations, and my +proposals of marriage were favourably received. I might almost say that +Matilda was mine; when one day I received a letter from her father, +peremptorily forbidding my visits. I was thunderstruck. I hastened to +the house, and demanded an explanation. It was given in few words. _I +was referred to my uncle for any information I required_. + +This blow struck me down. I had run through my patrimonial estate; but +hoped, by my marriage with Matilda, to repair my shattered fortune. +Three weeks after it was known that the match was broken off, I was +a prisoner for debt in the King's Bench! I breathed no curses upon +the cause of this sudden reverse of fortune, but--I swore revenge, in +silence; and I kept my oath. I languished away six months, a captive +debtor; and then, taking the benefit of the act, I walked forth a +beggar, to prey upon the world at large! I had studied, during that +time, in an admirable school, where I found professors in every art by +which fools are gulled, and knaves foiled with their own weapons. I was +an apt scholar, and returned to the bosom of society, an adept in the +science of _polished depredation_. Translate this into the language +of the Old Bailey, and I became a swindler by profession. Like the +eagle, however, I was a bird of prey that soared into the highest +regions, and rarely stooped to strike the meaner tribes of my species. I +had not lost, with the trappings of my birth, the manners and address of +the sphere in which I had moved; and these were now my stock in trade +for carrying on my new vocation. + +Among the children of misfortune with whom I associated in prison, was +Charles Fitzroy; a bankrupt in every thing but exhaustless invention, +and unconquerable perseverance. Give him the free use of his limbs, and +with matchless dexterity he would make the contributions of the morning +furnish out the riotous expenses of the evening. It was his boast, that +he would breakfast with an empty pocket, and dine with a purse that +should defray the carouse of a dozen friends. And I have known him +fulfil his boast, with a heart as light, too, as became a man who thus +made the credulous fools of the world his bankers. + +I was needy, desperate, and an outcast; and I linked my destiny with +Fitzroy's. He had my confidence; such confidence as confederates in +knavery can bestow. When he obtained his liberty, which he did shortly +after my own was accomplished, he introduced me to his companions; men +who, like himself, lived by plundering the unwary, and who looked up to +him as their _Magnus Apollo_. I was soon initiated in all their +mysteries; and played my part to admiration at the gaming-table, on the +race course, and in the ring. + +Fitzroy was master of the secret that festered near my heart; the +increased and increasing hatred towards my uncle. I regarded him as +my evil genius; for not only had he thwarted me in two of the dearest +objects of my life; but his prediction of my boyhood had clung to me +like a poisoned garment. I could not shake it off; and now, more than +ever, it seemed accomplishing itself with rapid strides. It made me mad +when I reflected upon the polluted channels through which _my_ +precarious means flowed, and thought of the luxurious enjoyments which +_his_ opulence commanded. It was true, I had dashed his cup with +bitterness; but it was no less true, that it still flowed with sweets, +while mine was brimming with gall. Fitzroy would often talk to me upon +this subject, and devise schemes for a successful inroad upon his purse. +At length a plan was matured between us, in which I could not appear, +but which Fitzroy, and a picked few of our associates, undertook to +execute. + +My uncle had always been passionately fond of the course, and prided +himself upon his stud of racers. He betted largely, and was generally +fortunate, probably because he selected his men with a wary eye. +The race course, then, was the arena chosen for the enterprise; but +admirable as were the projected plans, and skilfully as they were +executed, such was his luck, or so profound were his calculations, that +they failed _five_ successive seasons. Fitzroy, however, was one of +those men who, when satisfied that what they engage in ought to succeed, +according to the means employed, only derive fresh vigour from every +fresh defeat. He played his game a _sixth_ time, and won. The same +day that saw my uncle rise with thousands, saw him seek his pillow at +night, a frantic beggar! He was too proud a man, too honourable, I will +add, not to throw down his last guinea, in satisfaction of such demands. +He never suspected villany in the business. He paid his losses, +therefore; and in less than a week afterwards, an inquest sat upon his +body, which was found at the bottom of his own fish pond. + +I had my share of this infernal plunder; but so ravenous had been +my appetite for revenge, that not one pang of remorse disturbed the +riotous enjoyments in which it was lavished. On the contrary, the very +consciousness that it _was_ my uncle's money I squandered, gave a +zest to every excess, and seemed to appease the gnawing passions which +had so long tormented me. In two or three years, however, boundless +extravagance, and the gaming-table, stripped me of my last shilling. +It was in one of the frenzied moments of this profligate reverse of +fortune, that I committed the crime for which, if to-morrow dawned +upon me, I should be publicly arraigned. + +Fitzroy had been fortunate the whole night. I had thrown with constant +bad luck. He had pocketed some hundreds; I had lost more than I could +pay. I asked him for a temporary loan of fifty pounds, to make good what +I owed, and stake the small remaining sum for the chance of retrieving +all. He refused me. It was the first time he had ever done so. But he +not _only_ refused me, he taunted me with sarcastic reproofs for my +folly, and muttered something about the uselessness of assisting a man +who, if he had thousands, would scatter them like dust. He should have +chosen a fitter moment to exhort me, than when I was galled by my +losses, and by his denial of my request. I was heated with wine too; and +half mad with despair, half mad with drink, I sprang upon him, tore him +to the earth, and before the by-standers could interfere to separate us, +I had buried a knife, which I snatched from a table near me, up to the +handle in his heart! He screamed--convulsively grappled me by the +throat---and expired! His death-gripe was so fierce and powerful, that I +believe had we been alone, his murderer would have been found strangled +by his side. It was with difficulty that the horror-struck witnesses of +this bloody scene could force open his clenched hands time enough to let +me breathe. + +I have done! I remember, as if it were but yesterday, the silent +response which my heart made, when my uncle pronounced that withering +sentence on me. "No!" was my indignant exclamation; "I may deserve a +hundred public deaths; but if I know myself, I would never undergo +one!--NOR WILL I." When that which I have written shall be read--other +hopes and fears--other punishments, perchance, than man can awaken or +inflict--will await me. My _first_ crime--my _first_ revenge, +and my _last_, I have recorded; my _last_ crime others must +tell, when they speak of the murderer and SUICIDE, + + JAMES MORLEY. + +There is little doubt that scarcely a moment intervened between his +writing his name, and placing the pistol to his heart; for when he was +discovered, the pen was lying on the paper, as if it had been laid down +only for an instant. + + * * * * * + + + + +RETROSPECTIVE GLEANINGS. + + * * * * * + + +REGAL TABLET. + +(_Concluded from page 166._) + + +CHARLES II. + +restored 29th May, 1669, ended 6th Feb. 1685. + +_Popes_. + +Alexander VII., 1655. +Clement IX., 1667. +Clement X., 1670. +Innocent XI., 1676. + +_Emperor of Germany_. + +Leopold I., 1658. + +_France_. + +Louis XIV., 1643. + +_Spain_. + +Philip IV., 1620. +Charles II., 1665. + +_Portugal_. + +Alonzo VI., 1656. +Pedro II., 1683. + +_Denmark_ + +Frederic III., 1648. +Christian V., 1670. + +_Sweden_. + +Charles XI., 1660. + + * * * * * + +JAMES II. + +began his reign 6th Feb. 1685, abdicated 13th Feb. 1689. + +Contemporaries all as in the last reign. + + * * * * * + +WILLIAM AND MARY + +began their reign 13th Feb. 1689, ended 8th March, 1702. + +_Popes_. + +Innocent XI., 1676. +Alexander VIII., 1689. +Innocent XII., 1691. +Clement XI., 1700. + +_Emperor of Germany_. + +Leopold I., 1658. + +_France_. + +Louis XIV., 1643. + +_Spain_. + +Charles II., 1665. +Philip V., 1700. + +_Portugal_. + +Pedro II., 1683. + +_Denmark_. + +Christian V., 1670. +Frederic IV., 1699. + +_Sweden_. + +Charles XI., 1660. +Charles XII., 1697. + +_Prussia_. + +Frederic I., 1701. + + * * * * * + +ANNE + +began her reign 8th March, 1702, ended 1st Aug. 1714. + +_Popes_. + +Clement XI., 1700. + +_Emperors of Germany_. + +Leopold I., 1658. +Joseph I., 1705. +Charles VI., 1711. + +_France_. + +Louis XIV., 1643. + +_Spain_. + +Philip V., 1700. + +_Portugal_. + +Pedro II., 1683. +John V., 1706. + +_Denmark_. + +Frederic IV., 1699. + +_Sweden_. + +Charles XII. 1697. + +_Prussia_. + +Frederic I., 1701. +Frederic William I., 1713. + + * * * * * + +The Illustrious House of Brunswick. + +GEORGE I. + +began his reign 1st Aug. 1714, ended 11th June, 1727. + +_Popes_. + +Clement XI., 1700. +Innocent XIII., 1721. +Benedict XIII., 1723. + +_Emperor of Germany_. + +Charles VI., 1711. + +_Russia_. + +Peter I., 1724. +Catherine I., 1725. +Peter II., 1727. + +_France_. + +Louis XIV., 1643. +Louis XV., 1715. + +_Spain_. + +Philip V., 1700. + +_Portugal_. + +John V., 1706. + +_Denmark_. + +Frederic IV., 1699. + +_Sweden_. + +Charles XII. 1697. +Ulrica, 1718. +Frederic, 1720. + +_Prussia_. + +Frederic William I., 1713. + + * * * * * + +GEORGE II. + +began his reign 11th June, 1727, ended 25th Oct. 1760. + +_Popes_. + +Benedict XIII., 1723. +Clement XII., 1730. +Benedict XIV., 1740. +Clement XIII., 1758. + +_Emperors of Germany_. + +Charles VI., 1711. +Charles VII., 1740. +Francis I., 1745. + +_Russia_. + +Peter II., 1727. +Anne., 1730. +John V., 1740. +Elizabeth, 1741. + +_France_. + +Louis XV., 1715. + +_Spain_. + +Philip V., 1700. +Ferdinand, 1746. +Charles III., 1759. + +_Portugal_. + +John V., 1706. +Joseph, 1750. + +_Denmark_. + +Frederic IV., 1699. +Christian VI. 1730. +Frederic V., 1746. + +_Sweden_. + +Frederic, 1720. +Adolphus, 1751. + +_Prussia_. + +Frederic William, I, 1713. +Frederic II., 1740. + + * * * * * + +GEORGE III. + +began his reign 25th Oct. 1760, ended 29th Jan. 1820. + +_Popes_. + +Clement XIII., 1758. +Clement XIV., 1769. +Pius VI., 1775. +Pius VII., 1800. + +_Emperors of Germany_. + +Francis I., 1745. +Joseph II., 1765. +Francis II., 1792.[4] + +_Austria_. + +Francis I., 1806. + +_Turkey_. + +Mustapha III., 1757. +Achmed, 1774. +Selim III., 1789. +Mahamud VI., 1808. + +_Portugal_. + +Joseph, 1750. +Mary and Peter III., 1777. +Mary (alone), 1786. +John, 1816. + +_Russia_. + +Elizabeth, 1741. +Peter III., 1762. +Catharine II., 1762. +Paul I., 1796. +Alexander, 1801. + +_Prussia_. + +Frederic the Great, 1740. +Frederic William II., 1786. + +_France_. + +Louis XV., 1715. +Louis XVI., 1774. +Louis XVII. 1793. +Bonaparte, 1799. +Louis XVIII., 1814. + +_Spain_. + +Charles III., 1759. +Charles IV., 1788. +Ferdinand VII., 1808. + +_Denmark_. + +Frederic V., 1746. +Christian VII., 1766. +Matilda, 1772. +Frederic VI. 1808. + +_Sweden_. + +Adolphus Frederic, 1751. +Gustavus III., 1771. +Gustavus IV., 1792. +Charles XIII., 1809. +Charles XIV., (Bernadotte), 1818. + +_Holland_. + +William V. (Stadtholder), 1757. +William, Prince of Orange, 1815. + +_Prussia_. + +Frederic William III., 1797. + +_Poland_. + +Stanislaus II. 1764. + +_Naples and Sicily_. + +Frederic IV. 1759. +Joseph Napoleon, 1806. +Joachim Napoleon, 1809. +King of Naples restored, 1815. + +_Etruria_. + +Francis, 1730. +Leopold, 1765. +Ferdinand III., 1790. +Louis I., 1801. +Louis II. 1802. + +_Sardinia_. + +Charles Emanuel III. 1730. +Victor Amadeus, 1773. +Emanuel V., 1802. + + * * * * * + +GEORGE IV. + +ascended 29th Jan. 1820, whom GOD preserve. + +Contemporaries at the commencement of his reign the same as at the death +of his late majesty. + +JACOBUS. + + [4] Francis II. of Germany abdicated 1806, and took the title of + Emperor of Austria. + + + * * * * * + + + + +THE SELECTOR, + +AND + +LITERARY NOTICES OF + +_NEW WORKS_. + + * * * * * + +MOUNT ARAFAT, AND THE PILGRIMAGE +TO MEKKA. + + +Every traditionary and topographical particular of this hallowed spot, +and the picturesque ceremonies by which it is consecrated, must be +acceptable to the Christian reader; and this conviction has induced us +to abridge the following from that portion of _Burckhardt's Travels_ +which describes the _Hadj_, or _pilgrimage_ to Mekka. + +At sunrise on the 9th of Zul Hadj, every pilgrim issued from his tent, +to walk over the plains, and take a view of the busy crowds assembled +there. Long streets of tents, fitted up as bazars, furnished all kinds +of provisions. The Syrian and Egyptian cavalry were exercised by their +chiefs early in the morning, while thousands of camels were seen feeding +upon the dry shrubs of the plain all round the camp. I walked to Mount +Arafat, to enjoy from its summit a more distinct view of the whole. +This granite hill, which is also called _Djebel er' Rahme_, or the +Mountain of Mercy, rises on the north-east side of the plain, close to +the mountains which encompass it, but separated from them by a rocky +valley; it is about a mile, or a mile and a half in circuit; its sides +are sloping, and its summit is nearly two hundred feet above the level +of the plain. On the eastern side broad stone steps lead up to the top, +and a broad unpaved path, on the western, over rude masses of granite, +with which its declivity is covered. After mounting about forty steps, +we find a spot a little on the left, called Modaa Seydna Adam, or the +place of prayer of our Lord Adam, where, it is related, that the father +of mankind used to stand while praying; for here it was, according to +Mohammedan tradition, that the angel Gabriel first instructed Adam how +to adore his Creator. A marble slab, bearing an inscription in modern +characters, is fixed in the side of the mountain. On reaching about the +sixtieth step, we come to a small paved platform to our right, on a +level spot of the hill, where the preacher stands who admonishes the +pilgrims on the afternoon of this day, as I shall hereafter mention. +Thus high, the steps are so broad and easy that a horse or camel may +ascend; but higher up they become more steep and uneven. On the summit, +the place is shown where Mohammed used to take his station during the +Hadj; a small chapel formerly stood over it; but this was destroyed by +the Wahabys: here the pilgrims usually pray two rikats, in salutation +of Arafat. The steps and the summit are covered with handkerchiefs to +receive their pious gifts, and each family of the Mekkawys or Bedouins +of the tribe of Koreysh, in whose territory Arafat lies, has its +particular spot assigned to it for this purpose. The summit commands a +very extensive and singular prospect. I brought my compass to take a +circle of bearings; but the crowd was so great that I could not use it. +Towards the western extremity of the plain are seen Bir Bazan and the +Aalameyn; somewhat nearer, southwards, the mosque called Djama Nimre, +or Djama Seydna Ibrahim; and on the south-east, a small house where the +Sherif used to lodge during the pilgrimage. From thence an elevated +rocky ground in the plain extends towards Arafat. On the eastern side +of the mountain, and close to its foot, are the ruins of a small mosque, +built on rocky ground, called Djama el Szakhrat, where Mohammed was +accustomed to pray, and where the pilgrims make four prostrations in +memory of the prophet. Several large reservoirs lined with stone are +dispersed over the plain; two or three are close to the foot of Arafat, +and there are some near the house of the Sherifs: they are filled from +the same fine aqueduct which supplies Mekka, and the head of which is +about one hour and a half distant, in the eastern mountains. The canal +is left open here for the convenience of pilgrims, and is conducted +round the three sides of the mountains, passing by Modaa Seydna Adam.[5] + +From the summit of Arafat, I counted about three thousand tents +dispersed over the plain, of which two-thirds belonged to the two Hadj +caravans, and to the suite and soldiers of Mohammed Aly; the rest to the +Arabs of the Sherif, the Bedouin hadjys, and the people of Mekka and +Djidda. These assembled multitudes were for the greater number, like +myself, without tents. The two caravans were encamped without much +order, each party of pilgrims or soldiers having pitched its tents in +large circles or _dowars_, in the midst of which many of their +camels were reposing. The plain contained, dispersed in different parts, +from twenty to twenty-five thousand camels, twelve thousand of which +belonged to the Syrian Hadj, and from five to six thousand to the +Egyptian; besides about three thousand, purchased by Mohammed Aly from +the Bedouins in the Syrian Deserts, and brought to Mekka with the Hadj, +to convey the pilgrims to this place, previously to being used for the +transport of army-provisions to Tayf. + +The Syrian Hadj was encamped on the south and south-west side of the +mountain; the Egyptian on the south-east. Around the house of the +Sherif, Yahya himself was encamped with his Bedouin troops, and in its +neighbourhood were all the Hedjaz people. Here it was that the two Yemen +caravans used formerly to take their station. Mohammed Aly, and Soleyman +Pasha of Damascus, as well as several of their officers, had very +handsome tents; but the most magnificent of all was that of the wife of +Mohammed Aly, the mother of Tousoun Pasha and Ibrahim Pasha, who had +lately arrived from Cairo for the Hadj, with a truly royal equipage, +five hundred camels being necessary to transport her baggage from Djidda +to Mekka. Her tent was in fact an encampment consisting of a dozen tents +of different sizes, inhabited by her women; the whole enclosed by a wall +of linen cloth, eight hundred paces in circuit, the single entrance to +which was guarded by eunuchs in splendid dresses. Around this enclosure +were pitched the tents of the men who formed her numerous suite. The +beautiful embroidery on the exterior of this linen palace, with the +various colours displayed in every part of it, constituted an object +which reminded me of some descriptions in the Arabian Tales of the +Thousand and One Nights. Among the rich equipages of the other hadjys, +or of the Mekka people, none were so conspicuous as that belonging +to the family of Djeylany, the merchant, whose tents, pitched in a +semicircle, rivalled in beauty those of the two pashas, and far exceeded +those of Sherif Yahya. In other parts of the East, a merchant would +as soon think of buying a rope for his own neck, as of displaying his +wealth in the presence of a pasha; but Djeylany has not yet laid aside +the customs which the Mekkawys learned under their old government, +particularly that of Sherif Ghaleb, who seldom exercised extortion upon +single individuals; and they now rely on the promises of Mohammed Aly, +that he will respect their property. + +During the whole morning, there were repeated discharges of the +artillery which both pashas had brought with them. A few pilgrims +had taken up their quarters on Djebel Arafat itself, where some small +cavern, or impending block of granite, afforded them shelter from the +sun. It is a belief generally entertained in the East, and strengthened +by many boasting hadjys on their return home, that all the pilgrims, on +this day, encamp upon Mount Arafat; and that the mountain possesses the +miraculous property of expansion, so as to admit an indefinite number of +the faithful upon its summit. The law ordains that the _wakfe_, or +position of the Hadj, should be on Djebel Arafat; but it wisely provides +against any impossibility, by declaring that the plain in the immediate +neighbourhood of the mountain may be regarded as comprised under the +term "mountain," or Djebel Arafat. + +I estimated the number of persons assembled here at about seventy +thousand. The camp was from three to four miles long, and between one +and two in breadth. There is, perhaps, no spot on earth where, in so +small a place, such a diversity of languages are heard; I reckoned about +forty, and I have no doubt that there were many more. It appeared to me +as if I were here placed in a holy temple of travellers only; and never +did I at any time feel a more ardent wish to be able to penetrate once +into the inmost recesses of the countries of many of those persons +whom I now saw before me, fondly imagining that I might have no more +difficulty in reaching their homes, than what they had experienced in +their journey to this spot. + + * * * * * + +The time of Aszer (or about three o'clock, P.M.) approached, when that +ceremony of the Hadj takes place, for which the whole assembly had come +hither. The pilgrims now pressed forward towards the mountain of Arafat, +and covered its sides from top to bottom. At the precise time of Aszer, +the preacher took his stand upon the platform on the mountain, and began +to address the multitude. This sermon, which lasts till sun-set, +constitutes the holy ceremony of the Hadj called Khotbet el Wakfe; and +no pilgrim, although he may have visited all the holy places of Mekka, +is entitled to the name of hadjy, unless he has been present on this +occasion. As Aszer approached, therefore, all the tents were struck, +every thing was packed up, the caravans began to load, and the pilgrims +belonging to them mounted their camels, and crowded round the mountain, +to be within sight of the preacher, which is sufficient, as the greater +part of the multitude is necessarily too distant to hear him. The two +pashas, with their whole cavalry drawn up in two squadrons behind them, +took their post in the rear of the deep lines of camels of the hadjys, +to which those of the people of the Hedjaz were also joined; and here +they waited in solemn and respectful silence the conclusion of the +sermon. Further removed from the preacher, was the Sherif Yahya, with +his small body of soldiers, distinguished by several green standards +carried before him. The two Mahmals, or holy camels, which carry on +their back the high structure that serves as the banner of their +respective caravans, made way with difficulty through the ranks of +camels that encircled the southern and eastern sides of the hill, +opposite to the preacher, and took their station, surrounded by their +guards, directly under the platform in front of him.[6] + +The preacher, or Khatyb, who is usually the Kadhy of Mekka, was mounted +upon a finely caparisoned camel, which had been led up the steps; it +being traditionally said that Mohammed was always seated when he here +addressed his followers, a practice in which he was imitated by all +the Khalifes who came to the Hadj, and who from hence addressed their +subjects in person. The Turkish gentleman of Constantinople, however, +unused to camel-riding, could not keep his seat so well as the hardy +Bedouin prophet; and the camel becoming unruly, he was soon obliged to +alight from it. He read his sermon from a book in Arabic, which he held +in his hands. At intervals of every four or five minutes he paused, and +stretched forth his arms to implore blessings from above; while the +assembled multitudes around and before him waved the skirts of their +ihrams over their heads, and rent the air with shouts of "Lebeyk, +Allahuma Lebeyk," (i.e. Here we are, at thy commands, O God!) During +the wavings of the ihrams, the side of the mountain, thickly crowded +as it was by the people in their white garments, had the appearance +of a cataract of water; while the green umbrellas, with which several +thousand hadjys, sitting on their camels below, were provided, bore some +resemblance to a verdant plain.--During his sermon, which lasted almost +three hours, the Kadhy was seen constantly to wipe his eyes with a +handkerchief; for the law enjoins the Khatyb or preacher to be moved +with feeling and compunction; and adds that, whenever tears appear on +his face, it is a sign that the Almighty enlightens him, and is ready +to listen to his prayers. + +At length the sun began to descend behind the western mountains; upon +which the Kadhy, having shut his book, received a last greeting of +"Lebeyk;" and the crowds rushed down the mountain, in order to quit +Arafat. It is thought meritorious to accelerate the pace on this +occasion; and many persons make it a complete race, called by the Arabs, +_Ad' dafa min Arafat_. In former times, when the strength of the +Syrian and Egyptian caravans happened to be nearly balanced, bloody +affrays took place here almost every year between them, each party +endeavouring to outrun and to carry its _mahmal_ in advance of the +other. The same happened when the _mahmals_ approached the platform +at the commencement of the sermon; and two hundred lives have on some +occasions been lost in supporting what was thought the honour of the +respective caravans. At present the power of Mohammed Aly preponderates, +and the Syrian hadjys display great humility. The united caravans and +the whole mass of pilgrims now moved forward over the plain; every +tent had been previously packed up, to be ready for the occasion. The +pilgrims pressed through the Aalameyn, which they must repass on their +return; and night came on before they reached the defile called El +Mazoumeyn. Innumerable torches were now lighted, twenty-four being +carried before each pasha; and the sparks of fire from them flew far +over the plain. There were continual discharges of artillery; the +soldiers fired their muskets; the martial bands of both the pashas +played; sky-rockets were thrown as well by the pashas' officers, as +by many private pilgrims; while the Hadj passed at a quick pace in +the greatest disorder, amidst a deafening clamour, through the pass of +Mazoumeyn, leading towards Mezdelfe, where all alighted, after a two +hours' march. No order was observed here in encamping; and every one lay +down on the spot that first presented itself, no tents being pitched +except those of the pashas and their suites; before which was an +illumination of lamps in the form of high arches, which continued to +blaze the whole night, while the firing of the artillery was kept up +without intermission. + + [5] At the close of the sixteenth century, according to Kotobeddyn, + the whole plain of Arafat was cultivated. + + [6] The Mahmal (an exact representation of which is given by D'Ohsson) + is a high, hollow, wooden frame, in the form of a cone, with a + pyramidal top, covered with a fine silk brocade adorned with + ostrich feathers, and having a small book of prayers and charms + placed in the midst of it, wrapped up in a piece of silk. (My + description is taken from the Egyptian Mahmal.) When on the road, + it serves as a holy banner to the caravan; and on the return of + the Egyptian caravan, the book of prayers is exposed in the mosque + El Hassaneyn, at Cairo, where men and women of the lower classes + go to kiss it and obtain a blessing by rubbing their foreheads + upon it. No copy of the Koran, nor any thing but the book of + prayers, is placed in the Cairo Mahmal. I believe the custom to + have arisen in the battle-banner of the Bedouins, called Merkeb + and Otfe, which I have mentioned in my remarks on the Bedouins, + and which resemble the Mahmal, inasmuch as they are high wooden + frames placed upon camels. + + + * * * * * + + +SOUTH AMERICAN MANNERS + +_From the Memoirs of General Miller, Second Edition._ + + +In the Pampas, where a scarcity of food is unknown to the poorest, that +calculating avarice which, in its fears for to-morrow, would look with +apathy on the wants of the stranger, can have but a limited sway. Kind +offices are, therefore more freely and disinterestedly conferred than +in less abundant regions. In addition to this, the dearth of society +in a thinly-sprinkled population renders the presence of a traveller +on their isolated _haciendas_ a source of gratification. If his +appearance afford no ground for mistrust, and if his manners are not +disagreeable, his being a stranger is a sufficient passport to a kind +and hearty welcome. Whether he be rich or poor is not a subject of +inquiry, and makes no difference in the reception. + +The South Americans are gay, and fond of dancing, music, and singing. +There are few, whether wealthy or otherwise, who are not proficients in +one or other of these accomplishments. In the warmer latitudes, people +carry on not only their usual occupations, but their amusements, chiefly +in the open air; and as singing constitutes one of the principal sources +of the latter, the continued exercise of the voice harmonizes and +strengthens it. Perhaps no opera, in Europe, could afford, to a natural +and unsophisticated ear, so rich a treat as that which may be enjoyed in +Cuzco, Arequipa, and other cities, where the ancient Peruvian airs are +sung in the rich and melodious tones of the natives. + +The South Americans possess great intellectual quickness, and a +retentive memory. The following may be cited as an extraordinary +instance of the latter faculty. An old man, a native of La Pax, in Upper +Peru, and of unmixed Indian blood, who kept an inn at Curicavi, between +Valparaiso and Santiago, could repeat nearly the whole of Robertson's +"History of Charles the Fifth," and was better acquainted with the +History of England than most Englishmen. He spoke of Queen Boadicea, and +was as familiar with the history of the civil wars between the houses +of York and Lancaster as if they had occurred in his country, and in +his own times. He had been brought up by the Jesuits. He had made two +voyages to Canton, and was known by the name of "the emperor of China," +in consequence frequently of amusing his guests with long stories about +the _celestial empire_. + +The Peruvians have great natural talents for painting and sculpture. +They generally produce striking likenesses, but being uninstructed in +the principles of these arts, their pictures have no other merit. There +is, however, a female figure, done in 1711, by a native of Quito, which +is considered as one of the finest paintings in a very good collection +belonging to Mynheer Vandermarlin, of Brussels. + + * * * * * + + +ORATORIOS. + + +The first oratorio performed in London, was at the Lincoln's Inn Fields +Theatre, in 1732. On June 10, in the same year, the serenata of _Acis +and Galatea_ was performed at the Italian Opera House, in English, by +Italian performers, with scenery representing a rural prospect, with +rocks, groves, fountains, and grottoes; amongst which were disposed a +chorus of nymphs and shepherds, with dresses and "every other decoration +suited to the subject."--_Companion to the Theatres_. + + * * * * * + +Printed and Published by J. LIMBIRD, 143, Strand, (near Somerset +House,) London; sold by ERNEST FLEISCHER, 626, New Market, Leipsic; +and by all Newsmen and Booksellers. + + + +***END OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK THE MIRROR OF LITERATURE, AMUSEMENT, +AND INSTRUCTION, VOL. 13, NO. 361, SUPPLEMENTARY ISSUE (1829)*** + + +******* This file should be named 13578.txt or 13578.zip ******* + + +This and all associated files of various formats will be found in: +https://www.gutenberg.org/dirs/1/3/5/7/13578 + + + +Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions +will be renamed. + +Creating the works from public domain print editions means that no +one owns a United States copyright in these works, so the Foundation +(and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United States without +permission and without paying copyright royalties. Special rules, +set forth in the General Terms of Use part of this license, apply to +copying and distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works to +protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm concept and trademark. Project +Gutenberg is a registered trademark, and may not be used if you +charge for the eBooks, unless you receive specific permission. If you +do not charge anything for copies of this eBook, complying with the +rules is very easy. You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose +such as creation of derivative works, reports, performances and +research. They may be modified and printed and given away--you may do +practically ANYTHING with public domain eBooks. Redistribution is +subject to the trademark license, especially commercial +redistribution. + + + +*** START: FULL LICENSE *** + +THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE +PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK + +To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free +distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work +(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project +Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full Project +Gutenberg-tm License (available with this file or online at +https://gutenberg.org/license). + + +Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic works + +1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to +and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property +(trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all +the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or destroy +all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your possession. +If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound by the +terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person or +entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8. + +1.B. "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark. It may only be +used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who +agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few +things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works +even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See +paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this agreement +and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works. See paragraph 1.E below. + +1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the Foundation" +or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection of Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic works. Nearly all the individual works in the +collection are in the public domain in the United States. If an +individual work is in the public domain in the United States and you are +located in the United States, we do not claim a right to prevent you from +copying, distributing, performing, displaying or creating derivative +works based on the work as long as all references to Project Gutenberg +are removed. Of course, we hope that you will support the Project +Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting free access to electronic works by +freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm works in compliance with the terms of +this agreement for keeping the Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with +the work. You can easily comply with the terms of this agreement by +keeping this work in the same format with its attached full Project +Gutenberg-tm License when you share it without charge with others. + +1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern +what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are in +a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States, check +the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this agreement +before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, distributing or +creating derivative works based on this work or any other Project +Gutenberg-tm work. The Foundation makes no representations concerning +the copyright status of any work in any country outside the United +States. + +1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg: + +1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other immediate +access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear prominently +whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work on which the +phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the phrase "Project +Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed, performed, viewed, +copied or distributed: + +This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with +almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or +re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included +with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org + +1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is derived +from the public domain (does not contain a notice indicating that it is +posted with permission of the copyright holder), the work can be copied +and distributed to anyone in the United States without paying any fees +or charges. If you are redistributing or providing access to a work +with the phrase "Project Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the +work, you must comply either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1 +through 1.E.7 or obtain permission for the use of the work and the +Project Gutenberg-tm trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or +1.E.9. + +1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted +with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution +must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any additional +terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms will be linked +to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works posted with the +permission of the copyright holder found at the beginning of this work. + +1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm +License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this +work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm. + +1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this +electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without +prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with +active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project +Gutenberg-tm License. + +1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary, +compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including any +word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access to or +distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format other than +"Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official version +posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site (www.gutenberg.org), +you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense to the user, provide a +copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means of obtaining a copy upon +request, of the work in its original "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other +form. Any alternate format must include the full Project Gutenberg-tm +License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1. + +1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying, +performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works +unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9. + +1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing +access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works provided +that + +- You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from + the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method + you already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is + owed to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he + has agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the + Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments + must be paid within 60 days following each date on which you + prepare (or are legally required to prepare) your periodic tax + returns. Royalty payments should be clearly marked as such and + sent to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the + address specified in Section 4, "Information about donations to + the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation." + +- You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies + you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he + does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm + License. You must require such a user to return or + destroy all copies of the works possessed in a physical medium + and discontinue all use of and all access to other copies of + Project Gutenberg-tm works. + +- You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of any + money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the + electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days + of receipt of the work. + +- You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free + distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works. + +1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic work or group of works on different terms than are set +forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing from +both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and Michael +Hart, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark. Contact the +Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below. + +1.F. + +1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable +effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread +public domain works in creating the Project Gutenberg-tm +collection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may contain +"Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate or +corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other intellectual +property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or other medium, a +computer virus, or computer codes that damage or cannot be read by +your equipment. + +1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right +of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project +Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project +Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all +liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal +fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT +LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE +PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH F3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE +TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE +LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR +INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH +DAMAGE. + +1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a +defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can +receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a +written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you +received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium with +your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you with +the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in lieu of a +refund. If you received the work electronically, the person or entity +providing it to you may choose to give you a second opportunity to +receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund. If the second copy +is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing without further +opportunities to fix the problem. + +1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth +in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS', WITH NO OTHER +WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO +WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTIBILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE. + +1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied +warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages. +If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement violates the +law of the state applicable to this agreement, the agreement shall be +interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or limitation permitted by +the applicable state law. The invalidity or unenforceability of any +provision of this agreement shall not void the remaining provisions. + +1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the +trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone +providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in accordance +with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the production, +promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works, +harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, including legal fees, +that arise directly or indirectly from any of the following which you do +or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this or any Project Gutenberg-tm +work, (b) alteration, modification, or additions or deletions to any +Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any Defect you cause. + + +Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm + +Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of +electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of computers +including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It exists +because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations from +people in all walks of life. + +Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the +assistance they need, is critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's +goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will +remain freely available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project +Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure +and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future generations. +To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation +and how your efforts and donations can help, see Sections 3 and 4 +and the Foundation web page at https://www.gutenberg.org/fundraising/pglaf. + + +Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive +Foundation + +The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit +501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the +state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal +Revenue Service. The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification +number is 64-6221541. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg +Literary Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent +permitted by U.S. federal laws and your state's laws. + +The Foundation's principal office is located at 4557 Melan Dr. S. +Fairbanks, AK, 99712., but its volunteers and employees are scattered +throughout numerous locations. Its business office is located at +809 North 1500 West, Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887, email +business@pglaf.org. Email contact links and up to date contact +information can be found at the Foundation's web site and official +page at https://www.gutenberg.org/about/contact + +For additional contact information: + Dr. Gregory B. Newby + Chief Executive and Director + gbnewby@pglaf.org + +Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg +Literary Archive Foundation + +Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide +spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of +increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be +freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest +array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small donations +($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt +status with the IRS. + +The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating +charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United +States. Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a +considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up +with these requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations +where we have not received written confirmation of compliance. To +SEND DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any +particular state visit https://www.gutenberg.org/fundraising/donate + +While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we +have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition +against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who +approach us with offers to donate. + +International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make +any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from +outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff. + +Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation +methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other +ways including including checks, online payments and credit card +donations. To donate, please visit: +https://www.gutenberg.org/fundraising/donate + + +Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works. + +Professor Michael S. Hart was the originator of the Project Gutenberg-tm +concept of a library of electronic works that could be freely shared +with anyone. For thirty years, he produced and distributed Project +Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of volunteer support. + +Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed +editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the U.S. +unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not necessarily +keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition. + +Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search facility: + + https://www.gutenberg.org + +This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm, +including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary +Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to +subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks. + diff --git a/old/13578.zip b/old/13578.zip Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..7448145 --- /dev/null +++ b/old/13578.zip |
